UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
☒ | Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 |
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
☐ | Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 |
for the transition period from to .
Commission file number 0-19969
ARCBEST CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 71-0673405 | |
(State or other jurisdiction of | (I.R.S. Employer | |
8401 McClure Drive, Fort Smith, Arkansas | 72916 | |
(Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip Code) |
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code 479-785-6000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class | Trading Symbol(s) | Name of each exchange on which registered |
Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value | ARCB | The Nasdaq Global Select Market |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ☒ | Accelerated filer ☐ | |
Non-accelerated filer ☐ | Smaller reporting company ☐ | |
Emerging growth company ☐ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of the shares of Common Stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market as of June 30, 2024, was $2,496,196,931.
The number of shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding as of February 27, 2025, was 23,150,276.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in connection with the registrant’s Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be held April 25, 2025, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.
ARCBEST CORPORATION
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
PART I
Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including, but not limited to, those in Item 1 (Business), Item 1A (Risk Factors), Item 3 (Legal Proceedings), and Item 7 (Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations), are forward-looking statements. Terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “designed,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “foresee,” “intend,” “likely,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “scheduled,” “seek,” “should,” “would,” and similar expressions and the negatives of such terms are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on management’s beliefs, assumptions, and expectations based on currently available information, are not guarantees of future performance, and involve certain risks and uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control). Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as and when made, we cannot provide assurance that our expectations will prove to be correct and caution the reader not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual outcomes and results could materially differ from what is expressed, implied, or forecasted in these statements due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to:
● | data privacy breaches, cybersecurity incidents, and/or failures of our information systems, including disruptions or failures of services essential to our operations or upon which our information technology platforms rely; |
● | interruption or failure of third-party software or information technology systems, including but not limited to licensed software; |
● | untimely or ineffective development and implementation of, or failure to realize the potential benefits associated with, new or enhanced technology or processes; |
● | the loss or reduction of business from large customers or an overall reduction in our customer base; |
● | the timing and performance of growth initiatives and the ability to manage our cost structure; |
● | the cost, integration, and performance of acquisitions and the inability to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition within the expected time period or at all; |
● | unsolicited takeover proposals, proxy contests, and other proposals or actions by activist investors; |
● | maintaining our corporate reputation and intellectual property rights; |
● | establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls financial reporting; |
● | nationwide or global disruption in the supply chain resulting in increased volatility in freight volumes; |
● | competitive initiatives and pricing pressures; |
● | increased prices for and decreased availability of equipment, including new revenue equipment, and higher costs of equipment-related operating expenses such as maintenance, fuel, and related taxes; |
● | availability of fuel, the effect of volatility in fuel prices and the associated changes in fuel surcharges on securing increases in base freight rates, and the inability to collect fuel surcharges; |
● | relationships with employees, including unions, and our ability to attract, retain, and upskill employees; |
● | unfavorable terms of, or the inability to reach agreement on, future collective bargaining agreements or a workforce stoppage by our employees covered under ABF Freight’s collective bargaining agreement; |
● | union employee wages and benefits, including changes in required contributions to multiemployer plans; |
● | availability and cost of reliable third-party services; |
● | our ability to secure independent owner-operators and/or operational or regulatory issues related to our use of their services; |
● | litigation or claims asserted against us; |
● | the effects, costs and potential liabilities related to changes in and compliance with, or violation of, existing or future governmental laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, environmental laws and regulations, such as emissions-control regulations and fuel efficiency regulations; |
● | default on covenants of financing arrangements and the availability and terms of future financing arrangements; |
● | our ability to generate sufficient cash from operations to support significant ongoing capital expenditure requirements and other business initiatives; |
● | self-insurance claims, insurance premium costs, and loss of our ability to self-insure; |
● | potential impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill and intangible assets; |
● | the effects of a widespread outbreak of an illness or disease or any other public health crisis, as well as regulatory measures implemented in response to such events; |
● | external events which may adversely affect us or the third parties who provide services for us, for which our business continuity plans may not adequately prepare us, including, but not limited to, the occurrence of natural disasters, health epidemics, geopolitical conflicts, acts of war, cybersecurity incidents, or trade restrictions; |
● | general economic conditions and related shifts in market demand that impact the performance and needs of industries we serve and/or limit our customers’ access to adequate financial resources; |
3
● | seasonal fluctuations, adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, and climate change; and |
● | other financial, operational, and legal risks and uncertainties detailed from time to time in ArcBest Corporation’s public filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). |
For additional information regarding known material factors that could cause our actual results to differ from those expressed in these forward-looking statements, please see Item 1A (Risk Factors). All forward-looking statements included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and all subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements. The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made and, other than as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.
ITEM 1.BUSINESS
ArcBest Corporation
ArcBest Corporation™ (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company,” “ArcBest,” “we,” “us,” and “our”) is a multibillion‑dollar integrated logistics company that leverages technology and a full suite of solutions to meet our customers’ supply chain needs. With the ability to optimize, connect, and deliver across various modes of transportation, we serve as a single logistics resource with global reach. This integrated approach, combined with our technology, expertise, scale, and resilient people who are driven to always find a way to get the job done, ensures our customers have the right solutions and capacity to meet their constantly evolving needs.
The Company, which was incorporated in Delaware in 1966 and is headquartered in Fort Smith, Arkansas, started over a century ago as a local Arkansas freight hauler. Today, as a result of organic growth, strategic acquisitions, and visionary leadership, we are a logistics powerhouse with 14,000 employees across 250 campuses and service centers. Our customers are at the center of our strategy. We listen and thoughtfully analyze how our processes, services, and technologies impact their businesses. Through meaningful investments in strategic initiatives and a strong emphasis on disruptive technology and advanced analytics, we deliver customized solutions that meet our customers’ needs and, aligned with our values-driven culture, create a safer, more sustainable, and inclusive company and world.
Business Description
United as ArcBest, we are a growth-oriented, digitally enabled integrated logistics company that delivers reliable, innovative solutions through a variety of ground, air, and ocean transportation solutions, including our less-than-truckload (“LTL”) carrier – ABF Freight®, our truckload brokerage provider – MoLo®, and our ground expedite fleet – Panther Premium Logistics® (“Panther”). Through our managed transportation solutions, we partner with customers to create and execute logistics strategies that increase operational efficiencies, reduce costs, and give customers better insights into their supply chains. We also offer household goods moving through U-Pack®. Our technology and innovations team provides custom-built solutions, leading-edge technology, and advanced analytics that help support our customers and optimize supply chains.
Our operations are conducted through our two reportable operating segments, which are described further in the Asset‑Based Segment and Asset-Light Segment sections below:
● | Asset-Based, which consists of ABF Freight System, Inc. and certain other subsidiaries (“ABF Freight”), and |
● | Asset-Light, which includes MoLo Solutions, LLC (“MoLo”), Panther, and certain other subsidiaries. |
With a relentless focus on customer needs and unique access to assured transportation capacity, which includes more than 40,000 owned and operated assets, we create solutions for even the most complex and demanding supply chains. We strive to help customers solve their logistics challenges by efficiently providing a best-in-class experience with easy access to our integrated solutions.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, no single customer accounted for more than 3% of our consolidated revenues, and the ten largest customers, on a combined basis, accounted for approximately 13% of our consolidated revenues.
4
Vision and Values
Our vision is to be the leading logistics partner and innovator, working with customers to build better supply chains across the globe. “We’ll Find a Way” is our motto. It is a testament to what our customers say about us — that we’re the kind of company that partners with them to solve problems and make things happen. Our integrated logistics approach and innovative technology enable our vision, but it’s our people who ensure our customers’ solutions and capacity needs are met. We support our employees by providing a workplace where people with diverse experiences, needs, and perspectives can grow and make a lasting impact.
We carry out our vision by exemplifying our corporate values:
● | Creativity – We create solutions. |
● | Integrity – We do the right thing. |
● | Collaboration – We work together. |
● | Growth – We grow our people and our business. |
● | Excellence – We exceed expectations. |
● | Wellness – We embrace total health. |
Strategy
Our customer-led strategy is to produce long-term value by delivering a premium experience and growing informed, trusted and innovative relationships. This value is produced by focusing on three key components — accelerate growth, increase efficiency, and drive innovation.
We work to build long-term value for our customers, employees and shareholders by:
● | Expanding our revenue opportunities. We expand our revenue opportunities by deepening our existing customer and carrier relationships and securing new ones. We build connections that last for decades, and our customers assign a high degree of value to the capacity options, high level of service, and professionalism we provide. We increase these capacity options and enable high service levels by growing mutually beneficial relationships with our carrier partners and enhancing our capabilities through strategic acquisitions and organic investments. |
● | Optimizing our cost structure. We are focused on profitable growth, which requires continually reviewing our costs and investment decisions. Our technology infrastructure drives improved cost efficiency through the streamlining of business processes and related insights and analytics that allow us to optimize our cost structure, transform our business, and enhance the customer experience. |
● | Building a resilient business. Over our 100+ year history, we have evolved tremendously and are now a global, integrated logistics leader. We have differentiated ourselves from our competition with our ability to offer full-service logistics solutions with a wide variety of fulfillment options, which can include our own assets. This more balanced mix of revenue better reflects our customers’ spending on these services and drives long-term financial sustainability for us by making our business less capital-intensive relative to our size. |
Quality is top-of-mind to us. In 2024, we celebrated the 40th anniversary of our Quality Process, which guides employees in implementing creative solutions in a collaborative environment utilizing a 5-step problem solving elimination process. The process includes defining and quickly fixing the problem, identifying the root cause, and taking corrective action, along with follow-up until the issue is resolved. This year, we received “Quest for Quality” awards from Logistics Magazine in the category of Household Goods & High Value Goods for the third time and in the National LTL Carriers category for the eighth time, in addition to being named Total Quality Logistics’s “Carrier of the Year”, reflecting our commitment to service excellence. In 2024, we were also recognized by Mastio for exceeding industry benchmarks as further detailed under “Reputation and Responsibilities” in this Business section.
Asset-Based Segment
Our Asset-Based segment provides LTL services through the motor carrier operations, ABF Freight. Asset-Based revenues accounted for approximately 64% of our total revenues before other revenues and intercompany eliminations in 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2024, no single customer accounted for more than 3% of revenues in the Asset-Based segment, and the segment’s ten largest customers, on a combined basis, accounted for approximately 16% of its revenues. Note N to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains additional segment financial information, including revenues and operating income for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
5
ABF Freight has been in continuous service since 1923 and is one of North America’s largest LTL motor carriers, providing direct service to more than 98% of U.S. cities with a population of 30,000 or more. ABF Freight offers interstate and intrastate services to approximately 51,000 communities in all 50 states, Canada, and Puerto Rico through 241 service centers. ABF Freight also provides motor carrier freight transportation services to customers in Mexico through arrangements with trucking companies in that country.
Our Asset-Based segment offers transportation of general commodities through standard, time-critical, and guaranteed LTL services. General commodities include all freight except hazardous waste, dangerous explosives, commodities of exceptionally high value, commodities in bulk, and those requiring special equipment. Shipments of general commodities differ from shipments of bulk raw materials, commonly transported by railroad, truckload tank car, pipeline, and water carrier. General commodities transported by our Asset-Based operations include, among other things, food, textiles, apparel, furniture, appliances, chemicals, non-bulk petroleum products, rubber, plastics, metal and metal products, wood, glass, automotive parts, machinery, and miscellaneous manufactured products.
The LTL transportation industry, which requires networks of local pickup and delivery service centers combined with larger distribution facilities, is significantly more infrastructure-intensive than truckload operations and, as such, has higher barriers to entry. Costs associated with an expansive LTL network, including investments in or costs associated with real estate and labor costs related to local pickup, delivery, and cross-docking of shipments, are primarily fixed unless service levels are significantly changed.
Labor costs, which amounted to 50.5% of Asset-Based revenues for 2024, are the largest component of the segment’s operating expenses. As of December 2024, approximately 82% of the Asset-Based segment’s employees were covered under a collective bargaining agreement, the ABF National Master Freight Agreement (the “2023 ABF NMFA”), with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters (the “IBT”), which was ratified on June 30, 2023 by a majority of ABF Freight’s IBT member employees. A majority of the 2023 ABF NMFA supplements also passed. The remaining supplements were ratified on July 7, 2023. The 2023 ABF NMFA was implemented on July 16, 2023, effective retroactive to July 1, 2023, and will remain in effect through June 30, 2028. The major economic provisions of the 2023 ABF NMFA include wage rate or per mile increases in each year of the contract, with the initial increase effective retroactive to July 1, 2023; profit-sharing bonuses upon the Asset-Based segment’s achievement of certain annual operating ratios for any full calendar year under the contract; an additional paid holiday; two additional paid sick days; and a new non-CDL employee classification. The 2023 ABF NMFA and the related supplemental agreements also provide for annual contribution rate increases to multiemployer health and welfare and pension plans maintained for the benefit of ABF Freight’s employees who are members of the IBT. Under the 2023 ABF NMFA, the contractual wage and benefits top hourly rates are estimated to increase approximately 4.2% on a compounded annual basis through the end of the agreement, with potential profit-sharing bonuses representing additional costs under the 2023 ABF NMFA. A 1% profit-sharing bonus under the 2023 ABF NMFA was earned for the year ended December 31, 2024 as a result of the operating ratio achieved in 2024. While a profit-sharing bonus was not applicable in 2023 during the partial calendar year of the 2018 and 2023 agreements, ABF Freight paid its qualified union-represented employees a profit-sharing bonus in all four eligible years under the prior 2018 ABF NMFA, including the 3% maximum bonus amount for the operating ratios achieved in 2021 and 2022.
ABF Freight contributes to multiemployer pension and health and welfare plans, which have been established pursuant to the Labor Management Relations Act of 1947 (the “Taft-Hartley Act”), to provide benefits for its contractual employees. Amendments to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), pursuant to the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 (the “MPPA Act”), substantially expanded the potential liabilities of employers who participate in multiemployer pension plans. Under ERISA, as amended by the MPPA Act, an employer who contributes to a multiemployer pension plan and the members of such employer’s controlled group are jointly and severally liable for their share of the plan’s unfunded vested benefits in the event the employer ceases to have an obligation to contribute to the plan or substantially reduces its contributions to the plan (i.e., in the event of a complete or partial withdrawal from the multiemployer pension plans). ABF Freight’s funding obligations to the multiemployer pension plans to which it contributes are intended to satisfy the requirements imposed by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the “PPA”), which was permanently extended by the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 (the “Reform Act”) included in the Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act of 2015. Through the term of its current collective bargaining agreement, ABF Freight’s multiemployer pension plan contribution obligations generally will be satisfied by making the specified contributions when due. However, we cannot determine with any certainty the contributions that will be required under future collective bargaining agreements for ABF Freight’s contractual employees. See Note J to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more specific disclosures regarding
6
the multiemployer pension plans to which ABF Freight contributes, and discussion of legislation impacting funding for multiemployer pension plans.
ABF Freight operates in a highly competitive industry comprised primarily of nonunion motor carriers. Nonunion competitors have a lower fringe benefit cost structure and less stringent labor work rules, and certain carriers also have lower wage rates for their freight-handling and driving personnel. ABF Freight has continued to address the effect of the wage and benefit cost structure on its operating results with the IBT. Under the 2023 ABF NMFA, ABF Freight continues to pay some of the highest benefit contribution rates in the industry and through this contract, ABF Freight is allowed to implement location-specific wage increases in areas where hiring has been challenging. Due to the joint and several liability of multiemployer plans, a portion of ABF Freight’s multiemployer plan contributions are used to fund benefits for individuals whom ABF Freight never employed.
Asset-Light Segment
Our Asset-Light segment is a key component of our strategy to offer customers a single source of integrated logistics solutions, designed to satisfy the complex supply chain needs and unique shipping requirements that our customers encounter. By leveraging technology and third-party service providers, our Asset-Light team provides various logistics services without significant investment in revenue equipment or real estate.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, the revenues of our Asset-Light segment have decreased to approximately 36% of our total revenues before other revenues and intercompany eliminations, versus 37% for 2023, reflecting the continued softer market. For the year ended December 31, 2024, no single customer accounted for more than 5% of the Asset-Light segment’s revenues, and the segment’s ten largest customers, on a combined basis, accounted for approximately 19% of its revenues. Note N to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains additional segment financial information, including revenues and operating income for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
Our Asset-Light segment originated with the formation of ABF Logistics in July 2013, when we aligned the sales and operations functions of our organically developed logistics businesses. The Asset-Light segment includes the ground expedite services of Panther; our truckload operations, including the truckload brokerage services of MoLo; household goods moving services under the U-Pack brand, for which the majority of the moves are provided with our Asset-Based operations; and our managed transportation solutions. Under our enhanced market approach to offer customers a single source of integrated logistics solutions, the service offerings of the Asset-Light segment have become more integrated, particularly through our growing managed transportation solutions. The decision was made to reduce our Asset-Light segment’s large trailer pools operations during fourth quarter 2024. Management’s operating decisions are focused on the Asset-Light segment’s combined operations rather than individual service offerings within the segment’s operations.
Truckload
Our truckload service provides third-party transportation brokerage services by sourcing various capacity solutions, including dry van over-the-road, temperature-controlled and refrigerated, flatbed, intermodal or container shipping, and specialized equipment, coupled with strong technology and carrier- and customer-based Web tools. Through our truckload service, we offer a growing network of more than 100,000 approved contract carriers, with service to all 50 states, Canada, and Mexico. Additional value is created for customers through seamless access to the ABF Freight network.
Managed Transportation
Through our managed transportation solutions, we partner with customers to increase operational efficiencies, reduce costs, and give better insight into supply chains by providing customized solutions utilizing technology. Additional value is created for customers through seamless access to our ABF Freight network, our Panther fleet, and our MoLo truckload brokerage operations, offering strategic supply chain solutions with unique access to assured capacity.
Expedite
Leveraging our best-in-class Panther fleet, we offer expedite freight transportation services to commercial and government customers. We also offer premium logistics services that involve the rapid deployment of highly specialized equipment to meet precise linehaul requirements, such as temperature control, hazardous materials, geofencing (routing a shipment across a mandatory, defined route with satellite monitoring and automated alerts concerning any deviation from the route), specialized government cargo, security services, and life sciences.
7
We rely on third-party carriers for most of the network capacity for our expedite operations, including owner-operators, ground linehaul providers, cartage agents, and other transportation asset providers. We choose carriers based on how well they can meet our customers’ needs in terms of price, technology capabilities, geographic coverage, and service quality. Third party-owned vehicles are driven by independent contract drivers and drivers engaged directly by independent owners of multiple pieces of equipment, commonly referred to as fleet owners. Our expedite operations own a fleet of trailers, the communication devices used by its owner-operators, and certain highly specialized equipment, primarily temperature-controlled and temperature-validated trailers to meet the service requirements of certain customers.
International
Our international shipping and logistics services provide global ocean and air shipping solutions by partnering with ocean shipping lines and air freight carriers worldwide, as well as cross-border shipping and ground transportation to and from ports. As a non-vessel operating common carrier, we provide less-than-container load and full container load service, offering ocean transport to approximately 90% of the total ocean international market to and from the United States. We also offer warehousing and distribution services to and from major global ports to streamline our customers’ ocean shipping processes.
Moving
Our moving services offer flexibility and convenience for how people move through targeted service offerings for the “do-it-yourself” consumer. We offer these targeted services at competitive prices that reflect the additional value customers find in our convenient, reliable moving service offerings.
Other Logistics Services
We also provide other services to meet our customers’ logistics needs, such as final mile, time-critical, product launch, warehousing and distribution, retail logistics, supply chain optimization, brokered LTL, and trade show shipping services. Our Retail+ compliance solution is designed to help vendors better meet large retailers’ stringent shipping and delivery requirements by combining innovative software solutions with enhanced operations processes.
Competition, Pricing, and Industry Factors
Competition
Our Asset-Based segment actively competes for freight business with other national, regional, and local motor carriers and, to a lesser extent, with private carriage, domestic and international freight forwarders, railroads, and airlines. The segment competes most directly with nonunion and union LTL carriers, including FedEx Freight Corporation, the LTL reporting segment of FedEx Corporation; the LTL segment of Knight-Swift Transportation Holdings Inc.; Old Dominion Freight Line, Inc.; Saia, Inc.; the U.S. LTL operating segment of TFI International Inc.; and the North American LTL segment of XPO, Inc. Our Asset-Based segment’s U-Pack business also competes with self-move businesses that offer moving and storage container services. Competition is based primarily on price, service, and availability of flexible shipping options to customers. The Asset‑Based segment’s careful cargo handling, access to other ArcBest logistics solutions, and use of technology, both internally to manage its business processes and externally to provide shipment visibility to its customers, are examples of how we add value to our services.
Our Asset-Light segment operates in a very competitive asset-light logistics market that includes approximately 27,500 active brokerage authorities, as well as asset-based truckload carriers; logistics companies including large and small expedite carriers; foreign and U.S.-based non-vessel-operating common carriers; freight forwarders; internal shipping departments at companies that have substantial transportation requirements; smaller niche service providers; and a wide variety of other solution providers, including large integrated transportation companies as well as regional warehouse and transportation management firms. The segment competes most directly with logistics companies, including the North American Surface Transportation segment of C.H. Robinson Worldwide, Inc.; Covenant Logistics Group, Inc.; Hub Group, Inc.; the Integrated Capacity Solutions segment of J.B. Hunt Transport Services, Inc.; the Logistics segment of Knight-Swift Transportation Holdings Inc.; Landstar System, Inc.; the truck brokerage and complementary service offerings of RXO, Inc.; and the Freight segment of Uber Technologies, Inc. Our Asset-Light segment’s moving services compete with truck rental, self-move, and van line service providers, and several emerging self-move competitors who offer moving and storage container service. Quality of service, technological capabilities, and industry expertise are critical differentiators among the competition. In particular, companies with advanced systems that offer optimized shipping solutions, reliable access to capacity, real-time visibility of shipments, verification of chain of custody procedures, and advanced security have significant operational advantages and create enhanced customer value.
8
Pricing
Approximately 20% of our Asset-Based business is subject to base LTL tariffs, which are affected by general rate increases, subject to individually negotiated discounts. Rates on the remaining Asset-Based business, including business priced in the spot market, are subject to individual pricing arrangements negotiated at various times throughout the year. Most of the business that is subject to negotiated pricing arrangements is associated with larger customer accounts with annually negotiated pricing arrangements. The remaining business is priced on an individual shipment basis considering each shipment’s unique profile, the value we provide to the customer, network capacity, and current market conditions.
We allow shippers without negotiated published rates to obtain LTL rates for their shipping needs with ABF Freight’s reliable service and capacity options through a dynamic pricing option. This innovative pricing mechanism enables customers to instantly access LTL rates online, by phone, or through application programming interface (“API”) technology, for shipments within the United States, Canadian cross-border, Mexico, and Puerto Rico. We can offer customers our best price on each shipment by leveraging available capacity within the ABF Freight network at the time of the quote. The market has been receptive to this dynamic pricing option for transactional LTL shipments, and the program has been beneficial in optimizing our business levels.
We also utilize a space-based pricing approach for shipments subject to LTL tariffs to better reflect freight shipping trends, including the overall growth and ongoing profile shift to bulkier shipments across the entire supply chain, the acceleration in e-commerce, and the unique requirements of many shipping and logistics solutions, such as accommodating the growing demand for smaller LTL shipments. We are experienced in handling complicated freight and offer logistics solutions that respond to the unique shipment characteristics of our customers’ various products and commodities. An increasing percentage of freight is taking up more space in trailers without a corresponding increase in weight. Traditional LTL pricing is generally weight-based, while our linehaul costs are generally space-based (i.e., costs are impacted by the volume of space required for each shipment). Space-based pricing involves the use of freight dimensions (length, width, and height) to determine applicable cubic minimum charges (“CMC”) that supplement weight-based metrics when appropriate. We believe space‑based pricing better aligns our pricing mechanisms with the metrics affecting our resources and, therefore, our costs to provide logistics services. CMC is an additional pricing mechanism to better capture the value we provide in transporting these shipments.
Our Asset-Based and certain operations within our Asset-Light segment assess a fuel surcharge based on the index of national on-highway average diesel fuel prices published weekly by the U.S. Department of Energy. While the fuel surcharge is one of several components in our overall rate structure, the actual rate paid by customers is governed by market forces and the overall value of services provided to the customer.
Industry Factors
According to management’s estimates, and market studies by Armstrong & Associates, Inc. and the U.S. Department of Commerce during 2024, the total market potential in the industry segments we serve is approximately $359 billion. The LTL industry has significant barriers to entry and is highly competitive, as previously discussed in “Asset-Based Segment” within this Business section. Our Asset-Light market share represents a small portion of the total market, which evidences the significant growth opportunity for us in this segment. More sophisticated supply chain practices are required as supply chains expand and become more complex, product and service needs continue to evolve, and companies look for solutions to their logistics challenges and lower-cost supply chain alternatives.
The transportation industry is subject to numerous laws, rules, and regulations, as further discussed below within “Environmental and Other Government Regulations,” and carriers are required to obtain and maintain various licenses and permits, some of which are difficult to obtain. The trucking industry faces rising costs of compliance with government regulations on safety, equipment design and maintenance, driver utilization, climate-related impact, and fuel economy, as well as increasing costs in certain areas that are not industry-specific, including health care and retirement benefits. Higher compliance costs will continue to impair the competitiveness of smaller carriers in the logistics market, which may lead to tighter capacity or consolidation within certain sectors. In addition, disruptions from unexpected events such as natural disasters and geopolitical conflicts could result in further utilization of expedited shipping and premium logistics services and cause companies to focus on risk management within their supply chains.
Seasonality
Our reportable operating segments are impacted by seasonal fluctuations that affect tonnage, shipment levels, and demand for our services, which in turn may impact our revenues and operating results. Inclement weather conditions can adversely
9
affect freight shipments and operating costs of our Asset-Based and Asset-Light segments. Shipments may decline during winter months because of post-holiday slowdowns and during summer months due to plant shutdowns affecting automotive and manufacturing customers of our Asset-Light segment; however, weather or other disruptive events can result in higher short-term demand for our expedite services depending on the impact to customers’ supply chains.
Historically, the second and third calendar quarters of each year usually have the highest tonnage and shipment levels. In contrast, the first quarter generally has the lowest, although other factors, including the state of the U.S. and global economies; available capacity in the market; the impact of yield initiatives, and external events or conditions may influence quarterly business levels. Our yield initiatives, along with increased technology‑driven intelligence and visibility with respect to demand, have allowed for shipment optimization in non-peak times, reducing our susceptibility to seasonal fluctuations in recent years, including during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
Technology
Rooted in a strong history of innovation, technology is a significant driver of our strategy — it differentiates us in the marketplace and allows us to continuously evolve. Much of the technology used at ArcBest has been developed internally and is tailored specifically for customers, capacity suppliers and internal business processing needs. Through the implementation of custom-built solutions and leading-edge technologies, we help our customers successfully navigate the complex logistics landscape so they can use their supply chain as a competitive advantage.
During 2024, we made additional technology investments to improve both customer experience and carrier capacity experience while continuing to optimize costs. Some examples of these investments include:
● | After the successful rollout of the first phase of City Route Optimization technology at our service centers during 2023, we began piloting the second phase in 2024. The first phase resulted in improved efficiencies and lowered costs addressing the environmental impact of our fuel emissions in our city operations through the use of algorithms created using historical shipment and geographic data. With the second phase, we are now focusing on enhancing technology through dynamic routing optimization. Alongside the second phase of City Route Optimization, we are also utilizing a new city pick-up augmentation process – providing our city dispatchers with augmented support in predicting daily demand and optimizing pick-up routes, thus minimizing route costs and maximizing trailer usage. |
● | We began beta testing ArcBest ViewTM, which was released to the public in February 2025. ArcBest View is our new digital platform designed to make shipments easier to manage with multi-mode quoting and booking and an easy-to-use visibility tool called ViewPointTM, which combines several tools on the Company’s website into one user-friendly experience. |
● | We continue to invest in ArcBest Virtual Agent (AVA), which uses automation to quickly schedule shipment pickups, supply tracking information, and address other questions through email, phone, and web chat. |
● | We continue to release features to our carrier-facing portal to grow usage of this digital channel. These enhancements increase efficiencies for our carriers and our internal team. We have also enhanced our capacity sourcing tools to generate proactive notifications to carriers when available loads meet their desired needs leading to increased digital engagement and coverage as well as improved carrier experience. |
● | In February 2024, we announced the next step in our Vaux suite – Vaux Smart AutonomyTM, which combines autonomous mobile robot forklifts and reach trucks, intelligent software, and remote teleoperation capability to autonomously handle materials movement within warehouses, distribution centers, and manufacturing facilities, while being monitored by humans. In 2024, we received SupplyTech Breakthrough’s “Robotics Innovation of the Year” award for Vaux Smart Autonomy, recognizing the technology as a breakthrough product in the crowded supply chain and logistics technology markets. Vaux Smart Autonomy was also named within Fast Company’s annual “Next Big Things in Tech” list as an emerging technology having a profound impact. |
● | In February 2025, we announced another addition to our Vaux suite – Vaux VisionTM, which is a 3D perception technology designed to streamline material handling by providing precise, real-time freight measurements directly on a forklift. With sensors placed strategically on the forklift that activate upon picking up the freight, the technology captures dimensions, images, and deep shipment insight on the go, identifying revenue opportunities and enhancing operational efficiencies without disrupting workflow. Operators receive real-time feedback on a tablet, allowing for immediate adjustments, and data is stored securely in the cloud. The technology can handle freight of various shapes and sizes, not limited to standard pallets. |
Typically, freight transportation customers communicate their freight needs, on a shipment-by-shipment basis, by using telephone, email, web, mobile applications, electronic data interchange (“EDI”), or API. In the Asset‑Light segment, the
10
information about each shipment is entered into an operating system that facilitates the selection of a contracted carrier or carriers based on the carrier’s service capability, equipment availability, freight rates, and other relevant factors. Once the carrier is selected, the cost for the transportation has been agreed upon, and the carrier has committed to providing the transportation, we are in contact with the carrier to continually update the position of equipment to meet customers’ requirements, tracking the status of the shipment from origin to delivery. The various tracking methods automatically update our fully integrated internal software and provide customers real-time electronic updates.
We make information readily accessible to our customers through various electronic pricing, billing, and tracking services, including mobile-responsive websites that allow customers to access information about their shipments, request shipment pickup, and utilize various other digital tools. Online functions tailored to the services requested by customers include bill of lading generation, pickup planning, customer-specific price quotations, proactive tracking, customized email notification, logistics reporting, dynamic rerouting, and other connectivity tools. This technology allows customers to directly incorporate data from our systems into their websites, transportation management systems, or other information systems using EDI standards and secure API. As a result, our customers can provide shipping information and support directly to their own customers.
ArcBest has an Innovation Ambassador Program to encourage new, transformative ideas. This program includes a team of employees from across the organization who work closely with executive leadership to identify opportunities for disruptive innovation within our company and to evaluate potential external innovation partners. During 2024, ArcBest Technologies sponsored its fifth annual Imagine competition, which asked teams of employees across the organization to collaborate and work on innovative ideas on how we can provide our customers with everyday excellence through the use of the Quality Process, which has been a guiding force behind ArcBest’s success for the past 40 years.
Insurance
Generally, claims exposure in the freight transportation and logistics industry consists of workers’ compensation, third‑party casualty liability, and cargo loss and damage. We maintain insurance that we believe is adequate to cover losses in excess of self-insured amounts or deductibles. However, we cannot provide assurance that our insurance coverage will provide adequate protection under all circumstances or against all potential losses. We have experienced situations where excess insurance carriers have become insolvent or are not willing to write liability coverage for brokerage liability. We pay assessments and fees to state guaranty funds in states where we have workers’ compensation self-insurance authority. In some of these states, depending on the specific state’s rules, the guaranty funds may pay excess claims if the insurer cannot pay due to insolvency. However, there can be no certainty of the solvency of individual state guaranty funds.
We have been able to obtain what we believe to be adequate insurance coverage for 2025 and are not aware of any matters which would significantly impair our ability to obtain adequate insurance coverage at market rates for our operations in the foreseeable future. A significant increase in the frequency or severity of accidents, cargo claims, or workers’ compensation claims or the significant unfavorable development of existing claims could have a material adverse effect on our cost of insurance and results of operations.
We also maintain property and cyber insurance which would offset losses up to certain coverage limits in the event of a catastrophe or certain cyber incidents, including certain business interruption events related to these incidents; however, losses arising from a catastrophe or significant cyber incident may exceed our insurance coverage and could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. We do not have insurance coverage specific to losses resulting from a pandemic or geopolitical conflict.
Environmental and Other Government Regulations
Various international, federal, state and local agencies exercise broad regulatory powers over the transportation industry, generally governing such activities as operations of and authorization to engage in motor carrier freight transportation, operations of non-vessel-operating common carriers, operations of ocean freight forwarders and ocean transportation intermediaries, indirect air carriage, safety, contract compliance, insurance and bonding requirements, tariff and trade policies, customs, import and export, food safety, employment practices, licensing and registration, taxation, environmental matters, data privacy and security, and financial reporting. Compliance with future modifications to the regulations impacting the transportation industry may impact our operating practices and costs, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Other carriers would be similarly affected by changes in industry regulations.
11
Environmental Regulations
We are subject to federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations relating to, among other things: emissions control, transportation or handling of hazardous materials, underground and aboveground storage tanks, stormwater pollution prevention, contingency planning for spills of petroleum products, and disposal of waste oil.
In August 2016, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) and the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (the “NHTSA”) jointly finalized a national program establishing a second phase of greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions (“EPA/NHTSA Phase 2”), through their authorities under the Clean Air Act, as amended, imposing new fuel efficiency standards for medium- and heavy-duty vehicles and engines, such as those operated by our Asset-Based segment, for model years 2021-2027 and also instituting fuel efficiency improvement technology requirements for trailer model years 2018-2027. In March 2024, the EPA finalized a rule for a third phase of the GHG emissions (“EPA/NHTSA Phase 3”), which includes more stringent standards to reduce GHG emissions from heavy-duty vehicles beginning with model year 2027 beyond the current standards applicable under the EPA/NHTSA Phase 2. Similarly, the EPA finalized more ambitious emissions reduction standards for light- and medium-duty vehicles starting with model year 2027 in March 2024.
In September 2019, the state of California signed legislation which directs the California Air Resources Board (the “CARB”) and other state agencies to develop and implement a comprehensive inspection and maintenance program for heavy-duty vehicles. A number of states have individually enacted, and California and certain other states may continue to enact, legislation relating to engine emissions, trailer regulations, fuel economy, and/or fuel formulation, such as regulations enacted by the CARB. This legislation, now known as the Clean Truck Check Program, combines periodic vehicle testing requirements with other emissions monitoring techniques, in an effort to provide significant reductions in pollution necessary to achieve federal air quality mandates in California. The program requirements also include annual compliance reporting for self-propelled vehicles registered for on-road use, along with annual per vehicle compliance fees beginning in 2024. In August 2021, CARB adopted the Advanced Clean Truck Regulation, which requires manufacturers to sell a growing percentage of zero-emission medium and heavy-duty trucks. As a result, ABF Freight will not be able to register new 2025 tractors in certain states, including California, as OEM’s are regulated on an increasing percentage of new truck sales that must be zero emission vehicles from 2024 to 2035.
In October 2023, the state of California signed legislation under the Climate Corporate Data Accountability Act requiring reporting of direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions starting in 2026 and 2027 for U.S. companies with annual revenues of $1 billion or more doing business in the state of California and under the Greenhouse Gases: Climate-Related Financial Risk Act requiring companies generating $500 million or more in total annual revenue doing business in the state of California to report financial risks related to climate change and related plans for risk mitigation. In September 2024, the Climate Corporate Data Accountability Act and the Climate-Related Financial Risk Act were amended through the Greenhouse Gases: Climate Corporate Accountability: Climate-Related Financial Risk Act, which requires CARB to specify a schedule for reporting of scope 3 indirect emissions and eliminates the annual fee to the state of California upon filing climate-related disclosures required under the initial acts. In December 2024, CARB released an enforcement notice related to the Climate Corporate Data Accountability Act that encouraged entities to move towards full compliance as quickly as possible while also acknowledging that meeting the statutory deadlines would be difficult and indicating that companies should demonstrate a good faith effort to retain the required emissions data necessary for reporting. Also in December 2024, CARB began soliciting feedback from the public on how to approach implementation of the California bills. The public comment period closed in mid-February 2025.
In June 2024, CARB approved for adoption the Zero-Emission Forklift Regulation which requires the phase-out of forklifts using large spark ignition engines in 2028 with a goal of shifting the forklift segment in California to zero-emission technology by 2038. As a result of this regulation, ABF Freight purchased nine zero-emission forklifts in 2024.
In November 2018, the EPA launched the “Cleaner Trucks Initiative” (the “CTI”) which includes plans for future rulemaking to reduce nitrogen oxide emissions. In January 2020, the EPA published an Advanced Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to solicit pre-proposal comments on the CTI. One planned feature of the initiative is to coordinate emissions standards nationwide in an effort to make compliance easier for the industry by preventing a further patchwork of state and local emissions regulations. In August 2021, the EPA announced the “Clean Truck Plan,” a series of rulemakings over the next three years, the third and final was announced in March 2024, to set new emissions standards to reduce nitrogen oxide emissions from heavy-duty vehicles beginning with model year 2027. The passage of these additional rulemakings
12
takes into consideration the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 which seeks greater application of zero-emission vehicle technologies.
While fuel consumption and emissions may be reduced under the new standards, emission-related regulatory actions have historically resulted in increased costs of revenue equipment, diesel fuel, and equipment maintenance, and future legislation, if enacted, could result in increases in these and other costs for which the amounts cannot be determined at this time. The future of “cap and trade” programs or measures is unknown, and the potential costs of such programs or similar future legislative or regulatory measures are uncertain. We are unable to determine with any certainty the effects of any future climate change legislation beyond the currently enacted regulations, and there can be no assurance that more restrictive regulations than those previously described will not be enacted either federally or locally.
At certain facilities of our Asset-Based operations, we store fuel and oil in underground and aboveground tanks for use in tractors and trucks. Maintenance of our tanks is regulated by the EPA and, in most cases, by state agencies. Management believes we are in substantial compliance with all such regulations. The underground storage tanks are required to have leak detection systems, and we are not aware of any leaks from such tanks that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Notwithstanding current compliance, including under a consent decree with the EPA, as discussed below, we are subject to on-going environmental remediation obligations concerning historical underground storage tank releases, for which the resolutions are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
Certain of our Asset-Based service center facilities operate with no exposure certifications or stormwater permits under the federal Clean Water Act (the “CWA”), as amended. The no-exposure certification and stormwater permits may require periodic facility inspections and monitoring and reporting of stormwater sampling results. Management believes we are in substantial compliance with all stormwater laws, maintenance and standard operating procedures of such regulations, including the consent decree entered into on March 20, 2023.
We have received notices from the EPA and others that we have been identified as a potentially responsible party under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, or other federal or state environmental statutes, at several hazardous waste sites. After investigating our subsidiaries’ involvement in waste disposal or waste generation at such sites, we have either agreed to de minimis settlements or determined that our obligations, other than those specifically accrued with respect to such sites, would involve immaterial monetary liability, although there can be no assurance in this regard.
It is anticipated that the resolution of our environmental matters could take place over several years. Our reserves for environmental compliance matters and cleanup costs are estimated based on management’s experience with similar environmental matters and testing performed at certain sites.
Other Government Regulations
We operate in the United States and, for international transportation, from the United States, pursuant to federal operating authority granted by the U.S. Department of Transportation (the “DOT”) and the U.S. Federal Maritime Commission. Our operations are subject to cargo security and transportation regulations issued by the Transportation Security Administration and regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security.
We operate under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (the “OSH Act”). Under the OSH Act, ArcBest has a responsibility to provide employees a safe workplace. This includes, but is not limited to:
● | Providing a workplace free from serious recognized hazards and complying with standards, rules, and regulations issued under the OSH Act; |
● | Examining workplace conditions to make sure they conform to applicable Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standards; and |
● | Ensuring employees have and use safe tools and equipment and properly maintain this equipment. |
Our Asset-Based operations and our Asset-Light segment’s network of third-party contract carriers must comply with industry regulations, including the electronic logging devise mandate of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (the “FMCSA”) for interstate commercial trucks and hours of service, safety and fitness, and other regulations of the DOT, including requirements related to drug and alcohol testing. We are subject to the hazardous materials regulations of the FMCSA for our transportation and arrangement for transportation of hazardous materials and explosives, as well as our disposal of hazardous waste.
13
We provide transportation and logistics services to and from a number of international locations and are, therefore, subject to a wide variety of domestic and international laws and regulations, including export and import laws. We are also subject to compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended and hold Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism status for businesses within our Asset-Based and Asset-Light segments.
If we were to violate the government regulations under which we operate, we may be subject to substantial fines or penalties or our business operations could be restricted, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Human Capital Resources
Our people are at the heart of our success, and we provide a workplace that respects all cultures, perspectives, and experiences. As of December 2024, we had 14,000 employees, of which approximately 57% were members of labor unions. As previously described in the “Asset-Based Segment” within this Business section, as of December 2024, approximately 82% of our Asset-Based segment’s employees were covered under the 2023 ABF NMFA, the collective bargaining agreement with the IBT, which will remain in effect through June 30, 2028.
Employee Attraction, Development, and Retention
Our business results and future growth opportunities depend on our ability to successfully manage our human capital resources, including attracting, developing, retaining, and upskilling our personnel. We strive to recruit people with the skills, experience, and potential needed for each position and maintain a culture of continuous growth and professional development. Our diverse hiring initiatives, including our commitment to hiring veteran and military-connected individuals, continue to remain a top focus within our organization. We provide intentional training and development plans throughout each stage of career progression that accelerate job mastery and development for future roles. Our comprehensive learning program offers classroom, virtual, and web-based training options. In 2024, we were listed among other Training APEX Awards recipients, marking our fifteenth year to be recognized.
We also offer a tuition reimbursement program and partner with a private university to provide onsite and virtual classes for employees to further their education. In 2024, we announced the launch of ArcBest’s Employee Dependent Scholarship Program with initial scholarships awarded for the 2024-2025 school year.
We utilize a customized performance management system that incorporates goals and development planning to better position employees in their career paths. We provide career path visibility through our job architecture framework, and employees participate in annual career conversations with their direct supervisor. We also have a robust succession planning program to ensure continuity in critical roles. We regularly evaluate our compensation and benefits package to ensure it remains competitive, including insurance and retirement. We offer an array of programs to support the four pillars of wellness for our employees – physical, financial, emotional/social, and developmental. Employee feedback is obtained through an annual survey as well as periodic pulse surveys to help us assess and improve engagement and implement changes to enhance our work environment.
At ArcBest and ABF Freight, addressing the ongoing driver shortage is a top priority for our business. To attract and retain qualified truck drivers, we have developed a range of initiatives to both recruit new drivers and upskill our existing workforce. One of our key programs is the Driver Development Program, a six-week paid training initiative that helps individuals earn their CDL-A license and launch their careers as professional drivers. Additionally, we host on-site hiring events at critical locations to connect with potential candidates and meet immediate staffing needs. To address the driver shortage, we continue to invest in programs designed to support the development and retention of qualified drivers, including veterans and military-connected individuals, ensuring that we meet the growing demand in the freight transportation industry. As a result of our efforts, ArcBest was recognized as a 4-Star Employer Designation under the 2024 VETS Indexes Employer Awards, amongst 285 of the nation’s top veteran employers.
Belonging
We are dedicated to fostering an inclusive, diverse atmosphere where all cultures, perspectives and experiences are respected. This commitment is lived out by our people through our mission and values — extending to each other, our customers, carriers, suppliers and all other business relationships. Our Belonging strategy is divided into four main
14
areas — workforce, workplace, community, and marketplace. ArcBest earned a spot among Forbes Best Large Employers in both 2025 and 2024. The Company was also named to the “Elite 30” list of the 2024 Top Companies for Women to Work in Transportation by the Women in Trucking Association and listed as a “Best Company to Work For” by U.S. News & World Report in the transportation category. ArcBest also holds an A+ culture rating by employees via Comparably. These distinctions consider factors such as quality of pay and benefits, corporate culture and belonging, development and advancement opportunities, and more. In addition, we support our employees as they carry out our wellness value by participating in healthy workplace initiatives and representing our company in wellness events in their local communities.
We continue to invest in personnel and partnerships to lead and execute ArcBest’s Belonging strategy led by our Corporate Social Responsibility team, reporting quarterly to the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee of our Board of Directors. Our Belonging Advisory Board is responsible for providing recommendations to attract, hire, and retain a broad talent pool, supporting spaces for employee connections, and helping develop relationships with community organizations. Our voluntary, employee-led Employee Resource Groups (“ERGs”) promote networking and mentorship for career development in an open and welcoming space while fostering community building for employees’ shared identities, experiences and interests. ERGs are open to all employees for participation. We now have six ERGs available to employees, including ERGs focused on women in the supply chain industry; neurodivergent employees or employees caring for neurodivergent loved ones; employees of color; employees who are military veterans or currently serving military members or family members; LGBTQ+ employees or allies; and a welcoming network for new employees or employees who have recently relocated and are looking for support in making connections within ArcBest.
We are intentional in our efforts to attract, hire, retain, and upskill through a diverse pipeline and historically underrepresented talent, including those within the neurodivergent community. In addition, our Neurodivergent Project Team has helped develop neuroinclusive awareness materials, educating co-workers and engaging with department leaders about positions that may be particularly well-suited for individuals on the autism spectrum.
Our corporate Code of Conduct sets forth our general business conduct and ethics principles. Our nonunion employees are required to participate in annual Code of Conduct training, which also covers our anti‑discrimination and anti-harassment policies to further educate our employees about prohibited behaviors that undermine diversity. Our new hires complete anti-harassment training, and workplace belonging training options are available to all employees.
As a result of our efforts to create positive work experiences while ensuring our people feel supported in the workplace, we were also named as one of America’s “Most Responsible Companies 2025” by Newsweek and Statista, demonstrating our commitment to being a responsible corporate citizen.
Health, Safety, and Security
The health and well-being of our employees is a priority, and we have numerous programs to support our people in embracing total health. In addition to health benefits and voluntary insurance options, we also offer a wellness program through which employees may receive reduced premiums, deductibles, and out-of-pocket expenses for their insurance by completing certain preventative health requirements. We offer a digital health platform, life coaching services, behavioral health support, and a weight loss program, and we encourage healthy behaviors throughout the year through regular communications, educational sessions, wellness challenges, and other incentives.
Safety is critical to our business. We have safety procedures and guidelines, as well as required training and certification programs, for our drivers and freight-handling personnel to promote safety on and off the road. We also have safety measures and policies that apply to all independent contractors, owner-operators, and fleet owners in our Panther fleet, for whom we have provided safety programs to heighten awareness, promote safe driving behaviors, and reduce violations and accidents. Additionally, all of our company campuses, including corporate offices, are subject to safety and security policies and procedures to ensure the health, safety, and welfare of all employees. Based on employee feedback, several ArcBest teams collaborated to create new, more durable forklift attachments, designed to make freight handling safer and easier while reducing damage.
Our Asset-Based segment is dedicated to safety and security in providing transportation and freight-handling services to its customers. ABF Freight is the only ten-time winner of the Excellence in Security Award and a seven-time winner of the President’s Trophy for Safety from the American Trucking Associations. In January 2024, three ABF Freight drivers
15
were named by the American Trucking Associations as captains of the 2024-2025 “America’s Road Team,” continuing the long-time tradition of ABF Freight’s representation in this select program based on the drivers’ exceptional safety records and their strong commitment to safety and professionalism.
We expect all employees to obey and respect human rights laws, and we will not tolerate conduct that violates these laws. We set the same expectations for our vendors, suppliers, and service providers through our Supplier Code of Conduct. Given the nature of our industry, we are in a critical position to help raise awareness of human trafficking to potentially disrupt these networks. Through partnerships with TAT® (formerly known as Truckers Against Trafficking) and Polaris, we educate our employees and drivers on the realities of modern-day slavery and how they can play a role in the fight against human trafficking.
Reputation and Responsibility
Our Company and our brands are consistently recognized for best-in-class performance and leading-edge technology.
Brands
The value of our brands is critical to our success. ArcBest is recognized as a leading integrated logistics company with creative problem solvers who deliver innovative logistics solutions. Beyond this fundamental marketplace recognition of our collective brand identity, our other key brands represent additional unique value in their target markets.
We have registered or are pursuing registration of various marks or designs as trademarks in the United States, including, but not limited to “ArcBest,” “ABF Freight,” “Panther,” “MoLo,” “U-Pack,” “Vaux,” and “More Than Logistics.” For some marks, we also have registered or are pursuing registration in certain other countries.
Other Intellectual Property
Additionally, our business and operations utilize and depend upon both internally developed and purchased technology. We have obtained or are pursuing patent protection on internally developed and certain purchased technology, including equipment and process patents in connection with the previously disclosed Vaux freight handling program.
Commitment to Environmental Responsibility
We are focused on understanding the potential impact and related risks of environmental factors on our business and the impact of our operations on the environment. We continually seek more sustainable approaches across our business and partner with customers to meet sustainability needs in their supply chains. We have voluntarily published an annual report over the last five years that details our responsible business focal points, sustainability approaches, investments in operational efficiencies and innovation, safety standards, and community-based partnerships. We use the ArcBest Sustainability Roadmap and the priority assessment we conducted in 2021 as a guide for the sustainability topics our stakeholders care most about, so that we can take appropriate actions to drive positive change. We also remain dedicated to supporting and advancing the United Nations Global Compact’s Sustainable Development Goals (“SDGs”). Focusing on SDGs that align with our mission and business strategies, we’ve taken action in four areas:
● | Good health and well-being |
● | Decent work and economic growth |
● | Climate action |
● | Peace, justice, and strong institutions |
We actively promote a cleaner environment by reducing both fuel consumption and emissions. For nearly two decades, ArcBest, including ABF Freight, Panther, and MoLo, has participated in the EPA’s SmartWay Transport Partnership, a collaboration between the EPA and the freight transportation industry that helps freight shippers, carriers, and logistics companies reduce GHGs and diesel emissions. ArcBest was recognized as a 2024 and 2023 SmartWay Leader for our City Route Optimization technology that enables ABF Freight to run fewer miles during pickup and delivery runs, creating efficiencies while also reducing emissions. ABF Freight has also participated in opportunities to address environmental issues in association with the Sustainability Task Force of the American Trucking Associations. For more than 40 years, ABF Freight has partnered with BNSF Railway to provide intermodal shipping solutions, using stackable containers, wheeled vans and pup trailers to ship freight, improve transportation efficiency and reduce emissions output. Through this partnership, ABF Freight has added 500 stackable rail containers to its operations since 2019 and increased usage to nearly 50% in the first half of 2024, moving more freight at once while reducing emissions. As a result, ABF Freight received a 2024 BNSF Railway Sustainability Award. ArcBest’s commitment to sustainability has been recognized by various
16
outlets, including as one of Inbound Logistics’s 2024 G75 Green Supply Chain Partners, marking our thirteenth year on the list, and the EcoVadis Commitment Badge, demonstrating a concrete commitment to sustainability.
In 2024, we continued collaboration with a third-party consultant to help identify and prioritize our responsible business initiatives. During 2023 and into 2024, our sustainability dashboard was used to track quantitative metrics related to the environmental impact of our operations, including emissions. This dashboard has been utilized, along with qualitative analysis, to identify areas for improvement, track our Scope 1 (direct) and Scope 2 (indirect) GHG emissions. During 2024, we transitioned to a third-party platform that will enable us to estimate Scope 3 (indirect) emissions.
For many years, ABF Freight has voluntarily limited the maximum speed of its trucks, thereby reducing fuel consumption and emissions and contributing to an excellent safety record. ABF Freight utilizes engine idle management programming to automatically shut down engines of parked tractors. Fuel consumption and emissions have also been minimized through a strict equipment maintenance schedule. To further enhance fuel economy and reduce emissions, ABF Freight voluntarily installs aerodynamic aids on its fleet of over-the-road trailers. We continue to replace aging equipment models with clean, fuel-efficient equipment. In our dock operations, we utilize forklifts with engines powered by liquefied petroleum gas, which the EPA recognizes as a clean, alternative fuel, and we have invested in a small number of electric forklifts, electric yard tractors, and electric Class 6 straight trucks to replace diesel-burning equipment. Additionally, MoLo leases a LEED Gold-certified office facility in Chicago, which was constructed to include a green roof, smart lighting, energy-efficient HVAC units, and additional eco-friendly features.
Contributions & Awards
Our culture is focused on quality service and responsibility, and our employees are committed to the communities in which they live and work. We make financial contributions to a number of charitable organizations, many of which are supported by our employees. These employees volunteer their time and expertise, and many serve as officers or board members of various philanthropic organizations. To help guide our actions in our giving efforts, we have outlined our three philanthropic pillars — Community, Education and People. During 2023, we celebrated our 100th anniversary by giving over $1 million to organizations that align with our philanthropic pillars and continued these efforts in 2024. In our corporate headquarters’ local community, we have long supported the United Way of Fort Smith Area and its partner organizations. In 2024, with employee support, we once again are a United Way Pacesetter, setting the standard for leadership and community support, and we earned the Chairman’s Award for 2023-2024 campaign efforts. Our employees are also great contributors of time to our local community through various volunteer activities.
In addition to the recognitions and awards previously mentioned in the Business section, ArcBest has been recognized with the following awards:
● | Inbound Logistics’ 2024 list of “Top 100 Truckers;” |
● | Named to the 2024 “FleetOwner 500 For-Hire Fleets” list ranking No. 27, up two spots from 2023; |
● | Fortune 1000 List of Top Companies, ranking No. 689 in 2024; |
● | 15th in the Commercial Carrier Journal’s 2024 list of “Top 250 For-Hire Carriers;” |
● | Named to Financial Times’ and Statista’s list of “The Americas’ Fastest Growing Companies of 2024;” |
● | Transport Topic’s 2024 list of “Top 100 For-Hire Carriers” for our eleventh consecutive year; |
● | Ranked No. 40 on Transport Topics “2024 Top 100 Logistics List;” |
● | Named a FourKites Premier Carrier for the first half of 2024; and |
● | Inbound Logistics’ 2024 “Top 100 3PL Providers” as one of the best of the best third-party logistics companies. |
Asset-Based Segment
Our Asset-Based carrier, ABF Freight, has received various awards since 2023 demonstrating ABF Freight’s commitment to quality and excellence, along with sustainability awards and recognitions, as previously detailed in the Business section.
● | Named a Logistics Management “2024 Quest for Quality Award” winner in the National LTL Carriers category for the eighth time; |
● | Ranked No. 1 in the industry for the most useful website and No. 2 in the industry for proactive communications by Mastio; and |
● | Ranked No. 8 in the Journal of Commerce list of top 40 LTL Carriers. |
Asset-Light Segment
Asset-Light received the following recognitions since 2023, in addition to those previously detailed in the Business section:
● | Named among the 100 “Top Freight Brokerage Firms” in Transport Topics for 2024; |
17
● | MoLo was honored in January 2025, for the fifth consecutive year, as part of Built In’s “2025 Best Places to Work For” awards, earning a place in the “Best Places to Work in Chicago” and the “Best Midsize Places to Work in Chicago” categories; |
● | MoLo recognized as a 2024 top “3PL & Cold Storage Provider” by Food Logistics; |
● | MoLo and Panther were included in Project44’s “2024 Preferred Carriers” list as gold-tier carriers in the truckload and LTL categories, respectively, for providing exceptional real-time visibility; and |
● | MoLo was named a “2024 Top Food Chain Provider” by Food Chain Digest, the official magazine of Food Shippers of America. |
Available Information
We file our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, amendments to those reports, proxy and information statements, and other information electronically with the SEC. All reports and financial information filed with, or furnished to, the SEC can be obtained, free of charge, through our website located at www.arcb.com or through the SEC’s website located at www.sec.gov as soon as reasonably practical after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The Annual Report on Form 10-K and other information may also be obtained without charge by writing to ArcBest Corporation, Attention: Investor Relations, 8401 McClure Drive, Fort Smith, AR 72916; or by telephone at 479-785-6000. The information contained on our website does not constitute part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.
In addition to its reports filed or furnished with the SEC, the Company publicly discloses material information from time to time in our press releases, at annual meetings of shareholders, in publicly accessible conferences and investor presentations, and through our website (principally in its News and Events section of our Investor Relations page).
ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS
Our business is subject to a variety of material risks about which we are aware and could also be affected by additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial. This Risk Factors section discusses the material risks relating to our business activities, including those affecting the transportation industry and our Company that are largely out of our control. If any of these risks or circumstances actually occur, it could materially harm our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows; impair our ability to implement business plans or complete development activities as scheduled; and/or result in a decline in the market price of our common stock.
Risks Related to Cybersecurity, Data Privacy, and Information Technology
We depend on our Information Technology (“IT”) systems as well as software programs and applications provided by third parties, and a systems failure, perceived or actual data privacy breach, or cybersecurity incident could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
We depend on the proper functioning, availability, and security of our IT systems, including communications, data processing, financial, and operating systems, as well as proprietary software programs and certain software applications provided by third parties that are integral to our business operations. Such third parties may host, store, transmit data or have access by means of connected IT systems to information about our business, customers, employees, and vendors. Our IT systems and third-party applications that we utilize are vulnerable to interruption by adverse weather conditions or natural disasters; power loss; telecommunications failures; terrorist attacks; internet failures and other disruptions to technology, including computer viruses and cybersecurity incidents such as denial of service, intentional or inadvertent acts by employees or vendors with access to our systems or data, phishing, disruption by malware, attacks enabled by AI, or other security or data breach; and other events beyond our control. Any significant failure or other disruption in critical IT systems that impacts the availability, reliability, speed, accuracy, or other proper functioning of these systems or that results in proprietary information or sensitive or confidential data, including information of customers, employees and others, being compromised could interrupt or delay our operations, damage our reputation, result in a loss of customers, cause errors or delays in financial reporting, result in violation of privacy laws, expose us to potential loss or litigation, and/or cause us to incur significant time and expense to remedy such an event. New or enhanced technology that we develop and implement may also be subject to cybersecurity attacks and may be more prone to related incidents.
18
A portion of our employee population operates under remote and hybrid work arrangements, which has increased demand for IT resources and our exposure to cybersecurity risks, including an increased risk of unauthorized access to proprietary information or sensitive or confidential data and cybersecurity incidents, such as phishing. As AI capabilities improve and are increasingly adopted, we may see cybersecurity attacks perpetrated through AI, including an increase in the speed, scale, and automation of such attacks. While we maintain property and cyber insurance, losses arising from a significant disaster or cyber incident may exceed our insurance coverage and could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. Although we have implemented measures to mitigate our exposure to the heightened risks of cybersecurity incidents, we cannot be certain that such measures will be effective to prevent a cybersecurity incident from materializing.
We have experienced incidents involving attempted denial of service attacks, malware attacks, and other events intended to disrupt information systems, wrongfully obtain valuable information, or cause other types of malicious events that could have resulted in harm to our business. To our knowledge, the various protections we have employed have been effective to date in identifying such events at points when the impact on our business could be minimized. Despite our efforts to monitor and develop our IT networks and infrastructure, due to the increasing sophistication of cyber criminals and the development of new techniques for attack, we may be unable to anticipate, promptly detect, or timely implement adequate protective or remedial measures against cybersecurity attacks or recover use of our IT networks and infrastructure timely.
Interruptions or failures in third-party systems, including licensed software, that we utilize to meet certain IT needs, could adversely affect our business.
The IT systems and operations of our third-party service providers are vulnerable to interruption by events beyond our control, as previously described. We have limited control over the operation, quality, maintenance, or continued availability of services provided by our vendors that are essential to our business. Disruptions or failures in the services upon which our IT platforms rely, or in other third-party services upon which we rely to operate our business and report financial results, may adversely affect our operations or the services we provide, as well as increase our costs or result in a loss of customers. We also license a variety of software that provide critical support for our operations. There is no guarantee that we will be able to continue these licensing arrangements with the current licensors, or that we can replace the functions provided by these licenses, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
We rely on the suitability of the design and operating effectiveness of internal controls maintained by our third-party software providers and obtain related assurance reports from independent service auditors engaged by our third-party software providers for all in-scope systems. However, we cannot ensure that controls identified and performed by our third-party software providers are adequate to prevent, detect or correct misstatements in processing or reporting transactions, or to adequately limit or eliminate system or operational vulnerabilities.
If we are unable to timely and effectively develop and implement new or enhanced technology or processes, or if we fail to realize the potential benefits thereof, we may suffer competitive disadvantage, loss of customers, or other consequences that could negatively impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
The industry has experienced, and will likely continue to experience, rapid changes in technology, including the development of new technology; the deployment of emerging technology, such as generative AI and machine learning; and enhancements in existing technology. With industry advancements in technology, our customers may find alternatives to our services to meet their freight transportation and logistics needs. New entrants to the market, including technology-centric or technology-enabled start-ups and emerging business models, have also expanded the field of competition and increased pressure for innovation in the industry.
Technology and new market entrants may also disrupt the way we, and our competitors, operate to provide freight logistics services. We expect our customers will continue to demand more sophisticated technology-driven solutions from their suppliers, including advancements in processes, equipment, and facilities to build automation and address concerns over business efficiency, supply chain effectiveness, and climate change. To improve efficiencies and meet our customers’ needs, we have made, and continue to make, significant investments in the enhancement of existing technology and in the development of new and innovative solutions, such as software and physical assets that are in various stages of development and implementation. Our investments in technology are further described in “Technology” within Part I, Item 1 (Business) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. A number of factors are involved in determining proof of concept, and there can be no assurance that our technology implementations will be successful.
19
Our efforts and investments in technology innovation, including the development, adoption and use of generative AI technologies, may continue to require significant ongoing research and development and implementation costs and may involve new or unforeseen risks and challenges, including heightened risks for data and information security, privacy, protection, and copyright infringement and, in the case of generative AI, potential compliance gaps in an emerging but fragmented regulatory environment. The success of our approach to technology innovation depends on market acceptance of our solutions and other factors, including our ability to:
● | deploy funds and resources for investment in technology and innovation; |
● | achieve the right balance of strategic investments in existing or developing technology and innovation; |
● | timely and effectively develop and implement new or enhanced technology, including integration into current operations and interaction with existing systems; |
● | train our employees to operate the technology and/or achieve appropriate customer, carrier, or other desired user adoption of the technology; |
● | adequately anticipate challenges and respond to unforeseen challenges; |
● | detect and remedy defects in enhanced or new technology; and |
● | recover costs of investment through increased business levels, higher prices, improved efficiencies, or other means, such as licensing or disposing of the developed technology. |
We are still in the early stages of developing and deploying generative AI, a process that is particularly complex. This complexity arises from the use of sensitive, proprietary, and confidential data that could be leaked, as well as the potential flaws in algorithms and models, which may include biases, errors, and limitations in handling certain data types or scenarios, ultimately affecting outputs. If we do not pursue technological advances or engage in innovation; if we fail to successfully or timely develop and deploy enhanced or new technology; if any enhanced or new technology does not yield the results we expect, or is developed by others; or if the decisions are made by us or our customers based on flawed AI or model outputs, we may be placed at a competitive disadvantage; lose customers; be led to make decisions that could bias certain individuals or classes of individuals and adversely impact their rights; incur higher than anticipated costs, including the possible impact of asset impairment or the write-off of software development costs; or fail to meet the goals of our internal growth strategy, any one of which could materially adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Business
The loss of or reduction in business from one or more large customers, or an overall reduction in our customer base, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
We do not have a significant customer concentration. However, our customer relationships are generally not subject to long-term contractual obligations or minimum volume commitments, and we cannot ensure that our current customer relationships will continue at the same business levels or at all. If we were to lose all or a portion of the business of some of our large customers to our competitors or if our customers were to demand pricing concessions for our services, require us to provide enhanced services at lower prices, or develop their own shipping and distribution capabilities, our business, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted. A reduction in our customer base or difficulty in collecting, or the inability to collect, payments from our customers due to pricing changes, economic hardship, or other factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
Our initiatives to grow our business operations or to manage our cost structure to business levels may take longer than anticipated or may not be successful.
Developing our service offerings requires ongoing investment in personnel and infrastructure, including operating and management information systems. Depending upon the timing and level of revenues generated from our growth initiatives, the related results of operations and cash flows we anticipate from these initiatives and additional service offerings may not be achieved.
Our growth plans place significant demands on our management and operating personnel, and we may not be able to hire, train, upskill, and retain the appropriate personnel to manage and grow our services. We have incurred increased costs associated with long-term investment in the development of our owner-operator fleet and contract carrier capacity for our Asset-Light segment. As we focus on market opportunities for our asset-light solutions, we may also encounter difficulties in adapting our corporate structure or in developing and maintaining effective partnerships among our operating segments, which could hinder our operational, financial, and strategic objectives. Furthermore, we may invest significant resources
20
to enter or expand our services in markets with established competitors and new competitive challenges, and we may not be able to successfully gain market share.
We also face challenges and risks in implementing initiatives to manage our cost structure to business levels or changing market demands, as portions of salaries, wages, and benefits are fixed in nature, and adjustments otherwise needed to align the labor cost structure to corresponding business levels are limited as we strive to maintain service quality. It is more difficult to match our staffing levels and purchased transportation resources to our business needs in periods of rapid or unexpected change. We may, in the future, incur additional costs related to purchased transportation and/or experience labor inefficiencies in training new employees who are hired in response to growth. Such additional costs could be disproportionate to our business levels and may adversely impact our operating results. A prolonged labor shortage or significant labor inefficiencies could result in lower levels of service, including timeliness, productivity and/or quality of service. While we regularly evaluate and modify the network of our Asset-Based operations to reflect changes in customer demands and to reconcile the segment’s infrastructure with tonnage and shipment levels and the proximity of customer freight, there can be no assurance that any given network change will result in improvement in our Asset-Based segment’s results of operations.
We may be unsuccessful in realizing all or any part of the anticipated benefits of acquisitions within the expected time period or at all. The cost, integration, and performance of any such acquisition may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
We may be unable to generate sufficient revenue or earnings from the operations of MoLo, which we acquired on November 1, 2021, or any future acquired business, to offset our acquisition or investment costs, and the acquired business may otherwise fail to meet our operational or strategic expectations. Difficulties encountered in combining operations, including underestimation of the resources required to support an acquisition, could prevent us from realizing the full anticipated benefits, and within the anticipated timeframe, and could adversely impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition. If acquired operations fail to generate sufficient cash flows, we may incur impairments of goodwill, intangibles, and other assets in the future.
The possible risks involved in acquisitions include, among others:
● | potential loss of customers, key employees, and third-party service providers; |
● | difficulties synchronizing operations of the companies, including the integration of workforces, while continuing to provide consistent, high-quality service to customers; |
● | unanticipated issues in the assimilation and consolidation of IT, communications, and other systems, including additional systems training and other labor inefficiencies; |
● | potentially unacceptable qualification requirements for contract carriers or other third-party vendors; |
● | potentially unfavorable, or adverse changes to, pre-existing contractual relationships; |
● | delays in consolidation of corporate and administrative infrastructures; |
● | difficulties and costs of synchronizing our policies, procedures, business culture, and benefits and compensation programs; |
● | inability to apply and maintain our internal controls and comply with regulatory requirements; |
● | difficulties related to additional or unanticipated regulatory and compliance issues; |
● | adverse tax consequences associated with the acquisition; and |
● | other unanticipated issues, expenses, and liabilities, including previously unknown liabilities, or legal proceedings which may arise, associated with the acquired business for which we have no, or are unable to secure, recourse under applicable indemnification or insurance provisions. |
We continue to evaluate acquisition candidates and may acquire assets and businesses that we believe complement our existing assets and business or enhance our service offerings. The complex and time-consuming processes of evaluating acquisitions and performing due diligence procedures include risks that may adversely impact the success of our selection of candidates, pricing of the transaction, and ability to integrate critical functional areas of the acquired business. Future acquisitions, if any, may require substantial capital or the incurrence of substantial indebtedness or may involve the dilutive issuance of equity securities, which may negatively impact our capitalization and financial position. Further, we may not be able to acquire businesses or assets in the future, or acquire them on terms favorable to us, even though we may have incurred expenses in evaluating and pursuing strategic transactions.
21
Unsolicited takeover proposals, proxy contests and other proposals or actions by activist investors may adversely affect our business and our stock price.
We could become subject to unfavorable advances by investor activists or receive unsolicited takeover proposals at an undervalued stock price. In the event that a third party makes an unsolicited takeover proposal or otherwise attempts to gain control of our Company, our review and consideration of such proposals may be a significant distraction for our management and may require us to expend significant time and resources away from our primary operations. Such proposals may disrupt our business by causing uncertainty among current and potential employees, customers, and other stakeholders, which could negatively impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Any perceived uncertainties as to our future direction also may adversely affect the market price and lead to pronounced volatility in the price of our common stock.
Damage to our corporate reputation may cause our business to suffer.
Our business depends, in part, on our ability to maintain the image of our brands. Service, performance, and safety issues, whether actual or perceived, and whether as a result of our actions or those of our third-party service providers, could adversely impact our customers’ image of our brands, including ArcBest, ABF Freight, Panther, MoLo, and U-Pack, and result in the loss of business or impede our growth initiatives. Adverse publicity regarding labor relations, legal matters, cybersecurity and data privacy concerns, social and sustainability issues, and similar matters, whether or not justified, could have a negative impact on our reputation and may result in the loss of customers and our inability to secure new customer relationships. Despite our efforts to adapt to and address these concerns, our efforts may be insufficient. Additionally, the implementation of initiatives, including our sustainability initiatives, may increase our costs. It is difficult to predict how our efforts with respect to sustainability matters will be evaluated by current and prospective investors or by our customers or business partners, and our industry may be generally disfavored by the investing community at large.
Our business is increasingly dependent on the internet for attracting and securing customers, and the possibility that fraudulent behavior may confuse or deceive customers, including through use of AI, heightens the risk of damage to our reputation and increases the time and expense required to protect and maintain the integrity of our brands. With the increased use of social media outlets, adverse publicity, even when based upon incorrect information or false statements, can be disseminated quickly and broadly, making it increasingly difficult for us to effectively respond. Damage to our reputation and loss of brand equity could reduce demand for our services and, thus, have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and the market price of our stock, as well as require additional resources to rebuild our reputation and restore the value of our brands.
Our corporate reputation and business depend on a variety of intellectual property rights, and the costs and resources expended to enforce or protect our rights or to defend against infringement claims could adversely impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
We have registered or are pursuing registration of various marks and designs as trademarks in the United States. For some marks, we also have registered or are pursuing registration in certain other countries. At times, competitors may adopt service or trade names, logos, or designs similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. We have obtained or are pursuing patent protection on internally developed and certain purchased technology, including equipment and process patents in connection with Vaux. Competitors or other third parties could attempt to reproduce or reverse-engineer our patented technologies, or we could be subject to third-party claims of infringement. Any of our intellectual property rights related to trademarks, trade secrets, domain names, copyrights, patents, or other intellectual property, whether owned or licensed, could be challenged, invalidated, misappropriated, or infringed upon by third parties. Our efforts to obtain, enforce, or protect our proprietary rights, or to defend against third-party infringement claims, may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely impact our corporate reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Ineffective internal controls could negatively impact our business, results of operations, and reputation.
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal controls over financial reporting, even if effective, only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements and may not prevent or detect misstatements because of their inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, failure or interruption of information technology systems, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. If we are unable to establish adequate internal controls or if our
22
internal controls do not consistently operate as designed, our business, operating results, and reputation could be harmed, and we could fail to meet our financial reporting obligations.
Risks Related to Our Industry
A nationwide or global disruption in the supply chain could increase volatility in freight volumes and materially impact our business.
Our business may be materially impacted by the cyclical nature of the supply chain industry and the related changes in consumer spending, which impacts our freight volumes. We have experienced, and may continue to experience, an inability to obtain, or delays in the delivery of, equipment necessary for operations, including tractors, trailers, and other equipment, as a result of manufacturing delays, supply chain disruptions, parts shortages, and equipment design changes due to upcoming federal and/or state emissions standards. The extent to which we are vulnerable to and may be negatively impacted by supply chain disruptions is uncertain and dependent upon the duration and severity of supply shortages or decreased consumer demand, as well as other factors beyond our control. Supply chain disruptions have and may continue to have a significant impact on consumer prices and demand, and create or exacerbate bottlenecks in production, which may negatively impact our freight volume, operating costs, and ability to serve our customers.
We operate in a highly competitive and fragmented industry, and our business could suffer if we are unable to adequately address factors that could affect our profitability, growth prospects, and ability to compete in the transportation and logistics market.
We face significant competition in local, regional, national, and, to a lesser extent, international markets. We compete with union and nonunion LTL carriers of varying sizes and, to a lesser extent, with truckload carriers and railroads. We also compete with domestic and global logistics service providers, including asset-light logistics companies, integrated logistics companies, and third-party freight brokers that compete in one or more segments of the transportation industry.
Numerous factors could adversely impact our ability to compete effectively in the transportation and logistics industry, retain our existing customers, or attract new customers. The competitive factors material to our business are the following:
● | Our Asset-Based segment competes primarily with nonunion motor carriers who generally have a lower fringe benefit cost structure than union carriers for freight-handling and driving personnel and have greater operating flexibility as they are subject to less-stringent labor work rules. |
● | Some of our competitors periodically reduce their prices to gain business, especially during times of reduced growth rates in the economy, which limits our ability to maintain or increase prices. If customers select transportation service providers based on price alone rather than the total value offered, we may be unable to maintain our operating margins or to maintain or grow tonnage levels. |
● | Enhanced visibility of capacity options in the marketplace is increasing, and customers may seek bids from multiple carriers for their shipping needs, which may generally depress prices or result in the loss of some business to our competitors. |
● | In an excess capacity market, we may be unable to maintain the higher market-driven prices we obtained for our services in the tighter capacity environment, especially if there is a prolonged recessionary period in the freight environment as there was during 2023 and 2024. Alternatively, as market capacity tightens, customer demand may exceed available carrier capacity in the industry. |
● | Customers may reduce the number of carriers they use by selecting “core carriers” as approved transportation service providers, and in some instances, we may not be selected. |
● | Customers are increasingly focused on environmental concerns, including emissions, and may select transportation providers that are able to reduce emissions more readily or effectively through efficiency improvements to existing and emerging technologies, adoption of alternative fuels, or through carbon offsetting mechanisms. |
● | Shippers may choose to build their own logistics capabilities reducing or eliminating need for these services from our Asset-Based segment. |
Additionally, as the retail industry continues its trend toward increases in e-commerce at an unprecedented rate, the manner in which our customers source or utilize our services will continue to evolve. If we are unable to successfully adapt and implement appropriate measures in response to these changes, our operating results could be adversely affected.
23
Increased prices for, or decreases in the availability of, equipment, including new revenue equipment, as well as higher costs of related operating expenses, could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.
In recent years, original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) have significantly raised the prices of equipment, including new revenue equipment, due to supply chain disruptions and other challenges beyond our control, including, but not limited to geopolitical conflicts; increased costs of materials and labor, above normal inflation levels; and high interest rates, which impact equipment financing. Manufacturers have also raised prices, in part, to offset their costs of compliance with new tractor engine and emissions system design requirements intended to reduce emissions, which have been mandated by the EPA, the NHTSA, and various state agencies as described in “Environmental and Other Government Regulations” within Part I, Item 1 (Business) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. GHG emissions regulations are likely to continue to impact the design and cost of equipment utilized in our operations as well as fuel costs. Additional state-mandated emission‑control requirements could increase equipment and fuel costs for entire fleets that operate in interstate commerce. If new equipment prices increase more than anticipated, we could incur higher depreciation and rental expenses than anticipated. Our third-party capacity providers, including owner-operators for portions of our Asset-Light segment operations, are also subject to increased regulations and higher equipment and fuel prices, which will, in turn, increase our costs for utilizing their services or may cause certain providers to exit the industry, which could lead to or exacerbate a capacity shortage and further increase our costs of securing third-party services. If we are unable to fully offset any such increases in expenses with freight rate increases and/or improved fuel economy, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
We depend on suppliers for equipment, parts, and services that are critical to our operations, which may be difficult to procure in the event of decreased supply or other supply chain disruptions. From time to time, some OEMs of tractors and trailers may reduce their manufacturing output due to, for example, lower demand for their products in economic downturns or a shortage of component parts. Component suppliers may either reduce production or be unable to increase production to meet OEM demand, creating periodic difficulty for OEMs to react in a timely manner to increased demand for new equipment and/or increased demand for replacement components as economic conditions change, as experienced through the first half of 2023 due to significant shortages of semiconductor chips, which forced manufacturers to curtail or suspend their production, leading to lower supply of tractors and trailers, higher prices and lengthened trade cycles. We have and may continue to face reduced supply levels and/or increased acquisition costs for new tractors or trailers, as well as related parts and services, for our Asset-Based operations.
Fuel shortages, changes in fuel prices, or the inability to collect fuel surcharges, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
The transportation industry is dependent upon the availability of adequate fuel supplies. Fuel represents a significant operating expense for us, and we do not have any long-term fuel purchase contracts or hedging arrangements to protect against fuel price increases. The supply and price of fuel fluctuates greatly due to factors beyond our control, such as global supply and demand for crude oil and diesel, political events, legislation and regulation, military conflicts, price and supply decisions by oil producing countries and cartels, terrorist activities, and natural or man-made disasters. Significant increases in fuel prices or fuel taxes resulting from these or other economic or regulatory changes that are not offset by base freight rate increases or fuel surcharges or a disruption in our fuel supply could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.
We also pay independent contractor drivers a fuel surcharge that increases with the increase in fuel prices in our Asset-Light segment. A significant increase or rapid fluctuation in fuel prices could cause the fuel surcharge we pay to independent contractors to be higher than the revenue we receive under our customer fuel surcharge programs, which could adversely impact our results of operations.
Our Asset-Based segment and certain operations of our Asset-Light segment assess a fuel surcharge based on an index of national diesel fuel prices. When fuel surcharges constitute a higher proportion of the total freight rate paid, our customers are less receptive to increases in base freight rates. Prolonged periods of inadequate base rate improvements could adversely impact operating results as elements of costs, including contractual wage rates, continue to increase. In periods of declining fuel prices, fuel surcharge percentages also decrease, which negatively impacts the total billed revenue per hundredweight or revenue per shipment measure and, consequently, our revenues, and the revenue decline may be disproportionate to the corresponding decline in our fuel costs, as experienced in 2023.
24
Risks Related to Employees and Benefits
Difficulty attracting, retaining, and upskilling employees, or ABF Freight’s inability to reach agreement on future collective bargaining agreements, could result in labor inefficiencies, disruptions, stoppages, or delayed growth.
In certain markets, we continue to experience challenges with hiring an adequate number of qualified drivers and freight‑handlers. Although these hiring difficulties were tempered by the shutdown of a large LTL competitor in 2023, the available pool of drivers has been declining in recent years and may continue to decline, which has caused and may in the future cause difficulty in retaining and hiring qualified drivers. Government regulations or legislative actions that result in shortages of qualified drivers could also impact our ability to grow. The expansion of flexible work options in recent years has also provided more employment opportunities for those in professional roles, including our IT roles, making attraction and retention more complex. If wage inflation continues for noncontractual professional roles, our labor costs will increase. If we encounter difficulty in attracting, retaining, and upskilling employees, including qualified drivers, freight-handlers, and professional personnel, we could incur higher recruiting expenses or a loss of business, and our profitability and ability to grow could be adversely affected.
A significant portion of the employees in our Asset-Based segment are covered under the collective bargaining agreement between ABF Freight and the IBT. If we are unable to effectively manage our relationship with the IBT, we could be less effective in ongoing relations and future negotiations, which could lead to operational inefficiencies and increased operating costs. There can be no assurance that our future collective bargaining agreements will be renewed on terms favorable to us. The terms of any future collective bargaining agreements or the inability to agree on acceptable terms for the next contract period may also result in higher labor costs, insufficient operational flexibility, a work stoppage, the loss of customers, or other events that could have a material adverse effect on our business. We could also experience a loss of customers or a reduction in our potential share of business in the markets we serve if shippers limit their use of unionized freight transportation service providers because of the risk of work stoppages.
We could be obligated to make additional significant contributions to multiemployer pension plans.
ABF Freight contributes to multiemployer pension and health and welfare plans to provide benefits for its contractual employees. These multiemployer plans, established pursuant to the Taft-Hartley Act, are jointly trusteed and cover collectively bargained employees of multiple unrelated employers. Due to the inherent nature of multiemployer pension plans, there are risks associated with participation in these plans that differ from single‑employer plans. Assets received by the plans are not segregated by employer, and contributions made by one employer can be and are used to provide benefits to current and former employees of other employers. If a participating employer in a multiemployer pension plan no longer contributes to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers. If a participating employer in a multiemployer pension plan completely withdraws from the plan, it owes to the plan its proportionate share of the plan’s unfunded vested benefits, referred to as withdrawal liability. A complete withdrawal generally occurs when the employer permanently ceases to have an obligation to contribute to the plan. Withdrawal liability is also owed in the event the employer withdraws from a plan in connection with a mass withdrawal, which generally occurs when all or substantially all employers withdraw from the plan in a relatively short period of time pursuant to an agreement. Were ABF Freight to completely withdraw from certain multiemployer pension plans, whether in connection with a mass withdrawal or otherwise, under current law, we would have material liabilities for our share of the unfunded vested liabilities of each such plan.
The multiemployer pension plans to which ABF Freight contributes vary greatly in size and in funded status. ABF Freight’s obligations to these plans are generally specified in the 2023 ABF NMFA and other related supplemental agreements, as further discussed in Note J to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These pension plans provide the best retirement benefits in the industry. However, when compared to competitors, ABF Freight pays some of the highest benefit contribution rates in the industry and continues to address the effect of the Asset-Based segment’s wage and benefit cost structure on its operating results in discussions with the IBT. Through the term of its current collective bargaining agreement, ABF Freight’s multiemployer pension obligations generally will be satisfied by making the specified contributions when due. Future contribution rates will be determined through the negotiation process for contract periods following the term of the current collective bargaining agreement.
Certain legislative actions that became effective in recent years include provisions to improve funding for multiemployer pension plans, as further discussed in Note J to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. However, despite such legislative actions, we may still trigger withdrawal liability through,
25
among other things, mergers and other fundamental corporate transactions and as a result of operational changes, site closures and job losses. We continue to monitor the impact these legislative actions have on the funding status of the multiemployer pension plans to which ABF Freight contributes; however, we cannot determine with any certainty the minimum contributions that will be required under future collective bargaining agreements or the impact they will have on our results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to Third Parties
We depend on services provided by third parties and could be adversely impacted by increased costs or disruption of these services, and claims arising from these services.
A reduction in the availability of rail services or services provided by third-party capacity providers to meet customer requirements; higher prices, including fuel surcharges; as well as higher utilization of third-party agents to maintain service levels in periods of tonnage growth or higher shipment levels, could increase purchased transportation costs which we may be unable to pass along to our customers. If a disruption or reduction in transportation services from our rail or other third‑party service providers were to occur, we could be faced with business interruptions that could cause us to fail to meet the needs of our customers, which could result in loss of business or customer loyalty. In addition, third-party providers can be expected to increase their prices based on market conditions or to cover increases in their operating expenses. If we are unable to correspondingly increase the prices we charge to our customers, or if we are unable to secure sufficient third-party services to expand our capacity, add additional routes, or meet our commitments to our customers, there could be a material adverse impact on our operations, revenues, profitability and customer relationships.
Our ability to secure the services of third-party service providers is affected by many risks beyond our control, including unfavorable pricing conditions; the shortage of quality third-party providers, including owner-operators and drivers of contracted carriers for our Asset-Light segment; shortages in available cargo capacity of third parties; equipment shortages in the transportation industry, particularly among contracted truckload carriers; changes in government regulations affecting the transportation industry and their related impact on operations, such as hours-of-service rules and the ELD mandate; labor disputes; or a significant interruption in service or stoppage in third-party transportation services. Each of these risks could have a material adverse effect on the operating results of our Asset-Light segment.
In addition, we may be subject to claims arising from services provided by third parties, particularly in connection with the operations of our Asset-Light segment, which are dependent on third-party contract carriers. From time to time, the drivers who are owner-operators, independent contractors, or employees working for third-party carriers that we contract with are involved in accidents or incidents that may result in cargo loss or damage, other property damage, or serious personal injuries including death. As a result, claims may be asserted against us for actions by such drivers or for our actions in contracting with them initially or retaining them over time. We or our subsidiaries could be held directly responsible for these third-party claims and, regardless of ultimate liability, may incur significant costs and expenses in defending these claims or through settlements, even in cases where we believe we have meritorious claims or defenses. Our third-party contract carriers and other vendors may not agree to bear responsibility for such claims, or we may become responsible if they are unable to pay the claims, for example, due to bankruptcy proceedings, and such claims may exceed the amount of our insurance coverage or may not be covered by insurance at all.
Our engagement of independent contractor drivers to provide a portion of the capacity for our Asset-Light segment exposes us to different risks than we face with our employee drivers, which could have an adverse effect on our business.
The driver fleet for portions of our Asset-Light segment is made up of independent owner-operators and individuals. We face intense competition in attracting and retaining qualified owner-operators from the available pool of drivers and fleets, and we may be required to increase owner-operator compensation or take other measures to remain an attractive option for owner-operators. If we are not able to maintain our delivery schedules due to a shortage of drivers or if we are required to increase our rates to offset increases in owner-operator compensation, our services may be less competitive. Furthermore, as these independent owner-operators and individuals are third-party service providers, rather than our employees, they may decline loads of freight from time to time, which may impede our ability to deliver freight in a timely manner or result in increased expenses to do so.
26
If the independent contractors with which we contract are deemed by regulators or judicial process to be employees, or if we experience operational or regulatory issues related to our use of these contract drivers, our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be adversely affected.
Class actions and other lawsuits have arisen in the transportation and logistics industry seeking to reclassify independent contractor drivers as employees for a variety of purposes, including workers’ compensation, wage‑and‑hour, and health care coverage. Many states have enacted restrictive laws that make it difficult to successfully prove independent-contractor status, and all states have enforcement programs to evaluate the classification of independent contractors. In the event of such reclassification of our owner-operators, we could be exposed to various liabilities and additional costs, for both future and prior periods, under federal, state, and local tax laws, and workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, labor, and employment laws, as well as potential liability for penalties and interest and under vicarious liability principles.
Risks Related to Legal and Regulatory Matters
We are subject to litigation risks, and at times may need to initiate litigation, which could result in significant costs and have other material adverse effects on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
The nature of our business exposes us to the potential for various claims and litigation, including class-action litigation and other legal proceedings brought by customers, suppliers, employees, or other parties, related to labor and employment, including wage and hour claims; competitive matters; personal injury; property damage; cargo claims; safety and contract compliance; environmental liability; and other matters, such as the matters, if any, described in Item 3 (Legal Proceedings) included in Part I of, or otherwise disclosed in, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We are subject to risk and uncertainties related to liabilities, including damages, fines, penalties, and substantial legal and related costs, that may result from these claims and litigation. Some or all of our expenditures to defend, settle, or litigate these matters may not be covered by insurance or could impact our cost of, and ability to obtain, insurance in the future. Litigation can be disruptive to normal business operations and could require a substantial amount of time and effort from our management team. Further, because of the potential risks, expenses, and uncertainties of litigation, we may, from time to time, settle disputes, even where we believe that we have meritorious claims or defenses. Any material litigation or a catastrophic accident or series of accidents could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Our business reputation and our relationship with our customers, suppliers, and employees may also be adversely impacted by our involvement in legal proceedings.
We establish reserves based on our assessment of known legal matters and contingencies. New legal claims or subsequent developments related to known legal claims asserted against us may affect our assessment and estimates of our recorded legal reserves and may require us to make payments in excess of our reserves, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Our business operations are subject to numerous governmental regulations in the transportation industry, and costs of compliance with, or liability for violations of, existing or future regulations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Various international, federal, state, and local agencies exercise broad regulatory powers over the transportation industry, such as those described in “Environmental and Other Government Regulations” within Part I, Item 1 (Business) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We could become subject to new or more restrictive regulations, and the costs to comply with such regulations could increase our operating expenses. Such regulations could also influence the demand for transportation services. Failure to comply with laws and regulations can result in penalties, revocation of our permits or licenses, or both civil and criminal actions against us, in addition to potentially harming our reputation and brands.
Failures by us, or our contracted owner-operators and third-party carriers, to comply with the various applicable federal safety laws and regulations, or downgrades in our safety rating, among other things, could cause us to lose customers and our ability to self-insure. The loss of our ability to self-insure for any significant period of time could materially increase insurance costs, or we could experience difficulty in obtaining adequate levels of insurance coverage.
Our Asset-Light segment utilizes third-party service providers who are subject to similar regulatory requirements. We could be materially adversely affected if the operations of these providers are impacted by regulatory actions to the extent that a shortage of quality third-party service providers occurs. Also, activities by these providers that violate applicable laws or regulations could result in governmental or third-party actions against us. Although third-party service providers
27
with whom we contract agree to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we may not be aware of, and may therefore be unable to address or remedy, violations by them.
We are also subject to stringent and changing privacy laws, regulations and standards as well as policies, contracts, and other obligations related to data privacy, including customer and employee data. As a provider of worldwide transportation and logistics services, we collect and process significant amounts of customer data on a daily basis. In recent years, there have been global efforts by governments and consumer groups for increased transparency in how customer data is utilized and how customers and employees can control the use and storage of their data. Complying with existing or new data protection laws and regulations may increase our compliance costs or require us to modify our data handling practices. Non-compliance could result in governmental or consumer actions against us and even perceived non-compliance may otherwise adversely impact our reputation, operating results and financial condition. The uncertainty of the interpretation and enforcement of these laws, and their increasing scope and complexity, create regulatory risks that will likely increase over time. Additionally, if third parties or others violate obligations and restrictions with respect to data privacy and security, such violations may also put our customers’ or employees’ information at risk and could in turn have a material and adverse effect on our business.
Our operations are subject to various environmental laws and regulations, the violation of which could result in substantial fines or penalties. The costs of compliance with current and future environmental laws and regulations may be significant and could adversely impact our results of operations.
At certain facilities of our Asset-Based operations, we store fuel and oil in underground and aboveground tanks and other containers. In connection with these operations, we are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations relating to, among other areas: underground and aboveground storage tanks, stormwater pollution prevention, contingency planning for spills of petroleum products, and disposal of waste oil. We may be subject to substantial fines, civil penalties, or litigation if we fail to obtain proper certifications or permits or if we do not comply with required environmental inspections, testing provisions, and consent decrees. Under certain environmental laws, we could be subject to strict liability for any clean-up costs relating to contamination at our past or present facilities, including those occurring prior to ownership or use of such facilities, and at third-party waste disposal sites.
We routinely transport or arrange for the transportation of hazardous materials and explosives. The transportation of hazardous materials or explosives also involves the risks of, among others, leakage, environmental damage, a spill or accident involving hazardous substances, and hazardous waste disposal, as well as costs associated with the environmental clean-up of fuel spillage from our vehicles. In addition, if any damage or injury occurs as a result of these operations, we may be subject to claims from third parties and bear liability for such damage or injury.
Although we have instituted programs to monitor and control environmental risks and promote and maintain compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations, violations of applicable laws or regulations may subject us to clean‑up costs and liabilities not covered by insurance or in excess of our applicable insurance coverage, including substantial fines, civil penalties, or civil and criminal liability, as well as bans on making future shipments in particular geographic areas, any of which could adversely affect our business.
Concern over climate change, including the impact of global warming, has led to significant legislative and regulatory efforts to limit carbon and other GHG emissions, and some form of federal, state, and/or regional climate change legislation is possible in the future. Emission-related regulatory actions have historically resulted in increased costs of revenue equipment, diesel fuel, and equipment maintenance, and future legislation, if enacted, could impose substantial costs on us that may adversely impact our results of operations. Such regulatory actions may require changes in our operating practices, impair equipment productivity, or require additional reporting disclosures. Compliance with laws and regulations related to climate risk may also increase our exposure to litigation or governmental investigations or proceedings. We may also encounter difficulties in collecting and managing data that impact timely compliance or incur significant costs to comply with increased regulation regarding environmental monitoring and financial reporting disclosure requirements, including those described in “Environmental and Other Government Regulations” within Part I, Item 1 (Business) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We are subject to increasing investor and customer sensitivity to sustainability issues, and we may be subject to additional requirements related to shareholder proposals, customer-led initiatives, or our customers’ efforts to comply with environmental programs. Until the timing, scope, and extent of any future regulation or customer requirements become known, we cannot predict their effect on our cost structure, business, or results of operations.
28
Risks Related to Financial Considerations
We are subject to interest rate risk and certain covenants under our financing arrangements. A default under these financing arrangements or changes in regulations could impact the availability of funds or our borrowing costs.
We are affected by the instability in the financial and credit markets, which from time to time has created volatility in various interest rates and returns on invested assets. We are subject to market risk due to variable interest rates on borrowings on our accounts receivable securitization program (“A/R Securitization”) and the revolving credit facility (“Credit Facility”) under our Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”). Changes in interest rates may increase our financing costs related to future borrowings under our Credit Facility, future borrowings against our A/R Securitization, new notes payable or finance lease arrangements, or additional sources of financing. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including inflation, governmental monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control. Furthermore, future financial market disruptions may adversely affect our ability to refinance, maintain our letter of credit arrangements or, if needed, secure alternative sources of financing. If any of the financial institutions that have extended credit commitments to us are adversely affected by economic conditions, disruption to the capital and credit markets, or increased regulation, they may become unable to fund borrowings under their credit commitments or otherwise fulfill their obligations to us, which could have an adverse impact on our ability to borrow additional funds, and thus have an adverse effect on our operations and financial condition. See Note H to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion of our financing arrangements.
Our Credit Agreement and A/R Securitization contain customary financial and other restrictive covenants that may limit our future operations. Failing to achieve certain required financial ratios could adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, make strategic acquisitions or investments, or plan for or react to market conditions or otherwise execute our business strategies.
If we default under the terms of the Credit Agreement or our A/R Securitization and fail to obtain appropriate amendments to or waivers under the applicable financing arrangement, any borrowings under such facilities could be immediately declared due and payable. An event of default under either of these facilities could constitute automatic default on the other facility and could trigger cross-default provisions in our outstanding notes payable and other financing agreements unless the lenders to these facilities choose not to exercise remedies or to otherwise allow us to cure the default. If we fail to pay the amount due under our Credit Facility or A/R Securitization, the lender of the A/R Securitization could proceed against the collateral by which that facility is secured, our borrowing capacity may be limited, or one or both of the facilities could be terminated. If acceleration of outstanding borrowings occurs or if one or both of the facilities is terminated, we may have difficulty borrowing additional funds sufficient to refinance the accelerated debt or entering into new credit or debt arrangements, and, if available, the terms of the financing may not be favorable or acceptable. A default under the Credit Agreement or A/R Securitization, changes in regulations that impact the availability of funds or our borrowing costs, or our inability to renew our financing arrangements with terms that are acceptable to us, could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.
Our business is capital intensive. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash from operations, our growth and profitability could be limited due to significant ongoing capital expenditure requirements.
Our business requires significant capital expenditures, which we finance through various sources, including cash flows from operations, borrowings under our Credit Facility and A/R Securitization, and notes payable. We continue to invest significantly in our revenue equipment fleet. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash over an extended period of time from operations to fund our capital requirements, we may have to limit our growth, including our ability to invest in technological initiatives that drive business efficiencies; utilize our existing liquidity or enter into additional financing arrangements, including leasing arrangements; or operate our revenue equipment for longer periods resulting in increased maintenance costs, any of which could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.
Claims expenses, the cost of maintaining our insurance, or the loss of our ability to self-insure could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Claims may be asserted against us for cargo loss or damage, property damage, personal injury, and workers’ compensation related to accidents or events occurring in our operations. Claims may also be asserted against us for accidents involving the operations of third-party service providers that we utilize, for our actions in retaining their services, or for loss or
29
damage to our customers’ goods or other damages for which we are alleged or may be determined to be responsible. Such claims against us and associated costs and legal expenses may not be covered by insurance policies or may exceed the amount of insurance coverage or our established reserves. Trends of higher third-party casualty claims exposure, in recent years, have increased and may continue to increase our claims costs. If the frequency and/or severity of claims increase, as experienced in recent years, our operating results could be adversely affected. The timing of the incurrence of these costs could significantly and adversely impact our operating results.
We are primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, third-party casualty loss, and cargo loss and damage claims for the operations of our Asset-Based segment and certain of our other subsidiaries. We also self-insure for medical benefits for our eligible nonunion personnel. Because we self-insure for a significant portion of our claims exposure and related expenses, our insurance and claims expense may be volatile. If we lose our ability to self-insure for any significant period of time, insurance costs could materially increase, and we could experience difficulty in obtaining adequate levels of insurance coverage. Our self-insurance program for third-party automobile casualty claims is conducted under a federal program administered by a government agency. If the government were to terminate the program or if we were to be excluded from the program, our insurance costs could increase. Additionally, if our third-party insurance carriers or underwriters leave the trucking/logistics sector, our insurance costs or collateral requirements could materially increase, or we could experience difficulties in finding insurance in excess of our self-insured retention limits. In recent years, many insurance companies have completely stopped offering coverage to trucking and logistics companies or have significantly reduced the amount of coverage they offer or have significantly raised premiums or retention levels as a result of increases in the severity of automobile liability claims and sharply higher costs of settlements and verdicts. Our insurance premiums, deductibles, and self-insurance retention levels, which are discussed in “Insurance” within Part I, Item 1 (Business) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, have increased and could further increase in the future due to market conditions or if our claims experience worsens. The impact of climate change, including its effect on weather-related events which may disrupt our operations or damage our property and equipment, may increase our claims liabilities and the cost to obtain adequate insurance coverage for our business. If our insurance or claims expense increases, or if we decide to increase our insurance coverage in the future, and we are unable to offset any increase in expense with higher revenues, our earnings could be adversely affected. In some instances, certain insurance could become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we were not fully insured, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
We have programs in place with multiple surety companies for the issuance of unsecured surety bonds in support of our self-insurance program for workers’ compensation and third-party casualty liability. Estimates made by the states and the surety companies of our future exposure for our self-insurance liabilities could influence the amount and cost of additional letters of credit and surety bonds required to support our self-insurance program, and we may be required to maintain secured surety bonds in the future, which could increase the amount of our cash equivalents and short-term investments restricted for use and unavailable for operational or capital requirements.
Future impairment, if any, of our long-lived assets and our goodwill and intangible assets could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Long-lived assets, including operating right-of-use assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Determination that certain long-lived assets are no longer needed for the strategic growth of our business may result in impairment charges, such as those incurred during the fourth quarter of 2024 for revenue equipment and certain other long-lived assets which were determined to no longer be needed in our business, and those incurred in third quarter of 2023 as certain long-lived operating right-of-use assets were made available for sublease. See Note C and Note G to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion of our lease-related impairment charges.
Our goodwill and intangible assets are primarily associated with acquisitions in the Asset-Light segment. Our annual impairment evaluations for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets in 2024, 2023, and 2022 produced no indication of impairment of the recorded balances; however, there can be no assurance that an impairment will not occur in the future.
Given the uncertainties regarding the economic environment, there can be no assurance that our estimates and assumptions made for purposes of impairment evaluations and accounting estimates will prove to be accurate. Significant declines in business levels or other changes in cash flow assumptions, or other factors that negatively impact the fair value of the operations of our reporting units, could result in impairment and noncash write-off of a significant portion of our long-lived assets, goodwill, and intangible assets.
30
Risks Related to Other External Conditions
The widespread outbreak of an illness or disease or any other public health crisis, as well as regulatory measures implemented in response to such events, could negatively impact the health and safety of our employees and/or adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
We may, in the future, be negatively impacted by a widespread outbreak of illness or disease, or any other public health crisis. The effects of an outbreak and future measures intended to prevent the spread of a health epidemic, including regulatory measures and our efforts and costs incurred to comply with them, could negatively impact our employees and operational efficiency and that of our third-party capacity providers, as well as demand for our services. We do not have insurance coverage specific to losses resulting from a pandemic. Many of the other risks discussed in this Risk Factors section may be heightened by such an outbreak or health epidemic, including those impacted by U.S. and global economic outlook.
We, or the third parties who provide services for us, may be adversely affected by external events for which our business continuity plans may not adequately prepare us.
External events, including, but not limited to, the occurrence of natural disasters, health epidemics, geopolitical conflicts, acts of war, cybersecurity incidents, and trade restrictions that impact us or our third parties who provide services for us could significantly impact our ability to conduct business. Although we have business continuity plans in place, there is no guarantee that our plans have adequately addressed every possible risk and can be successfully or timely implemented. We may incur substantial expenses in the implementation of our business continuity plans, and there is no guarantee that our business, financial condition, and results of operations will not be materially impacted.
We are subject to general economic factors and instability in financial and credit markets that are largely beyond our control.
Our business is cyclical in nature and tends to reflect general economic conditions, which can be impacted by government actions, including changes in tax laws, suspension of government operations and imposition of trade tariffs. Our performance is affected by recessionary economic cycles, inflation, labor and supply shortages, downturns in customers’ business cycles, and changes in their business practices, which may be impacted by factors such as higher inflation and interest rates. Our tonnage and shipment levels are directly affected by industrial production and manufacturing, distribution, residential and commercial construction, and consumer spending, in each case primarily in the North American economy, and capacity in the trucking industry as well as our customers’ inventory levels and freight profile characteristics. We are also subject to risks related to disruption of world markets that could affect shipments between countries and could adversely affect the volume of freight and related pricing in the markets we serve. Further changes to U.S. or international trade policy or other global trade impacts could result in increased cost for goods transported globally, which may lead to reduced consumer demand, or trading partners could limit trades with countries that impose anti-trade measures, which may lead to a lower volume of global economic trading activity. International security concerns, geopolitical tensions, and potential actions or retaliatory measures taken in respect thereof, could continue to have a material adverse effect on global trade and economic activity.
Recessionary economic conditions may result in a general decline in demand for freight transportation and logistics services. The pricing environment generally becomes more competitive during periods of slow economic growth and economic recessions, which may adversely affect the profit margin for our services. If we are unable to respond timely and effectively to changes in the pricing environment or if our strategies for customer retention and margin optimization are unsuccessful, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely impacted. Our operations and the rates we obtain for our services may also be negatively impacted when economic conditions lead to a decrease in shipping demand, which, in turn, results in excess equipment capacity in the industry. In certain market conditions, we may have to accept more freight from freight brokers, where freight rates are typically lower, or we may be forced to incur more non-revenue miles to obtain loads. Conversely, during times of higher shipping demand, tight market capacity may negatively impact the service levels we are able to provide to our customers.
Economic conditions could adversely affect our customers’ business levels, the amount of transportation services they require, and their ability to pay for our services, which could negatively impact our working capital and our ability to satisfy our financial obligations and covenants of our financing arrangements. Customers encountering adverse economic
31
conditions or facing credit issues could experience cash flow difficulties and, thus, represent a greater potential for payment delays or uncollectible accounts receivable, and, as a result, we may be required to increase our allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable. Our obligation to pay third-party service providers is not contingent upon payment from our customers, and we extend unsecured credit to these customers, which increases our exposure to uncollectible receivables.
Our business and results of operations could be impacted by seasonal fluctuations, adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, and climate change.
Our operations are, and may in the future be, impacted by seasonal fluctuations and, at times, inclement weather conditions that affect employee working conditions, tonnage and shipment levels, demand for our services, and operating costs, which in turn may impact our revenues and operating results, as further described in “Seasonality” within Part I, Item 1 (Business) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Climate change may have an influence on the severity of weather conditions. Severe weather events and natural disasters could disrupt our operations or the operations of our customers or third-party service providers, damage existing infrastructure, destroy our assets, affect regional economies, or disrupt fuel supplies or increase fuel costs, any of which could adversely affect our business levels and operating results.
ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 1C.CYBERSECURITY
Risk Management and Strategy
We prioritize the management of cybersecurity risk and the protection of information across the Company by embedding data protection and cybersecurity risk management in our operations. The Company follows the National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”) Cybersecurity Framework (“CSF”) and other industry standards and applicable laws and regulations to assess and manage cybersecurity risks within our services, infrastructure, and corporate resources. Our processes for assessing, identifying, and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats have been integrated into our overall risk management system and processes through a layered governance structure.
The Company maintains an enterprise-wide risk management (“ERM”) process to identify, assess and monitor risks that are or may become material to our business. Our ERM process includes participation by senior management, other leaders, and employees across the business in surveys and discussions about the risk environment with certain members of senior management and management level leaders meeting quarterly to discuss the Company’s top risks as identified through our ERM process.
Our cybersecurity policies and controls encompass incident response procedures, information security, and IT vendor risk management. We monitor the cybersecurity laws, regulations, and guidance applicable to us in the maintenance of these policies and procedures, including, but not limited to, regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, as further described in Item 1 (Business) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as proposed laws, regulations, guidance, and emerging risks.
We utilize various tools and security technology to help us deter, detect, identify, and respond to potential cybersecurity threats. Annually, we undergo external evaluations by third-party consulting services, including the performance of penetration testing and vulnerability scanning. With respect to third-party service providers, we generally require our vendors to maintain security controls to protect our confidential information and data, and we perform risk assessments of IT vendors, including their ability to protect data from unauthorized access. When the Company learns of a cybersecurity incident at a third-party service provider, the Company’s respective department contacts maintain communication with the third-party service provider and communicate the incident to our Chief Technology Officer (“CTO”).
As described in Part 1, Item 1A (Risk Factors), our operations rely on the secure processing, storage, and transmission of confidential and other information in our IT systems and networks. Computer viruses and other events beyond our control, including cybersecurity attacks and other cyber incidents such as denial of service, system failure, security breach,
32
intentional or inadvertent acts by employees or vendors with access to our systems or data, or disruption by malware, could expose our IT systems and those of our vendors to system interruptions, impacting the availability, reliability, speed, accuracy, and other proper functioning of these systems or result in the release of proprietary information or sensitive or confidential data, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business. Because the sophistication of cybersecurity threats is increasing and new techniques for attack are being developed rapidly, including attacks enabled by artificial intelligence, we cannot be certain that the controls and preventative actions that we have implemented to reduce the risk of cybersecurity incidents and to protect our systems will be effective in preventing a cybersecurity incident from materializing. While we have experienced minor cybersecurity incidents, we are not aware of any material cybersecurity incidents that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2024.
Governance
Our Audit Committee, with delegated authority from our Board of Directors, has primary oversight of cybersecurity risks.
Our CTO and Director of Information Security are responsible for oversight of the Company’s cybersecurity program, implementation and compliance of our information security standards, and mitigation of information security-related risks. Our CTO, with 38 years of IT experience and an undergraduate degree in Computer and Information Science, has served in his current role for five years and previously served as our director of infrastructure management for 12 years. Our CTO reports directly to the Company’s Chief Innovation Officer and indirectly to the Company’s President of ArcBest Technologies, who directly reports to the Chief Executive Officer. Our Director of Information Security, reports to our CTO, has 33 years of IT experience, including over 20 years in information security; a Master of Business Administration; an undergraduate degree in Computer Information Systems and Quantitative Analysis; and is a Certified Information Systems Security Professional.
We also have management-level committees who support our processes to assess and manage cybersecurity risk and related incidents as follows:
● | The Information Security Committee, chaired by our Director of Information Security, includes IT, legal, compliance and other business leads. The Information Security Committee provides a forum for these cross-functional members of management to consider existing and emerging cybersecurity risks; review cybersecurity regulations; determine cybersecurity project prioritization; approve, review, and update policies and standards, as appropriate; and promote cross-functional collaboration to manage cybersecurity risks across the enterprise to support the Company’s goals and address cybersecurity risks. |
● | The Risk Management Committee, comprised of senior IT, operations, risk, legal, and compliance leaders across business segments, monitors enterprise risk management for the Company, including all subsidiaries. Among other processes, this committee reviews the Company’s programs and processes related to information security, third-party risks, vendor management, business disruption, business continuity, and disaster recovery, identifying gaps in the current risk management processes and considering potential risks due to changes in laws or the regulatory environment. |
● | The Cybersecurity Incident Response Team, which includes representatives from our information security and technical services departments, in addition to company management and executives across the Company, is activated when a suspected incident is reported or discovered and is responsible for dissemination of information and coordination of personnel efforts required to successfully respond to an incident. |
● | The Cybersecurity Incident Reporting Committee was formed to assess the materiality of cybersecurity incidents from a Securities and Exchange Commission reporting standpoint. In the event this committee determines a cybersecurity incident is material, committee members, as delegated, will notify the Audit Committee. |
The CTO provides a quarterly cybersecurity risk update and presents an annual cybersecurity review to our Board of Directors.
We also conduct mandatory company-wide security awareness training and periodic phishing tests and generally seek to promote awareness of cybersecurity risks through regular communication and education of our employees.
33
ITEM 2.PROPERTIES
The Company believes that its facilities, including owned and leased properties, are suitable and adequate and that the facilities have sufficient capacity to meet current business requirements. The Company owns two office facilities in Fort Smith, Arkansas, which provide space for corporate and certain subsidiary functions. The Company also leases an office building and an innovation lab in Fort Smith, Arkansas for certain subsidiary functions.
Asset-Based Segment
The Asset-Based segment operates out of its general office building located in Fort Smith, Arkansas and 241 revenue producing facilities, 10 of which also serve as distribution centers. The Company owns 119 of these Asset-Based segment facilities and leases the remainder from nonaffiliates. Asset-Based distribution centers are as follows:
| No. of Doors |
| |
Owned: | |||
Carlisle, Pennsylvania |
| 333 | |
Dayton, Ohio |
| 330 |
|
South Chicago, Illinois |
| 274 | |
Kansas City, Missouri |
| 252 |
|
Atlanta, Georgia |
| 226 |
|
North Little Rock, Arkansas |
| 196 |
|
Dallas, Texas |
| 196 |
|
Winston-Salem, North Carolina |
| 150 | |
Albuquerque, New Mexico |
| 85 |
|
Leased from nonaffiliate: | |||
Salt Lake City, Utah |
| 89 |
|
Asset-Light Segment
The Asset-Light segment owns a general office building and service bay in Medina, Ohio and leases five additional office and warehouse locations, including an office and warehouse location in Sparks, Nevada and an office location in Chicago, Illinois.
ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Various legal actions, the majority of which arise in the normal course of business, are pending. The Company maintains liability insurance against certain risks arising out of the normal course of business, subject to certain self-insured retention limits. The Company has amounts accrued for certain legal, environmental, and self-insurance exposures. These exposures and legal actions which arise in the normal course of business are not expected to have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. For additional information related to our environmental and legal matters and other events, see Note O to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
34
PART II
ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information, Dividends and Holders
The common stock of ArcBest Corporation trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “ARCB.” As of February 27, 2025, there were 23,150,276 shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding, which were held by 169 stockholders of record. A substantially greater number of holders of ArcBest Corporation common stock are “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares of record are held by banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.
On January 28, 2025, the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) declared a quarterly dividend of $0.12 per share to stockholders of record as of February 11, 2025. The Company expects to continue to pay quarterly dividends in the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance in this regard since future dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend upon the Company’s future earnings, capital requirements, and financial condition, contractual restrictions applying to the payment of dividends under the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and other factors.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The Company has a program to repurchase its common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The program has no expiration date but may be terminated at any time at the Board of Directors’ discretion. The Board of Directors has authorized extensions of the common stock repurchase program since it was first authorized in 2003. Most recently, in February 2024, the Board of Directors reauthorized the program and increased the total amount available for purchases of the Company’s common stock under the program to $125.0 million.
During 2024, the Company purchased 654,707 shares of its common stock for an aggregate cost of $74.4 million, including 331,887 shares for an aggregate cost of $37.7 million under Rule 10b5-1 plans, which allowed for stock repurchases during closed trading windows. During the three months ended December 31, 2024, the Company purchased 176,392 shares, leaving $56.6 million remaining under the Company’s share repurchase program.
(1) | Represents the weighted average price paid per common share including commission. |
ITEM 6.[RESERVED]
35
ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
ArcBest Corporation™ (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company,” “ArcBest®,” “we,” “us,” and “our”) is a multibillion-dollar integrated logistics company that leverages technology and a full suite of solutions to meet our customers’ supply chain needs. Our operations are conducted through two reportable operating segments:
● | Asset-Based, which consists of ABF Freight System, Inc. and certain other subsidiaries (“ABF Freight”); and |
● | Asset-Light, which includes MoLo Solutions, LLC (“MoLo”), Panther Premium Logistics®, and certain other subsidiaries. |
For more information, see additional segment descriptions in Part I, Item 1 (Business) and in Note N to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
On February 28, 2023, the Company sold FleetNet America, Inc. (“FleetNet”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, for an aggregate adjusted cash purchase price of $100.9 million, including post-closing adjustments. Following the sale, FleetNet® was reported as discontinued operations. As such, historical results of FleetNet have been excluded from both continuing operations and segment results for all periods presented. Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts in this Annual Report on Form 10-K refer to continuing operations, including comparisons to the prior year. For more information on our discontinued operations, see Note D to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ORGANIZATION OF INFORMATION
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is provided to assist readers in understanding our financial performance during the periods presented and significant trends which may impact our future performance, including the principal factors affecting our results of operations, liquidity and capital resources, and critical accounting policies. MD&A includes additional information about significant accounting policies, practices, and the transactions that underlie our financial results. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. MD&A includes forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from the statements made in this section due to a number of factors that are discussed in Part I (Forward-Looking Statements) and Part I, Item 1A (Risk Factors) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. MD&A is comprised of the following:
● | Results of Operations includes: |
● | an overview of consolidated results with 2024 compared to 2023, and a consolidated Adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”) reconciliation to net income; |
● | a financial summary and analysis of our Asset-Based segment results of 2024 compared to 2023, including a discussion of key actions and events that impacted the results; |
● | a financial summary and analysis of our Asset-Light segment results for 2024 compared to 2023, including a discussion of key actions and events that impacted the results; and |
● | a discussion of other matters impacting operating results, including effects of inflation, current economic conditions, environmental and legal matters, and information technology and cybersecurity. |
● | Liquidity and Capital Resources provides an analysis of key elements of the cash flow statements, borrowing capacity, and contractual cash obligations, including a discussion of financing arrangements and financial commitments. |
● | Income Taxes provides an analysis of the effective tax rates and deferred tax balances, including deferred tax asset valuation allowances. |
● | Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates discusses those accounting policies that are important to understanding certain material judgments and assumptions incorporated in the reported financial results. |
● | Recent Accounting Pronouncements discusses accounting standards that are not yet effective for our financial statements but may have a material effect on our future results of operations or financial condition. |
36
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This Results of Operations section of MD&A generally discusses 2024 and 2023 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2024 and 2023. Discussions of 2022 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2023 and 2022 that are not included in this Form 10-K can be found in the Results of Operations section of MD&A in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.
Consolidated Results
Year Ended December 31 | |||||||||
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2022 | ||||
| (in thousands, except per share data) | ||||||||
REVENUES | |||||||||
Asset-Based | $ | 2,750,134 | $ | 2,871,004 | $ | 3,010,900 | |||
Asset-Light |
| 1,552,936 |
| 1,680,645 |
| 2,139,272 | |||
Other and eliminations |
| (124,051) |
| (124,206) |
| (121,164) | |||
Total consolidated revenues | $ | 4,179,019 | $ | 4,427,443 | $ | 5,029,008 | |||
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) | |||||||||
Asset-Based | $ | 242,603 | $ | 253,152 | $ | 381,133 | |||
Asset-Light |
| 58,444 |
| (12,271) |
| 52,725 | |||
Other and eliminations |
| (56,613) |
| (68,262) |
| (39,332) | |||
Total consolidated operating income | $ | 244,434 | $ | 172,619 | $ | 394,526 | |||
NET INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS | $ | 173,361 | $ | 142,164 | $ | 294,648 | |||
INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax(1) | 600 | 53,269 | 3,561 | ||||||
NET INCOME | $ | 173,961 | $ | 195,433 | $ | 298,209 | |||
DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE | |||||||||
Continuing operations | $ | 7.28 | $ | 5.77 | $ | 11.55 | |||
Discontinued operations(1) | 0.03 | 2.16 | 0.14 | ||||||
Total diluted earnings per common share | $ | 7.30 | $ | 7.93 | $ | 11.69 |
(1) | Discontinued operations represents the FleetNet segment, which sold on February 28, 2023, as previously discussed. The year ended December 31, 2024 represents adjustments related to the prior year gain on sale of FleetNet. The year ended December 31, 2023 includes the net gain on sale of FleetNet of $52.3 million (after-tax) or $2.12 diluted earnings per share. Discontinued operations are further described within Note D to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. |
Our consolidated revenues, which totaled $4.2 billion for 2024, decreased 5.6% compared to 2023. The revenue decline is primarily attributable to lower market rates for our Asset-Light shipping and logistics services in a soft market environment and a decrease in our Asset-Based daily tonnage levels. The lower tonnage levels are primarily due to lower weight per shipment, compared to the prior-year period, despite an increase in demand for LTL-rated shipments following market disruption in 2023, as further discussed below. The year-over-year decrease in consolidated revenues for 2024 reflects a 4.2% decrease in our Asset-Based revenues and a 7.6% decrease in our Asset-Light revenues. The elimination of revenues reported within the “Other and eliminations” line of consolidated revenues increased 1.6% for 2024, compared to 2023, reflecting year-over-year changes in intersegment business levels among our operating segments.
Our Asset-Based revenue decline reflects a 14.3% decrease in tonnage per day, partially offset by a 11.7% increase in billed revenue per hundredweight, including fuel surcharges, in 2024, compared to 2023. The decrease in tonnage per day is a result of a softer market environment driven in part by a weaker manufacturing sector. The increase in total billed revenue per hundredweight, including fuel surcharges, was driven by lower weight per shipment, a general rate increase implemented in third quarter 2024 and increases to deferred pricing agreements, partially offset by a decrease in fuel surcharge revenue associated with lower fuel prices and changes in business mix.
The decrease in revenues of our Asset-Light segment for 2024, compared to 2023, was impacted by a 12.8% decline in revenue per shipment associated with soft market conditions and a higher mix of managed transportation business, which has smaller shipment sizes and lower revenue per shipment metrics, partially offset by a 5.5% increase in shipments per
37
day. Our Asset-Light segment generated approximately 36% and 37% of total revenues before other revenues and intercompany eliminations for 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Consolidated operating income increased by $71.8 million year-over-year reflecting the $90.3 million reduction in the contingent earnout consideration accrual during 2024 and a decrease in operating expenses due to lower purchased transportation costs in both of our operating segments and lower employee costs in the Asset-Light segment from continued alignment of costs to the market environment, offset partially by lower revenues in both the Asset-Light and Asset-Based segments and higher employee costs in the Asset-Based segment due to union wage and benefit rate increases. Segment operating expenses are further described in the Asset-Based Segment Results and Asset-Light Segment Results sections of Results of Operations. In addition to the results of our operating segments, the year-over-year comparison of consolidated operating income was also impacted by items described in the following paragraphs.
Innovative technology costs impacted our consolidated segment results during 2024 and 2023. In February 2024, we announced the next step in our Vaux suite – Vaux Smart Autonomy™, which combines autonomous mobile robot forklifts and reach trucks, intelligent software, and remote teleoperation capability to autonomously handle materials movement within warehouses, distribution centers, and manufacturing facilities, while being monitored by humans. In March 2023, we launched our customer offering of VauxTM – the innovative suite of hardware and software which modernizes and transforms how freight is loaded, unloaded, and transferred in warehouse and dock operations. Certain costs related to our growing number of Vaux pilot programs in customer test locations and other initiatives to optimize performance through technological innovation are reported in the “Other and eliminations” line of consolidated operating income. For the year ended December 31, 2023, innovative technology costs also impacted our Asset-Based segment and included our freight handling pilot test program at ABF Freight, as further discussed in the Asset-Based Segment Results section. These combined costs decreased consolidated results by $34.1 million (pre-tax), or $26.1 million (after-tax) and $1.10 per diluted share, for 2024, compared to $52.4 million (pre-tax), or $39.7 million (after-tax) and $1.61 per diluted share, for 2023.
The liability for contingent earnout consideration recorded for the MoLo® acquisition is remeasured at each quarterly reporting date, and any change in fair value as a result of the recurring assessments is recognized in operating income. Consolidated operating results increased by $90.3 million (pre-tax), or $67.9 million (after-tax) and $2.85 per diluted share, for 2024 and by $19.1 million (pre-tax), or $14.4 million (after-tax) and $0.58 per diluted share for 2023, in each case due to quarterly remeasurements which resulted in a lower liability of the contingent earnout consideration. Remeasurement of the contingent earnout consideration is further discussed in Note C to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The Company recognized asset impairment charges for certain revenue equipment and software during the fourth quarter of 2024 as part of a strategic decision to adjust capacity within Asset-Light’s operations. These asset impairment charges reduced operating results by $1.7 million (pre-tax), or $1.3 million (after-tax) and $0.05 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2024. The Company recognized lease-related impairment charges during the third quarter of 2023 for a freight handling pilot facility, an Asset-Based service center, and certain Asset-Light office spaces that were made available for sublease, as further described within Note G to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Asset impairment charges reduced operating results by $30.2 million (pre-tax), or $22.6 million (after-tax) and $0.92 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2023. Remeasurement of the long-lived assets, operating right-of-use assets, and leasehold improvements is further discussed within Note C to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Legal settlement expenses related to the classification of certain Asset-Light employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act reduced operating results by $0.3 million (pre-tax), or $0.2 million (after-tax) and $0.01 per diluted share in 2024, compared to $9.5 million (pre-tax), or $7.1 million (after-tax) and $0.29 per diluted share in 2023. Legal settlement expenses are further discussed within Note O to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
During 2024, consolidated net income and earnings per share were impacted by a one-time, noncash impairment charge of $28.7 million (pre-tax), or $21.6 million (after-tax) and $0.91 per diluted share, to write off our equity investment in Phantom Auto, a provider of human-centered remote operation software, which ceased operations during the first quarter of 2024. We recorded an adjustment to the fair value of our equity investment in Phantom Auto based on an observable price change during 2023, which increased consolidated net income by $3.7 million (pre-tax), or $2.8 million (after-tax) and $0.11 per diluted share, for 2023. These charges were recognized in “Other, net” within “Other income (costs).” The
38
write-off of our equity investment is further described within Note C to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
In addition to the above items, the year-over-year changes in consolidated net income and earnings per share were impacted by changes in the cash surrender value of variable life insurance policies, tax benefits from the vesting of share-based compensation awards, and other changes in the effective tax rate as described within the Income Taxes section of MD&A and in Note F to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. A portion of our variable life insurance policies have investments, through separate accounts, in equity and fixed income securities and, therefore, are subject to market volatility. Changes in the cash surrender value of life insurance policies, which are reported below the operating income line in the consolidated statements of operations, increased consolidated net income by $3.3 million and $0.14 per diluted share in 2024, and $4.6 million and $0.19 per diluted share in 2023. The vesting of restricted stock units resulted in a tax benefit of $11.3 million and $0.47 per diluted share for 2024, compared to a tax benefit of $5.3 million and $0.21 per diluted share in 2023.
Consolidated Adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”)
We report our financial results in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). However, management believes that certain non-GAAP performance measures and ratios, such as Adjusted EBITDA, utilized for internal analysis provide analysts, investors, and others the same information that we use internally for purposes of assessing our core operating performance. These measures provide meaningful comparisons between current and prior period results, as well as important information regarding performance trends. Accordingly, using these measures improves comparability in analyzing our performance because it removes the impact of items from operating results that, in management’s opinion, do not reflect our core operating performance. Management uses Adjusted EBITDA as a key measure of performance and for business planning. The measure is particularly meaningful for analysis of our operating performance, because it excludes amortization of acquired intangibles and software of the Asset-Light segment, changes in the fair value of contingent earnout consideration and our equity investment, asset impairment charges, legal settlement expenses of the Asset-Light segment, and gain on sale of subsidiary, which are significant expenses or gains resulting from strategic decisions or other factors rather than core daily operations. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA is a primary component of the financial covenants contained in our Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (see Note H to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). Other companies may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently; therefore, our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, our reported results. Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as a better measurement than operating income, net income (loss), or earnings per share, as determined under GAAP. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our net income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure for the periods presented.
(1) | Includes amortization of intangibles associated with acquired businesses. |
(2) | Represents change in fair value of the contingent earnout consideration recorded for the MoLo acquisition, as previously discussed. |
(3) | The 2024 period represents noncash asset impairment charges for certain revenue equipment and software recognized during fourth quarter of 2024 as part of a strategic decision to adjust capacity within Asset-Light’s operations. The 2023 period represents noncash lease-related impairment charges for a freight handling pilot facility, a service center, and office spaces that were made available for sublease. |
(4) | Represents settlement expenses related to the classification of certain Asset-Light employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act, which were paid during first quarter 2025. |
39
(5) | For 2024, represents a noncash impairment charge to write off our equity investment in Phantom Auto and, for 2023, represents increase in fair value of our investment in Phantom Auto, as previously discussed. |
(6) | Gain relates to the contingent amount recognized in second quarter 2022 when the funds were released from escrow relating to the sale of the labor services portion of the Asset-Light segment’s moving business. |
Asset-Based Operations
Asset-Based Segment Overview
The Asset-Based segment consists of ABF Freight System, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of ArcBest Corporation, and certain other subsidiaries. Our Asset-Based segment provides freight transportation services through one of North America’s largest less-than-truckload (“LTL”) carriers. Our customers trust the LTL solutions ABF Freight has provided for over a century and rely on our unwavering commitment to quality, safety, and customer service to solve their transportation challenges through market disruptions and rapidly changing economic conditions. We are strategically investing in our Asset-Based operations to utilize technology to drive efficiency and productivity. We are also committed to our deepening customer relationships to navigate challenges now and in the future.
Our Asset-Based operations are affected by general economic conditions, as well as a number of other competitive factors that are more fully described in Item 1 (Business) and in Item 1A (Risk Factors) of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See Note N to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of the Asset-Based segment and additional segment information, including revenues, operating expenses, and operating income for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
The key indicators necessary to understand the operating results of our Asset-Based segment are outlined below. These key indicators are used by management to evaluate segment operating performance and measure the effectiveness of strategic initiatives in the results of our Asset-Based segment. We quantify certain key indicators using key operating statistics, which are important measures in analyzing segment operating results from period to period. These statistics are defined within the key indicators below and referred to throughout the discussion of the results of our Asset-Based segment:
● | Overall customer demand for Asset-Based transportation services, including the impact of economic factors. |
● | Volume of transportation services provided and processed through our network which influences operating leverage as the level of tonnage and number of shipments vary, primarily measured by: |
Tonnage per day (average daily shipment weight) – total weight of shipments processed during the period in U.S. tons divided by the number of workdays in the period.
Shipments per day – total number of shipments moving through the Asset-Based freight network during the period divided by the number of workdays in the period.
Weight per shipment – total weight of shipments processed during the period in U.S. pounds divided by the number of shipments during the period.
Average length of haul (miles) – total miles between origin and destination service centers for all shipments (including shipments moved with purchased transportation) during the period.
● | Prices obtained for services, including fuel surcharges, primarily measured by: |
Billed revenue per hundredweight, including fuel surcharges (yield) – revenue per 100 pounds of shipment weight, including fuel surcharges, systematically calculated as shipments are processed in the Asset-Based freight network. Revenue for undelivered freight is deferred for financial statement purposes in accordance with our revenue recognition policy. Billed revenue used for calculating revenue per hundredweight measurements is not adjusted for the portion of revenue deferred for financial statement purposes.
Billed revenue per shipment, including fuel surcharges – Asset-Based freight revenue, including fuel surcharges, divided by the number of shipments that are processed in the Asset-Based freight network. Revenue for
40
undelivered freight is deferred for financial statement purposes in accordance with our revenue recognition policy. Billed revenue used for calculating revenue per shipment measurements is not adjusted for the portion of revenue deferred for financial statement purposes.
● | Ability to manage cost structure, primarily in the area of salaries, wages, and benefits (“labor”), with the total cost structure primarily measured by: |
Operating ratio – the percent of operating expenses to revenue levels.
We also quantify certain key operating statistics, which are used by management to evaluate productivity of operations within the Asset-Based freight network and to measure the effectiveness of strategic initiatives to manage the segment’s cost structure from period to period. These measures are defined below and further discussed under Asset-Based Operating Expenses within the Asset-Based Segment Results section:
● | Shipments per dock, street, and yard (“DSY”) hour – total shipments (including shipments handled by purchased transportation agents) divided by DSY hours. This metric is used to measure labor efficiency in the segment’s local operations. The shipments per DSY hour metric will generally increase when more purchased transportation is used; however, the labor efficiency may be offset by increased purchased transportation expense. |
● | Pounds per mile – total pounds divided by total miles driven during the period (including pounds and miles moved with purchased transportation). This metric is used to measure labor efficiency of linehaul operations, although it is influenced by other factors including freight density, loading efficiency, average length of haul, and the degree to which purchased transportation (including rail service) is used. |
Other companies within our industry may present different key performance indicators or operating statistics, or they may calculate their measures differently; therefore, our key performance indicators or operating statistics may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Key performance indicators or operating statistics should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, our reported results. Our key performance indicators or operating statistics should not be construed as better measurements of our results than operating income, operating cash flow, net income, or earnings per share, as determined under GAAP.
Tonnage
The level of freight tonnage managed by the Asset-Based segment is directly affected by industrial production and manufacturing; distribution; residential and commercial construction; consumer spending, primarily in the North American economy; and capacity in the trucking industry. Operating results are affected by economic cycles and conditions, customers’ business cycles, and changes in customers’ business practices. The Asset-Based segment actively competes for freight business based primarily on price, service, and capacity availability.
Pricing
The industry pricing environment, another key factor impacting our Asset-Based results, influences the ability to obtain appropriate margins and price increases on customer accounts. Generally, LTL freight is rated by a class system, which is established by the National Motor Freight Traffic Association, Inc. Light, bulky freight typically has a higher class and is priced at a higher revenue per hundredweight than dense, heavy freight. Changes in the rated class and packaging of the freight, along with changes in other freight profile factors, such as average shipment size; average length of haul; freight density; and customer and geographic mix, can affect the average billed revenue per hundredweight measure.
Approximately 20% of our Asset-Based business is subject to base LTL tariffs, which are affected by general rate increases, subject to individually negotiated discounts. Rates on the remaining Asset-Based business, including business priced in the spot market, are subject to individual pricing arrangements negotiated at various times throughout the year. The majority of the business that is subject to negotiated pricing arrangements is associated with larger customer accounts with annually negotiated pricing arrangements. The remaining business is priced on an individual shipment basis considering each shipment’s unique profile, value provided to the customer, network capacity, and current market conditions. Since pricing is established individually by account, the Asset-Based segment focuses on individual account profitability rather than a single measure of billed revenue per hundredweight when considering customer account or market evaluations.
41
We allow shippers with established accounts and without negotiated published rates, instant access to competitive LTL rates through an online portal and API connectivity, matching their shipping needs with capacity available in the ABF Freight network at the time of the quote. The market has been receptive to this dynamic pricing option for transactional LTL shipments, and this program has been beneficial in optimizing our business levels by improving capacity utilization in the Asset-Based network. In the current soft market environment, our dynamic pricing option has allowed us to strategically fill empty capacity, enabling us to reduce the need for employee furloughs or layoffs and be better positioned for a market rebound of higher freight demand, as well as provide a more sustainable service offering by reducing “empty miles” (or the number of miles we move empty or near-empty equipment for repositioning purposes). Although we continually evaluate our business mix to ensure revenue optimization, any resulting increase in revenues could be offset partially or entirely by the related increase in expenses needed to service higher shipment volumes.
We also utilize a space-based pricing approach for shipments subject to LTL tariffs to align our pricing with freight shipping trends in the industry, including the overall growth and ongoing profile shift to bulkier, yet often lighter, shipments across the supply chain, the acceleration in e-commerce, and the unique requirements of many shipping and logistics solutions, such as accommodating for smaller LTL shipments. An increasing percentage of freight is taking up more space in trailers without a corresponding increase in weight. Traditional LTL pricing is generally weight-based, while our linehaul costs are generally space-based (i.e., costs are impacted by the volume of space required for each shipment). Space-based pricing involves the use of freight dimensions (length, width, and height) to determine applicable cubic minimum charges (“CMC”) that supplement weight-based metrics when appropriate. We believe space-based pricing better aligns our pricing mechanisms with the metrics which affect our resources and, therefore, our costs to provide logistics services. We seek to provide logistics solutions to our customers’ businesses and the unique shipment characteristics of their various products and commodities, and we believe that we are particularly experienced in handling freight that is generally considered difficult to handle. CMC is an additional pricing mechanism to better capture the value we provide in transporting these shipments.
Fuel
The transportation industry is dependent upon the availability of adequate fuel supplies. The Asset-Based segment assesses a fuel surcharge based on the index of national on-highway average diesel fuel prices published weekly by the U.S. Department of Energy. To better align fuel surcharges to fuel- and energy-related expenses and provide more stability to account profitability as fuel prices change, we may, from time to time, revise our standard fuel surcharge program, which impacts approximately one-third of Asset-Based shipments and primarily affects noncontractual customers. While fuel surcharge revenue generally more than offsets the increase in direct diesel fuel costs when applied, the total impact of energy prices on other nonfuel-related expenses is difficult to ascertain. Management cannot predict, with reasonable certainty, future fuel price fluctuations, the impact of energy prices on other cost elements, recoverability of fuel costs through fuel surcharges, and the effect of fuel surcharges on the overall rate structure or the total price that the segment will receive from its customers. While the fuel surcharge is one of several components in the overall rate structure, the actual rate paid by customers is governed by market forces and the overall value of services provided to the customer.
During periods of changing diesel fuel prices, the fuel surcharge and associated direct diesel fuel costs also vary by different degrees. Depending upon the rates of these changes and the impact on costs in other fuel- and energy-related areas, operating margins could be impacted. Fuel prices have fluctuated significantly in recent years. Whether fuel prices fluctuate or remain constant, operating results may be adversely affected if competitive pressures limit our ability to recover fuel surcharges. Throughout 2024, the fuel surcharge mechanism generally continued to have market acceptance among customers; however, certain nonstandard pricing arrangements have limited the amount of fuel surcharge recovered. The negative impact on operating margins of capped fuel surcharge revenue during periods of increasing fuel costs is more evident when fuel prices remain above the maximum levels recovered through the fuel surcharge mechanism on certain accounts. In periods of declining fuel prices, fuel surcharge percentages also decrease, which negatively impacts the total billed revenue per hundredweight measure and, consequently, revenues. The revenue decline may be disproportionate to our fuel costs. Asset-Based revenues for 2024, compared to 2023, were negatively impacted by lower fuel surcharge revenue due to a decrease in the nominal fuel surcharge rate, while total fuel costs also decreased. The segment’s operating results will continue to be impacted by further changes in fuel prices and the related fuel surcharges.
Labor Costs
Our Asset-Based labor costs, including retirement and healthcare benefits for contractual employees that are provided by a number of multiemployer plans (see Note J to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K), are impacted by contractual obligations under the 2023 ABF National Master Freight Agreement (“2023 ABF NMFA”), the collective bargaining agreement with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters
42
(“IBT”), which will remain in effect through June 30, 2028, and other related supplemental agreements. Total salaries, wages, and benefits, amounted to 50.5% and 48.1% of revenues for 2024 and 2023, respectively. Changes in salaries, wages, and benefits expense and shared services expenses, which include labor costs related to ABF Freight’s portion of company-wide functions, as a percentage of revenues are discussed in the Asset‑Based Segment Results section.
ABF Freight operates in a highly competitive industry comprised primarily of nonunion motor carriers. Nonunion competitors have a lower fringe benefit cost structure and less stringent labor work rules, and certain carriers also have lower wage rates for their freight-handling and driving personnel. ABF Freight has continued to address with the IBT the effect of the segment’s wage and benefit cost structure on its operating results. As of December 2024, approximately 82% of our Asset-Based segment’s employees were covered under the 2023 ABF NMFA. The terms of the 2023 ABF NMFA continue to provide some of the best wages and benefits in the industry to our contractual employees. The combined contractual wage and benefits top hourly rate is estimated to increase approximately 4.2% on a compounded annual basis through the end of the agreement, with potential profit-sharing bonuses representing additional costs under the 2023 ABF NMFA.
Under the 2023 ABF NMFA, ABF Freight continues to pay some of the highest benefit contribution rates in the industry, and through this contract, ABF Freight may implement location-specific wage increases in areas where hiring has been challenging. ABF Freight’s benefit contributions for its contractual employees include contributions to multiemployer plans. These contributions to multiemployer pension plans and health and welfare plans totaled $157.9 million and $218.5 million, respectively, in 2024, and $162.5 million and $215.6 million, respectively, in 2023. ABF Freight’s latest labor agreement with IBT requires wage rates and health, welfare, and pension contribution rates for most plans to increase annually in accordance with the terms of the 2023 ABF NMFA. Union wages increased 13.0% effective July 1, 2023 related to contractual wage and mileage rate increases under the 2023 ABF NMFA, the contractual wage rate increased effective July 1, 2024, and the health, welfare, and pension benefit contribution rate increased effective primarily on August 1, 2024, resulting in a combined contractual wage and benefits top hourly rate increase of approximately 2.7%.
The 2023 ABF NMFA provides for:
● | wage rate or per mile increases in each year of the contract, with the initial increase effective retroactive to July 1, 2023; |
● | continued annual contribution rate increases to multiemployer health and welfare and pension plans to which ABF Freight contributed under the 2018 ABF NMFA; |
● | an additional paid holiday; |
● | two additional paid sick days; |
● | a new non-CDL employee classification; and |
● | profit-sharing bonuses for qualifying contractual employees based upon the Asset-Based segment’s achievement of certain annual operating ratios for any full calendar year during the contract period. |
Through the term of the 2023 ABF NMFA, which extends through June 30, 2028, ABF Freight’s multiemployer pension contribution obligations generally will be satisfied by making the specified contributions when due. Future contribution rates will be determined through the negotiation process for contract periods following the term of the current collective bargaining agreement. While we cannot determine with any certainty the contributions that will be required under future collective bargaining agreements for ABF Freight’s contractual employees, our future contribution rates to multiemployer pension plans may be less likely to increase as a result of legislation in recent years that has provided funding relief to many underfunded plans (see Note J to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). If ABF Freight were to completely withdraw from certain multiemployer pension plans, under current law, ABF Freight would have material liabilities for its share of the unfunded vested liabilities of each such plan. Further, ABF Freight could also trigger complete or partial withdrawal liability from certain multiemployer pension plans through, among other things, mergers and other fundamental corporate transactions and as a result of operational changes, site closures and job losses, which could result in material liabilities.
43
Asset-Based Segment Results
The following table sets forth a summary of operating expenses and operating income as a percentage of revenue for the Asset-Based segment:
Year Ended December 31 | |||||||
2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2022 | |||
Asset-Based Operating Expenses (Operating Ratio) | |||||||
Salaries, wages, and benefits | 50.5 | % | 48.1 | % | 43.0 | % | |
Fuel, supplies, and expenses | 11.5 | 12.6 | 12.6 | ||||
Operating taxes and licenses | 2.0 | 1.9 | 1.7 | ||||
Insurance | 2.6 | 1.8 | 1.6 | ||||
Communications and utilities | 0.7 | 0.7 | 0.6 | ||||
Depreciation and amortization | 4.0 | 3.6 | 3.2 | ||||
Rents and purchased transportation | 10.0 | 11.8 | 14.6 | ||||
Shared services | 9.8 | 9.7 | 9.4 | ||||
(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment and asset impairment charges | — | — | (0.4) | ||||
Innovative technology costs(1) | — | 0.8 | 0.9 | ||||
Other | 0.1 | 0.2 | 0.1 | ||||
91.2 | % | 91.2 | % | 87.3 | % | ||
Asset-Based Operating Income | 8.8 | % | 8.8 | % | 12.7 | % |
(1) | Represents costs associated with the freight handling pilot test program at ABF Freight, as further discussed in the Asset-Based Operating Income section. |
The following table provides a comparison of key operating statistics for the Asset-Based segment, as previously defined in the Asset-Based Segment Overview:
(1) | Workdays represent the number of operating days during the period after adjusting for holidays and weekends. |
Asset-Based Revenues
Asset-Based segment revenues totaled $2.8 billion and $2.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The decrease in revenue compared to the prior year primarily reflects a decrease in tonnage per day and weight per shipment. Billed revenue (as described in the Asset-Based Segment Overview section) decreased 4.3% on a per-day basis in 2024, compared to 2023, primarily reflecting a 14.3% decrease in tonnage per day, partially offset by a 11.7% increase in billed revenue per hundredweight, including fuel surcharges. There was one more workday in 2024 versus 2023.
The decrease in tonnage per day for 2024, compared to 2023, is primarily related to the soft market environment resulting from prolonged weakness in industrial production, which has resulted in lower average weight per shipment levels as well as lower daily shipment levels. Total shipments, which decreased 3.3% on a per-day basis for 2024, compared to 2023, were impacted by changes in the Asset-Based business mix as well as the softer freight environment.
The increase in total billed revenue per hundredweight for 2024, including fuel surcharges, compared to 2023, was driven by the lower weight per shipment, which generally increases revenue per hundredweight, and pricing increases, offset partially by lower fuel surcharge revenue associated with lower fuel prices, compared to 2023. The pricing environment
44
for LTL shipments continues to be rational. Excluding the impact of fuel surcharges, the percentage increase in billed revenue per hundredweight on our traditional LTL-rated freight was in the low-single digits for 2024, compared to 2023. Prices on accounts subject to deferred pricing agreements and annually negotiated contracts which were renewed during 2024 increased an average of 4.9%, compared to the prior year. The Asset-Based segment implemented nominal general rate increases on its LTL base rate tariffs of 5.9% effective on September 9, 2024, October 2, 2023, and November 7, 2022, although the rate changes vary by lane and shipment characteristics.
Current economic conditions and the Asset-Based segment’s pricing approach, as previously discussed in the Pricing section of the Asset-Based Segment Overview within Results of Operations, will continue to impact the segment’s tonnage levels and the prices it receives for its services and, as such, there can be no assurance that our Asset-Based segment will maintain or achieve improvements in its current operating results. The industry pricing environment remains rational, which has benefited our efforts to secure needed price increases; however, the competitive environment could limit the Asset-Based segment from securing adequate increases in base LTL freight rates and could limit the amount of fuel surcharge revenue recovered in future periods.
Asset-Based Operating Income
The Asset-Based segment generated operating income of $242.6 million in 2024, compared to $253.2 million in 2023, with an operating ratio of 91.2% in both periods. The Asset-Based segment’s operating ratio was impacted by the decline in revenues, offset by lower operating expenses, reflecting primarily cost control efforts to reduce utilization of outside resources and optimize internal resources, and the pausing of the freight handling pilot test program at ABF Freight during third quarter 2023, as discussed in the following paragraphs.
Asset-Based Operating Expenses
Labor costs, which are reported in operating expenses as salaries, wages, and benefits, amounted to 50.5% and 48.1% of Asset-Based segment revenues for 2024 and 2023, respectively. Salaries, wages, and benefits increased $7.7 million for 2024, compared to 2023, primarily due to contract rate increases under the 2023 ABF NMFA, as previously discussed in the Asset-Based Revenues section. Wage rates increased 2.5% on July 1, 2024, and health, welfare and benefits rates increased 2.9% on August 1, 2024, for a blended increase of 2.7% in 2024. Wage rates increased 13.1% on July 1, 2023, and the health, welfare and benefits rates increased 4.0% on August 1, 2023, for a blended increase of 9.1% in 2023. The increases in salaries, wages and benefits from the union contract rates were offset in part, by improved productivity, as measured by shipments per DSY hour, a decrease in headcount to align with lower shipment levels, and by lower utilization of purchased transportation as discussed later in this section.
The Asset-Based segment manages costs with shipment levels; however, a number of factors impact DSY productivity, including the effect of freight profile and mix changes, utilization of local delivery agents, and efficiency of personnel. Shipments per DSY hour improved 4.5% for 2024, compared to 2023, primarily due to City Route Optimization technology implemented in 2023, the separation of city operations from certain distribution centers in late 2023, and training and development at certain key locations, as the ABF Freight process compliance team continues to reinforce operational best practices throughout the Asset-Based network. Pounds per mile decreased 4.0% for 2024, compared to 2023, reflecting lower weight per shipment, partially offset by an improvement in linehaul productivity and an increase in the average length of haul.
Fuel, supplies, and expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased 1.1 percentage points in 2024, compared to 2023. Fuel expense decreased during 2024, as the Asset-Based segment’s average fuel price per gallon (excluding taxes) decreased approximately 14% during 2024, compared to 2023. Lower city tractor age contributed to the decrease in costs to repair and maintain revenue equipment units during 2024, compared to 2023.
Rents and purchased transportation as a percentage of revenue decreased 1.8 percentage points in 2024, compared to 2023, primarily due to focused reduction in the utilization of local delivery agents and linehaul purchased transportation and a decrease in rail fuel surcharge cost per mile. Rail miles decreased approximately 9% in 2024, compared to 2023.
Insurance as a percentage of revenue increased 0.8 percentage point in 2024, compared to 2023, primarily due to an increase in the severity of third-party casualty claims, including an increase in the number of large claims in recent years and higher retention limits.
We paused the hardware portion of the pilot at ABF Freight distribution centers in Kansas City, Missouri and Salt Lake City, Utah during third quarter 2023. The Asset-Based segment did not incur innovative technology costs during the year
45
ended December 31, 2024, while these costs reduced operating results of the Asset-Based segment by $21.7 million for 2023, resulting in a 0.8 percentage point decrease in expenses as a percentage of revenue in 2024, compared to 2023.
Asset-Light Operations
Asset-Light Segment Overview
Our Asset-Light segment is a key component of our strategy to offer a single source of integrated logistics solutions, designed to satisfy customers’ complex supply chain needs and unique shipping requirements. We are focused on growing and making strategic investments in our Asset-Light segment that enhance our service offerings and strengthen our customer relationships. Throughout our operations, we are seeking opportunities to expand our revenues by deepening existing customer relationships, securing new customers, and adding capacity options for our customers.
As supply chains become more complex, most shippers use a mix of modes to keep their supply chains moving, and our managed transportation solutions seamlessly connects these modes to build better supply chains. We continue to develop our managed transportation solutions as part of our strategic efforts to cross-sell our service offerings and meet the demand for these services that increase operational efficiencies, reduce costs, and give better insights into their supply chain. We expect to benefit from these and other strategic initiatives as we continue to deliver innovative solutions to customers.
Our acquisition of MoLo, which was completed on November 1, 2021, accelerated the growth of our company by increasing the scale of truckload brokerage services offered within our Asset-Light segment and expanding our access to truckload capacity partners. Our acquisition of MoLo, including detail regarding the initial consideration payment and provision for certain additional cash consideration based on the achievement of certain targets, is discussed further in Note C to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our Asset-Light operations are affected by general economic conditions, as well as several other competitive factors that are more fully described in Part I, Item 1 (Business) and in Part I, Item 1A (Risk Factors) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See Note N to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for descriptions of the Asset-Light segment and additional segment information, including revenues, operating expenses, and operating income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
The key indicators necessary to understand our Asset-Light segment operating results are outlined below. These key indicators are used by management to evaluate segment operating performance and measure the effectiveness of strategic initiatives in the results of our Asset-Light segment. We quantify certain key indicators using key operating statistics which are important measures in analyzing segment operating results from period to period. These statistics are defined within the key indicators below and referred to throughout the discussion of the results of our Asset-Light segment:
● | Customer demand for logistics and premium transportation services, primarily measured by: |
Shipments per day – total shipments divided by the number of working days during the period, compared to the same prior-year period.
● | Prices obtained for services, primarily measured by: |
Revenue per shipment – total segment revenue divided by total segment shipments during the period, compared to the same prior-year period.
● | Availability of market capacity and cost of purchased transportation to fulfill customer shipments, with a measure of purchased transportation cost expressed as: |
Purchased transportation costs as a percentage of revenue – the expense incurred for third-party transportation providers to haul or deliver freight during the period, divided by segment revenues for the period, expressed as a percentage.
● | Management of operating costs, primarily in the area of purchased transportation, with the total cost structure primarily measured by: |
46
Operating ratio – the percent of operating expenses to revenue levels.
We also evaluate productivity of operations within the Asset-Light segment and labor efficiency through the following key operating statistic, which, as defined below, is further discussed under Asset-Light Operating Expenses within the Asset-Light Segment Results section:
● | Shipments per employee per day – total shipments divided by the number of employees divided by the number of working days during the period, compared to the same prior-year period. This metric is used to measure the effectiveness of strategic initiatives to manage the segment’s cost structure from period to period. |
Other companies within our industry may present different key performance indicators or they may calculate their key performance indicators differently; therefore, our key performance indicators may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Key performance indicators should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, our reported results. Our key performance indicators should not be construed as better measurements of our results than operating income, net income, or earnings per share, as determined under GAAP.
Asset-Light Segment Results
The following table sets forth a summary of operating expenses and operating income (loss) as a percentage of revenue for the Asset-Light segment:
Year Ended December 31 | |||||||
2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2022 | |||
Asset-Light Segment Operating Expenses (Operating Ratio) | |||||||
Purchased transportation | 86.3 | % | 85.4 | % | 83.4 | % | |
Salaries, wages, and benefits(1) | 7.7 | 7.7 | 7.0 | ||||
Supplies and expenses | 0.6 | 0.7 | 0.6 | ||||
Depreciation and amortization(2) | 1.3 | 1.2 | 1.0 | ||||
Shared services(1) | 4.4 | 3.9 | 3.2 | ||||
Contingent consideration(3) | (5.8) | (1.1) | 0.9 | ||||
Asset impairment charges(4) | 0.1 | 0.9 | — | ||||
Legal settlement(5) | — | 0.6 | — | ||||
Other | 1.6 | 1.4 | 1.4 | ||||
96.2 | % | 100.7 | % | 97.5 | % | ||
Asset-Light Segment Operating Income (Loss) | 3.8 | % | (0.7) | % | 2.5 | % |
(1) | For 2023 and 2022, certain expenses have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation, including amounts previously reported in “Shared services” that were reclassified to present “Salaries, wages, and benefits” expenses in a separate line item. |
(2) | Includes amortization of intangibles associated with acquired businesses. |
(3) | Represents the change in fair value of the contingent earnout consideration recorded for the MoLo acquisition, as further discussed in the Asset-Light Operating Expenses section below. |
(4) | The 2024 period represents noncash asset impairment charges for certain revenue equipment and software recognized during fourth quarter of 2024 as part of a strategic decision to adjust capacity within Asset-Light’s operations. The 2023 period represents noncash lease-related impairment charges for certain office spaces that were made available for sublease, as further discussed in the Asset-Light Operating Expenses section below. |
(5) | Represents settlement expenses related to the classification of certain Asset-Light employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act, which were paid during first quarter 2025, as further discussed in the Asset-Light Operating Expenses section below. |
(6) | The 2022 period includes a gain of $0.4 million recognized when funds were released from escrow in second quarter 2022, relating to the May 2021 sale of the labor services portion of the Asset-Light moving business. |
47
A comparison of key operating statistics for the Asset-Light segment, as previously defined in the Asset-Light Segment Overview section, is presented in the following table:
Year Over Year % Change | |||||||
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||
Revenue per shipment | (12.8%) | (25.3%) | |||||
Shipments per day | 5.5% | 5.3% | |||||
Shipments per employee per day | 24.2% | 12.5% |
Asset-Light Revenues
Asset-Light segment revenues totaled $1.6 billion and $1.7 billion in 2024 and 2023, respectively. The 7.6% decrease in 2024 revenues, compared to 2023, primarily reflects the impact of lower average revenue per shipment associated with a soft market environment and a higher mix of managed transportation business, which has smaller shipment sizes and lower revenue per shipment metrics. Excess capacity in the truckload market continues to impact spot market rates resulting in lower revenue per shipment and compressed margins. Despite an increase in average daily shipment levels for the year ended December 31, 2024, driven by growth in managed transportation service offerings, lower revenue per shipment levels resulted in an overall revenue decline, compared to the same period of 2023.
Asset-Light Operating Income (Loss)
The Asset-Light segment generated operating income of $58.4 million in 2024 and operating loss of $12.3 million in 2023. The year-over-year improvement in operating results reflects the changes in fair value of contingent earnout consideration related to the MoLo acquisition and decreases in operating expenses discussed in the following paragraphs, partially offset by lower revenues. Changes in the fair value of contingent earnout consideration reduced expenses by $90.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $19.1 million the same period of 2023. The year ended December 31, 2024 was also impacted by $1.7 million in asset impairment charges related to adjusting our capacity within Asset-Light operations during the fourth quarter of 2024 and $0.3 million in legal settlement expenses, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, which was impacted by $14.4 million in lease-related asset impairment charges and $9.5 million in legal settlement expenses.
Asset-Light Operating Expenses
Operating expenses decreased $198.4 million, or 11.7%, and decreased as a percentage of revenue by 4.5 percentage points. Excluding the change in fair value of contingent earnout consideration and lower asset impairment charges and legal settlement expenses in 2024, as previously discussed, the decrease in operating expenses, compared to 2023, is due primarily to lower outside service costs and employee-related cost reductions in relation to lower business levels.
Purchased transportation costs as a percentage of revenue increased by 0.9 percentage point for 2024, compared to 2023, reflecting lower revenue outpacing the $95.8 million reduction of purchased transportation costs in 2024. Changes in market capacity impact the cost of purchased transportation and may not correspond to the timing of revisions to customer pricing and changes in revenue per shipment. There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure prices from our customers that will allow us to maintain or improve our margins on the cost of sourcing carrier equipment capacity.
Contingent earnout consideration, as previously described, decreased as a percentage of revenue by 4.7 percentage points for 2024, compared to 2023. The contingent earnout consideration is discussed further in Note C to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Salaries, wages, and benefits were consistent as a percentage of revenue in 2024, compared to 2023, but decreased $10.1 million year-over-year as the segment continued efforts to align resources with business levels. Shipments per employee per day improved 24.2% for 2024, compared to 2023, as a result of these efforts, combined with technology advancements from the digital roadmap initiatives.
Shared service costs as a percentage of revenue increased 0.5 percentage point for 2024, compared to 2023, primarily reflecting the impact of lower revenues during 2024.
Asset impairment charges, as previously described, of $1.7 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2024 and $14.4 million recorded in the third quarter of 2023 were 0.1 percentage point for 2024 and 0.9 percentage point of revenue for 2023. The lease-related impairment charges are discussed further in Note C and Note G to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
48
During the first quarter of 2025, the Company settled a claim related to the classification of certain Asset-Light employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act. The Asset-Light segment recorded legal settlement expenses of $0.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and $9.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2023 related to this claim. These settlement expenses are discussed further in Note O to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Asset-Light Adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization (“Asset-Light Adjusted EBITDA”)
We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. However, management believes that certain non-GAAP performance measures and ratios, such as Asset-Light Adjusted EBITDA, which is utilized for internal analysis, provide analysts, investors, and others the same information that we use internally for purposes of assessing our core operating performance and provides meaningful comparisons between current and prior period results, as well as important information regarding performance trends. The use of certain non-GAAP measures improves comparability in analyzing our performance because it removes the impact of items from operating results that, in management’s opinion, do not reflect our core operating performance. Management uses Asset-Light Adjusted EBITDA as a key measure of performance and for business planning. This measure is particularly meaningful for analysis of our Asset-Light segment, because it excludes amortization of acquired intangibles and software, changes in the fair value of contingent earnout consideration, asset impairment charges, and legal settlement expenses, which are significant expenses or gains resulting from strategic decisions or other factors rather than core daily operations. Management also believes Asset-Light Adjusted EBITDA to be relevant and useful information, as EBITDA is a standard measure commonly reported and widely used by analysts, investors, and others to measure financial performance of asset-light businesses and the ability to service debt obligations. Other companies may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently; therefore, our calculation of Asset-Light Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, our reported results. Asset-Light Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as a better measurement than operating income (loss), net income, or earnings per share, as determined under GAAP.
Asset-Light Adjusted EBITDA
Year Ended December 31 | ||||||||||
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2022 | |||||
($ thousands) | ||||||||||
Operating Income (Loss)(1) | $ | 58,444 | $ | (12,271) | $ | 52,725 | ||||
Depreciation and amortization(2) | 20,062 | 20,370 | 20,730 | |||||||
Change in fair value of contingent consideration(3) | (90,250) | (19,100) | 18,300 | |||||||
Asset impairment charges(4) | 1,700 | 14,407 | — | |||||||
Legal settlement(5) | 274 | 9,500 | — | |||||||
Gain on sale of subsidiary(6) | — | — | (402) | |||||||
Asset-Light Adjusted EBITDA | $ | (9,770) | $ | 12,906 | $ | 91,353 |
(1) | The calculation of Asset-Light Adjusted EBITDA as presented in this table begins with operating income as the most directly comparable GAAP measure. Other income (costs), income taxes, and net income are reported at the consolidated level and not included in the operating segment financial information evaluated by management to make operating decisions. Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is reconciled to consolidated net income in the Consolidated Results section of Results of Operations. |
(2) | Includes amortization of intangibles associated with acquired businesses. Amortization of acquired intangibles totaled $12.8 million, $12.8 million, and $12.9 million for 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively, and is expected to total approximately $13.0 million for 2025. |
(3) | Represents the change in fair value of the contingent earnout consideration recorded for the MoLo acquisition. The liability for contingent consideration is remeasured at each quarterly reporting date, and any change in fair value from recurring assessments is recognized in operating income. See Note C to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. |
(4) | The 2024 period represents noncash asset impairment charges for certain revenue equipment and software recognized during the fourth quarter of 2024 as part of a strategic decision to adjust capacity within Asset-Light’s operations. The 2023 period represents noncash lease-related impairment charges for certain office spaces that were made available for sublease. See Note C and Note G to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. |
(5) | Represents expenses related to the classification of certain Asset-Light employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act, which were paid during first quarter 2025, as previously described. See Note O to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. |
(6) | Gain relates to the contingent amount recognized in second quarter 2022 related to the sale of the labor services portion of the Asset-Light segment's moving business in second quarter 2021, when the funds were released from escrow. |
49
Current Economic Conditions
Economic conditions continue to be influenced by higher interest rates, supply chain disruptions, and a slowing labor market. Additionally, ongoing tensions in the Middle East, trade disputes, potential changes in trade policies, and other geopolitical conflicts present uncertain and potentially increasing economic impacts going into 2025. Despite relatively high interest rates and rising unemployment, recession risk is estimated to be low for 2025. The housing market, which is another near-term recession indicator, remains relatively steady with home prices moderating during the second half of 2024, despite an overall significant decline since 2022. The recent improvement in the housing market is in response to the U.S. Federal Reserve easing monetary policy through interest rate cuts beginning in the third quarter of 2024.
Although inflation is easing, the manufacturing sector, as measured by the Purchasing Managers’ Index (“PMI”), expanded in January 2025. The growth follows a period of continuous contraction since November 2023, except for a brief expansion in March 2024. This trend has contributed to a decrease in freight volumes. In 2024, the economy grew at a slower pace than 2023 as measured by U.S. real gross domestic product (“real GDP”), with the fourth quarter 2024 annual real GDP rate increase being primarily driven by increased consumer and government spending, partially offset by a decrease in investment.
Although we implemented a general rate increase and secured increases on deferred pricing agreements and annually negotiated contracts during the year ended December 31, 2024, the Asset-Based segment has seen lower tonnage levels as a result of the soft market environment and lower shipment levels as a result of changes in the Asset-Based business mix. There can be no assurance that the economic environment, including the impact of interest rates on consumer demand, will be favorable for our freight services in future periods.
Given the uncertainties of current economic conditions, there can be no assurance that our estimates and assumptions regarding the pricing environment and economic conditions, which are made for purposes of impairment tests related to operating assets and deferred tax assets, will prove to be accurate. Extended periods of economic disruption and resulting declines in industrial production and manufacturing and consumer spending could negatively impact demand for our services and have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows. The soft freight environment, which we experienced during 2024, resulted in a year-over-year decline in market pricing for many of our Asset-Light services, as compared to 2023. There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure adequate prices from this new business or from our existing customers to maintain or improve our operating results. Significant declines in our business levels or other changes in cash flow assumptions or other factors that negatively impact the fair value of the operations of our reporting units could result in impairment and a resulting noncash write-off of a significant portion of the goodwill and intangible assets of our Asset-Light segment, which would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.
Effects of Inflation
Inflation remains above the Federal Reserve’s long-term target inflation rate of 2%. Global supply chain volatility and labor and energy shortages, in addition to the impact of federal monetary policy, have elevated costs higher across a broad array of consumer goods. The consumer price index (CPI) increased 3.0%, before seasonal adjustment, year-over-year in January 2025 and 0.7% from December 2024. While CPI has declined from the level reached in June 2022 due to market response to the Federal Reserve’s tighter monetary policy implemented in March 2022, recent CPI readings continue to indicate an ongoing challenge in achieving the Federal Reserve’s target inflation rate. Inflation is impacted by energy prices, including petroleum products; housing prices; and insurance services, which have increased in recent months. Most of our expenses are affected by inflation, which generally results in increased operating costs. As such, there can be no assurances of the potential impact of inflationary conditions on our business, including demand for our transportation services.
Generally, inflationary increases in labor and fuel costs as they relate to our Asset-Based operations have historically been mostly offset through price increases and fuel surcharges. In periods of increasing fuel prices, the effect of higher associated fuel surcharges on the overall price to the customer influences our ability to obtain increases in base freight rates. In addition, certain nonstandard arrangements with some of our customers have limited the amount of fuel surcharge recovered. Our Asset-Based segment’s ability to fully offset inflationary and contractual cost increases can be challenging during periods of recessionary and uncertain economic conditions.
50
Generally, inflationary increases in labor and operating costs related to our Asset-Light operations have historically been offset through price increases. The pricing environment, however, generally becomes more competitive during economic downturns, which may, as it has in the past, affect the ability to obtain price increases from customers both during and following such periods. The pricing environment remains competitive, and we believe that Asset-Light pricing has stabilized at the bottom of the truckload market cycle.
During 2024, the market slowly began to overcome the impact of supply chain disruptions and component shortages that limited the availability and production of certain revenue equipment and certain other equipment used in our business operations. The prices for these items have also increased. Partly as a result of inflationary pressures, our revenue equipment (tractors and trailers) has been and will very likely continue to be replaced at higher per-unit costs, which could result in higher depreciation charges on a per-unit basis. We consider these costs in setting our pricing policies, although the overall freight rate structure is governed by market forces. In addition to general effects of inflation, the motor carrier freight transportation industry faces rising costs related to insurance claims, compliance with government regulations on safety, equipment design and maintenance, driver utilization, emissions, and fuel economy.
Environmental and Legal Matters
We are subject to federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations relating to, among other things: emissions control, transportation or handling of hazardous materials, underground and aboveground storage tanks, stormwater pollution prevention, contingency planning for spills of petroleum products, and disposal of waste oil. We may transport or arrange for the transportation of hazardous materials and explosives, and we operate in industrial areas where truck service centers and other industrial activities are located and where groundwater or other forms of environmental contamination could occur. In 2023, ABF Freight entered into a Consent Decree with the Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) to resolve alleged compliance issues under the federal Clean Water Act, agreeing to certain compliance tasks. See Note O to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion of the environmental matters to which we are subject, including additional detail on ABF Freight’s Consent Decree with the EPA.
Physical effects from climate change, including more frequent and severe weather events, have the potential to adversely impact our business levels and employee working conditions, cause shipping delays or disruption to our operations, increase our operating costs, and cause damage to our property and equipment. Due to the uncertainty of these matters, we cannot estimate the impact of climate-related developments on our operations or financial condition at this time. These and other matters related to climate change and the related risks to our business are further discussed in Part I, Item 1 (Business) and Part I, Item 1A (Risk Factors) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We continue our commitment to advance sustainability issues that are critical to our business and our customers’ businesses by investing in innovative technologies, developing our employees, and enhancing our capabilities and services for customers.
We are involved in various legal actions, the majority of which arise in the ordinary course of business. We maintain liability insurance against certain risks arising out of the normal course of our business, subject to certain self-insured retention limits. We routinely establish and review the adequacy of reserves for estimated legal, environmental, and self-insurance exposures. While management believes that amounts accrued in the consolidated financial statements are adequate, estimates of these liabilities may change as circumstances develop. Considering amounts recorded, routine legal matters are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
In January 2023, we and MoLo were named as defendants in lawsuits related to an auto accident involving one of MoLo’s contract carriers, which occurred prior to our acquisition of MoLo. During the fourth quarter of 2024, a settlement and release agreement was executed by MoLo and three respective insurers responsible for settling the claim. See Note O to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion of the legal matters in which we are currently involved.
Also disclosed in Note O to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we settled a claim for $9.8 million related to the classification of certain Asset-Light employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act. The claim, which was paid in January 2025, had been tentatively settled for $9.5 million in 2023 with an additional $0.3 million recognized in 2024 upon final settlement. The reserve for this claim was maintained within accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
51
Information Technology and Cybersecurity
We depend on the proper functioning, availability, and security of our information technology (“IT”) systems, including communications, data processing, financial, and operating systems, as well as proprietary software programs and certain software applications provided by third parties that are integral to our business operations. Any significant failure or other disruption in critical information systems, such as denial of service, intentional or inadvertent acts by employees or vendors with access to our systems or data, phishing, disruption by malware, ransomware, and other cybersecurity attacks and incidents that impact the availability, reliability, speed, accuracy, or other proper functioning of these systems or that result in proprietary information or sensitive or confidential data, including information of customers, employees and others, being compromised could have a significant impact on our operations. New or enhanced technology that we develop and implement may also be subject to cybersecurity attacks and may be more prone to related incidents. Although we strive to carefully select our third-party vendors, we do not control their actions and any problems caused by or impacting these third parties, including cybersecurity attacks and security breaches at a vendor, could result in claims, litigation, losses, and/or liabilities and materially adversely affect our ability to provide service to our customers and otherwise conduct our business.
Our IT systems are protected through physical and software safeguards as well as backup systems considered appropriate by management. However, these systems are vulnerable to interruption by adverse weather conditions or natural disasters; power loss; telecommunications failures; terrorist attacks; internet failures and other disruptions to technology, including computer viruses; and other events beyond our control. It is not practicable to fully protect against the possibility of these events or cybersecurity attacks and other cyber events in every potential circumstance that may arise. To mitigate the potential for such occurrences at our primary data center, we have implemented various systems, including redundant telecommunication equipment; replication of critical data to an offsite location; fire suppression systems to protect our on-site data centers; and electrical power protection and generation facilities. We also have a catastrophic disaster recovery plan and alternate processing capability available for our critical data processes in the event of a catastrophe that renders one of our data centers unusable.
A portion of our office personnel work remotely through hybrid and remote work arrangements, which may increase the demand for IT resources and our exposure to cybersecurity risks, including increased risks of unauthorized access to proprietary information or sensitive or confidential data and other cybersecurity incidents, such as phishing. As a component of our cyber risk management program, we periodically engage a third-party provider to assess our cyber posture and assist us in improving our security profile. We review our processes around cybersecurity risk management and related governance framework and perform materiality assessments. Although we have implemented measures to mitigate our exposure to the heightened risks of cybersecurity incidents, we cannot be certain that such measures will be effective to prevent a cybersecurity incident from materializing.
Our property and cyber insurance would offset losses up to certain coverage limits in the event of a catastrophe or certain cyber incidents, including certain business interruption events related to these incidents; however, losses arising from a catastrophe or significant cyber incident may exceed our insurance coverage and could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. We do not have insurance coverage specific to losses resulting from a pandemic or geopolitical conflict. A significant disruption in our IT systems or a significant cybersecurity incident, including denial of service, system failure, security breach, intentional or inadvertent acts by employees or vendors with access to our systems or data, disruption by malware, or other damage, could interrupt or delay our operations, damage our reputation, cause a loss of customers, cause errors or delays in financial reporting, result in violation of privacy laws, expose us to a risk of loss or litigation, and/or cause us to incur significant time and expense to remedy such an event.
We have experienced incidents involving attempted denial of service attacks, malware attacks, and other events intended to disrupt information systems, wrongfully obtain valuable information, or cause other types of malicious events that could have resulted in harm to our business. To our knowledge, the various protections we have employed have been effective to date in identifying such events at a point when the impact on our business could be minimized. We continuously monitor and develop our IT networks and infrastructure to prevent, detect, address, and mitigate the risk of unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, and other events that could have a security impact. We have made and continue to make significant financial investments in technologies and processes to mitigate these risks. We are still in the early stages of utilizing generative AI, a process that is particularly complex as it uses sensitive, proprietary, and confidential data that could be leaked, as well as having potential flaws in algorithms and models that could ultimately affect outputs. We provide employee awareness training around cybersecurity risks. Despite our efforts, due to the increasing sophistication of cyber criminals and the development of new techniques for attack, including those enabled through artificial intelligence, we
52
may be unable to anticipate or promptly detect, or implement adequate protective or remedial measures against the activities of perpetrators of cybersecurity attacks. Management is not aware of any current cybersecurity incident that has had a material effect on our operations, although there can be no assurances that a cyber incident that could have a material impact to our operations could not occur.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments; cash generated by continuing operations; and borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility (“Credit Facility”) under our Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) or our accounts receivable securitization program (“A/R Securitization”).
This Liquidity and Capital Resources section of MD&A generally discusses 2024 and 2023 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2024 and 2023. Discussions of 2022 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2023 and 2022 that are not included in this Form 10-K can be found in the Liquidity and Capital Resources section of MD&A in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.
Cash Flow and Short-Term Investments
Components of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, which are further described in Note C to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, were as follows:
| Year Ended December 31 |
| ||||||||
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2022 |
| ||||
| (in thousands) |
| ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 127,444 | $ | 262,226 | $ | 158,264 | ||||
Short-term investments |
| 29,759 |
| 67,842 |
| 167,662 | ||||
Total | $ | 157,203 | $ | 330,068 | $ | 325,926 |
Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments decreased $172.9 million from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024. primarily due to capital expenditures, including service center remodels; paydown of long-term debt; treasury share repurchases; and the impact of lower business levels, partially offset by accounts receivable collections.
Our consolidated statements of cash flows presented for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, include cash flows from continuing operations and the discontinued operations of FleetNet, which sold on February 28, 2023. Our discussions below segregate cash flows from continuing operations from those of discontinued operations for 2024 and 2023.
Cash Flows from Continuing Operations
Cash provided by operating activities during 2024 was $285.8 million compared to $321.4 million in 2023. Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding income taxes, increased cash provided by operating activities by $1.9 million and $40.7 million during 2024 and 2023, respectively. Excluding the first quarter 2024 settlement by an insurer of the receivable (and offsetting liability) for insured third-party casualty claims recorded at December 31, 2023, the year-over-year decreases in accounts receivable and prepaid expenses were partially offset by year-over-year increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses. The remainder of the change in operating assets and liabilities was primarily related to a lease buyout during the first quarter of 2024 of a property made available following the bankruptcy of a competitor in 2023.
During 2024, we spent $207.7 million on capital expenditures, net of proceeds from asset sales and equipment financings, including property purchases and the renovation of properties for our Asset-Based network, compared to $211.2 million spent in 2023. See Capital Expenditures below for estimated annual expenditure amounts for 2025. Cash provided by investing activities during 2023 was impacted by $100.9 million of proceeds from the sale of FleetNet, as further discussed in MD&A.
Cash used to repay the Credit Facility and promissory note payments during 2024 was $120.5 million. During 2024, we repurchased 654,707 shares of our common stock under our share repurchase plan for an aggregate cost of $75.2 million, including excise taxes. We also continued to return capital to our shareholders with our quarterly dividend payments,
53
which totaled $11.3 million during 2024. Our dividends and share repurchase programs are further discussed in the Other Liquidity section below.
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations
We did not have any cash activities from discontinued operations during the year ended December 31, 2024. Net cash provided by operating activities of discontinued operations was $0.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, reflecting the routine operations of FleetNet. Net cash used in investing and financing activities of discontinued operations was $0.4 million and $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, respectively. Net cash of discontinued operations for both investing and financing activities did not have a material effect on operations as disclosed in Note D to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Net cash activity for FleetNet has not materially impacted our operations in recent years, nor is the absence of cash flows from the discontinued operations of FleetNet expected to affect future liquidity or capital resources.
Financing Arrangements
We financed the purchase of $80.7 million of revenue equipment through notes payable during the year ended December 31, 2024. Future payments due under notes payable totaled $205.5 million, including interest, as of December 31, 2024, for an increase of $13.6 million from December 31, 2023.
We repaid the outstanding obligation under our Credit Facility of $50.0 million during the third quarter of 2024, increasing the borrowing availability at December 31, 2024, to $250.0 million, the initial maximum credit amount of the Credit Facility. Subsequent to December 31, 2024, we borrowed $25.0 million on the Credit Facility reducing our borrowing availability to $225.0 million.
Our A/R Securitization program was amended during second quarter 2024 to extend the maturity date to July 1, 2025, among other things. As of December 31, 2024, standby letters of credit of $15.3 million have been issued under the A/R Securitization which reduced our available borrowing capacity to $34.7 million.
See Note H to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion of our financing arrangements and presentation of the scheduled maturities of our long-term debt obligations.
Contractual Obligations
In the normal course of business, we enter into contracts and commitments that obligate us to make payments in the future. In addition to the obligations discussed within the preceding Financing Arrangements section, we have contractual obligations as described in the following paragraphs. Certain contractual obligations are also further disclosed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
While we own the majority of our larger service centers, distribution centers, and administrative offices, we lease certain facilities and equipment. As of December 31, 2024, contractual obligations for operating lease liabilities, primarily related to our Asset-Based service centers, totaled $267.6 million, including imputed interest, for a decrease of $8.2 million from December 31, 2023. Operating lease payments due within one year total $43.7 million. The scheduled maturities of our operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2024 are disclosed in Note G to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.
We sponsor an insured postretirement health benefit plan that provides supplemental medical benefits and dental and vision care to certain executive officers. As of December 31, 2024, estimated projected payments, net of retiree premiums, related to postretirement health benefits total $0.8 million for the next year and $8.6 million for the next 10 years. These projected amounts are subject to change based upon increases and other changes in premiums and medical costs and continuation of the plan for current participants. The accumulated benefit obligation of the postretirement health benefit plan accrued in the consolidated balance sheet totaled $13.8 million as of December 31, 2024 (see Supplemental Benefit and Postretirement Health Benefit Plans within Note J to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
We have purchase obligations, consisting of authorizations to purchase and binding agreements with vendors, relating to revenue equipment used in our Asset-Based operations, other equipment, facility improvements, software, service
54
contracts, and other items for which amounts were not accrued in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2024. These purchase obligations totaled $195.8 million as of December 31, 2024, with $180.4 million expected to be paid within the next year, provided that vendors complete their commitments to us. As of December 31, 2024, the amount of our purchase obligations has increased $14.5 million from December 31, 2023, primarily related to ABF Freight revenue equipment. We have no investments, loans, or any other known contractual arrangements with unconsolidated special‑purpose entities, variable interest entities, or financial partnerships and have no outstanding loans with our executive officers or directors.
ABF Freight has a withdrawal liability that was triggered when its multiemployer pension plan obligation with the New England Teamsters Trucking Industry Pension Fund was restructured under a transition agreement in 2018. As of December 31, 2024, payments due within one year under the withdrawal liability settlement total $1.6 million and total payments, which are due over the next 17 years, total $26.6 million. As of December 31, 2024, the outstanding withdrawal liability recognized in the consolidated balance sheet for this obligation totaled $18.7 million. ABF Freight contributes to other multiemployer health, welfare, and pension plans based generally on the time worked by their contractual employees, as specified in the collective bargaining agreement and other supporting supplemental agreements (see Multiemployer Plans within Note J to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
Capital Expenditures
The following table sets forth our capital expenditures for the periods indicated below:
Year Ended December 31 |
| |||||||||
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2022 |
| ||||
(in thousands) |
| |||||||||
Capital expenditures, gross including notes payable(1) | $ | 303,817 | $ | 252,516 | $ | 230,648 | ||||
Less financing from notes payable |
| 80,714 |
| 33,495 |
| 82,425 | ||||
Capital expenditures, net of notes payable |
| 223,103 |
| 219,021 |
| 148,223 | ||||
Less proceeds from asset sales |
| 15,373 |
| 7,763 |
| 19,691 | ||||
Total capital expenditures, net | $ | 207,730 | $ | 211,258 | $ | 128,532 |
(1) | Actual capital expenditures in 2024, 2023 and 2022 fell below our estimates due to delays in the original build schedules of our Asset-Based and Asset-Light revenue equipment caused by parts shortages and manufacturing disruptions and, for 2023 and 2024, delays in some real estate facility projects. |
For 2025, our total capital expenditures, including amounts financed, are estimated to range from $225.0 million to $275.0 million, net of asset sales. These 2025 estimated net capital expenditures include revenue equipment purchases of $130.0 million to $140.0 million, primarily for our Asset-Based operations. The remainder of our 2025 expected capital expenditures includes $60.0 million to $80.0 million of investments in real estate and facility upgrades to support our growth plans, as well as other investments across the enterprise, such as technology-related items and miscellaneous dock equipment upgrades and enhancements. We have the flexibility to adjust certain planned 2025 capital expenditures as business levels dictate. Depreciation and amortization expense, excluding amortization of intangibles, is estimated to be approximately $164.0 million in 2025. The amortization of intangible assets is estimated to be approximately $13.0 million in 2025, primarily related to purchase accounting amortization associated with the MoLo acquisition.
Other Liquidity Information
General economic conditions are currently being impacted by geopolitical conflicts, competitive market factors, higher interest rates as a result of monetary policy, and volatile energy prices, among other factors. These conditions and the related impact on our business (primarily tonnage and shipment levels and the pricing that we receive for our services in future periods) could affect our ability to generate cash from operating activities and maintain cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments on hand. Our Credit Facility and A/R Securitization provide available sources of liquidity with flexible borrowing and payment options. We believe these agreements provide borrowing capacity necessary for growth of our business. During the next twelve months and for the foreseeable future, we believe existing cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, cash generated by operating activities, amounts available under our Credit Facility, including amounts borrowed in February 2025, and A/R Securitization will be sufficient to finance our operating expenses; fund our ongoing initiatives to grow our business, including investments in technology; repay amounts due under our financing arrangements; and pay contingent earnout consideration related to the MoLo acquisition if it is earned. Notes payable,
55
finance leases, and other secured financing may also be used to fund capital expenditures, provided that such arrangements are available, and the terms are acceptable to us.
The Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) for our acquisition of MoLo provides for additional cash consideration ranging from 44% to 212% of the target payment relative to the achievement of incremental adjusted EBITDA targets of 80% to 300% for years 2023 through 2025. The adjusted EBITDA metrics were below target for 2023 and 2024, resulting in no earnout payment for 2023 and 2024. The cumulative additional consideration through 2025 would be $215.0 million at 100% of the target, including catch-up provisions. As of December 31, 2024, the fair value of contingent earnout consideration is estimated to be $2.7 million (see Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis within Note C to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
We continue to return capital to shareholders with our quarterly dividend payments and treasury stock purchases. On January 28, 2025, we announced our Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.12 per share payable to stockholders of record as of February 11, 2025. We expect to continue to pay quarterly dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance in this regard since future dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and are dependent upon our future earnings, capital requirements, and financial condition; contractual restrictions applying to the payment of dividends under our Credit Facility; and other factors.
In February 2024, our Board of Directors increased the total amount available for purchases of our common stock under our share repurchase program to $125.0 million. We purchased 654,707 shares of our common stock during 2024 for an aggregate cost of $74.4 million, including shares purchased under Rule 10b5-1 plans. As of December 31, 2024, $56.6 million remained available for repurchase under the share repurchase program (see Note K to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10‑K).
Financial Instruments
We had an interest rate swap agreement that terminated on October 1, 2024, which is further discussed in Note H to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10‑K. As of December 31, 2024, we have no derivative or hedging arrangements outstanding.
Balance Sheet Changes
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable, less allowances, decreased $35.3 million from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024, reflecting improved collections and lower revenue levels.
Other Accounts Receivable
Other accounts receivable decreased $16.1 million from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024, reflecting the first quarter 2024 settlement by the insurer of the receivable (and offsetting liability) for insured third-party casualty claims recorded at December 31, 2023, offset partially by insured third-party casualty claims recorded at December 31, 2024 which were settled in first quarter 2025 and the settlement of the previously disclosed auto accident legal expense involving a MoLo carrier, which is further discussed in Note O to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Property, Plant, and Equipment Net
The increase in property, plant, and equipment, net of $151.2 million from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024, was primarily due to the purchase of three service center properties, planned service center remodels, construction of a new service center, and the purchase of revenue equipment used in our Asset-Based operations.
Prepaid Expenses
Prepaid expenses increased $10.8 million from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024, as prepayments outpaced amortization, including for various licenses and insurance.
Intangible Property, Net
Intangible property, net decreased $12.5 million from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024, as the Company continued to amortize amounts primarily related to the MoLo acquisition.
56
Operating Right‑of‑Use Assets and Operating Lease Liabilities
The increase in operating right-of-use assets of $22.8 million and in operating lease liabilities, including current portion, of $15.5 million from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024, was primarily due to new leases, a lease buy-out, and lease renewals during 2023.
Accounts Payable
Accounts payable decreased $41.2 million from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024, primarily due to the decrease in business levels and timing of payables.
Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses increased $16.9 million from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024, primarily due to higher third-party casualty insurance and workers’ compensation reserves due to higher average claim costs and increased retention levels. Accrued expenses also increased due to the union profit sharing bonus accrual in 2024, while there was no profit-sharing bonus in 2023, as 2023 was not considered a full calendar year under the 2023 ABF NMFA for payment of the bonus. These amounts were partially offset by decreases in accruals for certain performance-based incentive plans due to lower operating results in 2024, compared to 2023.
Long-term Debt
The $39.8 million decrease in long-term debt, including current portion, from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024, is primarily due to payments on notes payable of $70.5 million and the $50.0 million paydown of the Credit Facility, net of equipment financed of $80.7 million.
Contingent Consideration
The contingent earnout consideration related to the MoLo acquisition, as previously described within the Other Liquidity section above, is remeasured at each quarterly reporting date, and any change in fair value as a result of the recurring assessments is recognized in operating income (loss). The liability for contingent earnout consideration decreased $90.3 million from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024, due to the reduction in the probability of an earnout based on 2024 results and projections of 2025 adjusted EBITDA as defined in the Merger Agreement.
Deferred Income Taxes
The $22.9 million increase in deferred income taxes is primarily due to tax differences related to depreciation, the decrease in contingent earnout consideration and restricted stock units vested, offset by increases in third-party casualty claims, and the deferred tax benefit from the capital loss on an equity investment in Phantom Auto.
INCOME TAXES
This Income Taxes section of MD&A generally discusses 2024 and 2023 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2024 and 2023. Discussions of 2022 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2023 and 2022 that are not included in this Form 10-K can be found in the Income Taxes section of MD&A in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.
Our effective tax rate on continuing operations was 20.7% and 23.9% of pre-tax income for 2024 and 2023, respectively. The rates for 2024 and 2023 were primarily impacted by state income taxes, non-deductible compensation under IRC Section 162(m), and the settlement of share-based payment awards. The settlement of share-based awards resulted in tax benefits of $9.2 million and $4.0 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively.
For 2024, our U.S. statutory tax rate was 21.0%. Our average state tax rate, net of the associated federal deduction, was approximately 5%. However, various factors, including the amount of pre-tax income as well as benefits recognized in the income statement upon settlement of share-based payment awards, caused our full year 2024 effective tax rate to vary significantly from the statutory rate. Due to the impact of non-deductible expenses, lower levels of pre-tax income result in a higher tax rate on income and a lower benefit rate on losses. As pre-tax income or pre-tax losses increase, the impact of non-deductible expenses on the overall rate declines.
We had net deferred tax liabilities after valuation allowances of $69.1 million and $47.6 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. We evaluated the need for a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets at December 31, 2024 by
57
considering the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income, and available tax planning strategies. Valuation allowances for deferred tax assets totaled $1.7 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As the Canadian tax rate is higher than the U.S. tax rate, it is unlikely that foreign tax credit carryforwards will be useable, as U.S. taxes paid will be at a lower rate than the tax rates in Canada. Thus, the foreign tax credit carryforwards were fully reserved, resulting in valuation allowances of $1.0 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023. At December 31, 2024, we had gross state net operating loss carryforwards of $101.4 million. These state net operating loss carryforwards were reserved by valuation allowances of $0.7 million. A valuation allowance was established at December 31, 2024 on less than $0.1 million of the gross federal net operating loss carryforwards that could not be used. The need for additional valuation allowances is continually monitored by management.
Financial reporting income differs significantly from taxable income because of items such as contingent earnout consideration, accelerated depreciation for tax purposes, gains and losses on sale of assets, and a significant number of liabilities, including workers’ compensation reserves and third-party casualty claims, and operating leases, which, for tax purposes, are generally deductible only when paid. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 financial reporting income exceeded taxable income.
We made $71.1 million of federal, state, and foreign tax payments during the year ended December 31, 2024, and received refunds of $33.1 million of federal, state, and foreign taxes that were paid in prior years.
Management expects the cash outlays for income taxes will be less than reported income tax expense in 2025 due primarily to the effect of 40% bonus depreciation on qualified depreciable assets in 2025 as allowed under the Tax Reform Act of 1986 (the “Tax Reform Act”), as amended. However, in the event we were to become unprofitable, net operating loss carrybacks allowed under the provisions of the Tax Reform Act could be limited in certain circumstances.
The Company's total effective tax rate was 20.8% and 24.4% for 2024 and 2023, respectively, including discontinued operations, which are further discussed in Note D to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Income tax expense reflected in discontinued operations, which primarily consisted of federal and state income taxes on the gain on the sale of FleetNet, was $0.2 million for 2024 and $18.3 million for 2023, or an effective tax rate of 25.5% for both periods.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are based on prior experience and other assumptions that management considers reasonable in our circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions, which would affect the related amounts reported in the financial statements.
The accounting policies and estimates that are “critical” to understanding our financial condition and results of operations and that require management to make the most difficult judgments are described as follows.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues are recognized when or as control of the promised services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those services. Our performance obligations are primarily satisfied upon final delivery of the freight to the specified destination. Revenue is recognized based on the relative transit time in each reporting period with expenses recognized as incurred using a bill-by-bill analysis or standard delivery times to establish estimates of revenue in transit for recognition in the appropriate period. This methodology utilizes the approximate location of the shipment in the delivery process to determine the revenue to recognize, and management believes it to be a reliable method.
Certain contracts may provide for volume-based or other discounts which are accounted for as variable consideration. We estimate these amounts based on the expected discounts earned by customers, and revenue is recognized using these estimates. Revenue adjustments may also occur due to rating or other billing adjustments. We estimate revenue adjustments based on historical information, and revenue is recognized accordingly at the time of shipment. We believe that actual amounts will not vary significantly from estimates of variable consideration.
58
Revenue, purchased transportation expense, and third-party service expenses are reported on a gross basis for certain shipments and services where we utilize a third-party carrier for pickup, linehaul, delivery of freight, or performance of services, but we remain primarily responsible for fulfilling delivery to the customer and maintain discretion in setting the price for the services. Purchased transportation expense is recognized as incurred.
Payment terms with customers may vary depending on the service provided, location or specific agreement with the customer. The time between invoicing and when payment is due is not significant. For certain services, we require payment before the services are delivered to the customer.
We expense sales commissions when incurred because the amortization period is one year or less.
Impairment Assessment of Long-Lived Assets
We review our long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and operating right-of-use assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If such an event or change in circumstances is present, we will estimate the undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the related assets, we will determine the fair value of the assets and will recognize an impairment loss if the fair value of the assets is less than the recorded value. The evaluation of future cash flows requires management’s judgment and the use of estimates and assumptions. Assumptions require considerable judgment because changes in broad economic factors and industry factors can result in variable and volatile values. Economic factors and the industry environment were considered in assessing recoverability of long-lived assets, including revenue equipment (primarily tractors and trailers used in our Asset-Based operations and trailers used in our Asset-Light operations). Our strict equipment maintenance schedules have served to mitigate declines in the value of revenue equipment.
Assets meeting the held-for-sale criteria at period end are evaluated for impairment by comparing the fair value of the assets to the carrying values. Due to a strategic decision to align capacity with current business levels during the fourth quarter of 2024, certain revenue equipment within the Asset-Light reporting segment met the held-for-sale criteria. After determining the carrying values of these assets were less than fair value, impairment was measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeded the fair value of the assets. We also identified $0.3 million of capitalized software associated with the Asset-Light reporting segment that was no longer in use and fully impaired the software. Asset impairment charges related to the revenue equipment and capitalized software of $1.7 million were recognized as a component of operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2024.
During the third quarter of 2023, the Company evaluated certain long-lived operating right-of-use assets for impairment that were made available for sublease. After determining the carrying values of these asset groups were not recoverable, impairment was measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeded the fair value of the asset groups. Future cash flows used to determine fair value of the asset groups were discounted at estimated market-participant rates, which ranged from 7.5% to 9.5%. The discount rates were determined with the assistance of a third-party valuation firm based on property-specific risk factors and cash flow assumptions, as well as other market factors, in comparison to average surveyed market discount rates in similar markets. As a result of the impairment measurement, lease impairment charges of $30.2 million were recognized as a component of operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Contingent Consideration
We record the estimated fair value of contingent earnout consideration at the acquisition date as part of the purchase price consideration. The fair value of the contingent earnout consideration liability for the MoLo acquisition was determined with the assistance of an independent third-party valuation firm who utilized a Monte Carlo simulation with Level 3 inputs including scenarios of estimated revenues and expenses or adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) to be achieved for the applicable performance periods, volatility factors applied to the simulations, and the discount rate applied, which was 12.9% and 13.3% as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, the fair value of the outstanding contingent earnout consideration of $2.7 million related to the acquisition of MoLo was recorded in long-term liabilities as the 2024 target was not achieved.
The liability for contingent earnout consideration is remeasured at each quarterly reporting date, and any change in fair value as a result of the recurring assessments is recognized in operating income. We recognized a gain of $90.3 million related to the net decrease in the fair value changes in the liability of contingent earnout consideration for the year ended December 31, 2024. Inputs that could impact the measurement of contingent earnout consideration include revised
59
projections of revenue and expenses or adjusted EBITDA; changes in the discount rate due to changes in market interest rates, equity valuations and other factors; changes in volatility factors based on equity market conditions; and other relevant factors. The revenue, expenses, and EBITDA inputs drove the decrease in fair value of the contingent earnout consideration as of December 31, 2024, compared to the valuation at December 31, 2023, reflecting lower earnings than anticipated for 2024, resulting in no earnout payment for the year, and revised assumptions for the impact of business growth in 2025.
Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Our consolidated goodwill balance of $304.8 million at December 31, 2024 is primarily related to acquisitions of MoLo and Panther in the Asset-Light segment. Goodwill is recorded as the excess of an acquired entity’s purchase price over the value of the amounts assigned to identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is evaluated for impairment annually on October 1, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. As a result of the continuing soft market conditions and lower business levels in the Asset-Light segment during 2024, the Company performed an interim impairment testing on the goodwill balances as of September 1, 2024. A third-party valuation specialist was utilized in performing the impairment analysis. Management considered current and forecasted business levels and estimated future cash flows over several years, using the reporting units weighted average cost of capital. Management’s assumptions included a truckload market recovery beginning in mid-2025 and continuing into 2026. Based on the analysis performed, management determined it was more likely than not that the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets were not impaired as of September 1, 2024. Our annual evaluation typically includes an analysis of qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, a quantitative valuation of the reporting unit is performed and compared to the carrying value to determine if the reporting unit is impaired and to measure impairment loss, if any. For annual and interim impairment tests, we are required to record an impairment charge, if any, by the amount a reporting unit’s fair value is exceeded by the carrying value of the reporting unit, limited to the carrying value of goodwill included in the reporting unit.
The evaluation of goodwill impairment requires management’s judgment and the use of estimates and assumptions to determine the fair value of the reporting unit. Assumptions require considerable judgment because changes in broad economic factors and industry factors can result in variable and volatile fair values. Changes in key estimates and assumptions that impact the fair value of the operations could materially affect the impairment analysis.
The fair value estimated for this evaluation is derived with the assistance of a third-party valuation firm and utilizing the present value of discounted cash flows (income approach). The EBITDA and revenues multiples (market approach) valuation method was also considered to support the reasonableness of conclusions reached. The discounted cash flow models utilized in the income approach incorporate discount rates, terminal multiples, and projections of future revenue, operating margins, and net capital expenditures. The projections used have changed over time based on historical performance and changing business conditions. Assumptions with respect to rates used to discount cash flows are dependent upon market interest rates and the cost of capital for our company and the industry at a point in time. We include a cash flow period of five years with a terminal value in the income approach. Cash flow projections for the forecast period generally reflect the cyclical nature of the industry. Changes in cash flow assumptions or other factors that negatively impact the fair value of the operations would influence the evaluation and could lead to impairment charges in the future.
Our assessment of the qualitative factors as of October 1, 2024, determined it was not more likely than not that the fair values of the reporting units were less than the carrying value. Key qualitative considerations included the interim quantitative analysis performed as of September 1, 2024, macroeconomic conditions, industry considerations and the market capitalization of the Company.
In the impairment assessment of goodwill, management also considered the total market capitalization, which was noted to be consistent the prior assessment date of October 1, 2023. We believe that there is no basis for adjustment of our goodwill asset value based on the impairment evaluation performed.
Our indefinite-lived intangible asset, which is the Panther Premium Logistics trade name, totaled $32.3 million as of December 31, 2024. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but rather are evaluated for impairment annually on October 1, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. If the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess. As a result of the continuing soft market conditions and lower business levels in the Asset-Light segment during 2024, the Company performed an interim impairment testing on the Panther trade name balance as of September 1, 2024, and it was determined that the fair value
60
of the Panther trade name was greater than the recorded balance by more than 30%, indicating there is no basis for adjustment of the asset value.
The Panther trade name valuation model utilizes the relief from royalty method, whereby the value is determined by calculating the after-tax cost savings associated with owning the trade name and, therefore, not having to pay royalties for its use for the remainder of its estimated useful life. The evaluation of intangible asset impairment requires management’s judgment and the use of estimates and assumptions to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets. Assumptions require considerable judgment because changes in broad economic factors and industry factors can result in variable and volatile fair values. Changes in key estimates and assumptions that impact the operations and resulting revenues, royalty rates, and discount rates could materially affect the intangible asset impairment analysis.
Our finite-lived intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationship, carrier list, and trademark intangible assets and are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. Finite-lived intangible assets are also evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. In reviewing finite-lived intangible assets for impairment, the carrying amount of the asset or asset group is compared to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If such cash flows are not sufficient to support the recorded value, an impairment loss to reduce the carrying value of the asset to its estimated fair value will be recognized in operating income.
Our assessment of the qualitative factors as of October 1, 2024, determined it was not more likely than not that the fair values of the trade name was less than the carrying value. Key qualitative considerations included the interim quantitative analysis performed as of September 1, 2024, macroeconomic conditions, industry considerations and other factors.
Insurance Reserves
We are self-insured up to certain limits for workers’ compensation and certain third-party casualty claims. Our self-insurance limits are effectively $2.0 million, for each workers’ compensation loss occurring after November 1, 2023 and $1.0 million for each loss occurring prior to November 1, 2023. Effective November 1, 2024, our self-insured limits for each loss are generally $5.0 million for each third-party casualty or general liability claim and auto liability claim, up from self-insured limits of $3.0 million for third-party casualty or general liability claims and auto liability claims prior to November 1, 2024 and $2.0 million for claims prior to November 1, 2023. For our third-party casualty or general liability claims and auto liability claims, we also have a $5.0 million corridor aggregate on our excess policies, whereby we could incur additional liability on claims in excess of our general self-insurance limits. Workers’ compensation and third-party casualty claims liabilities, which are reported in accrued expenses, totaled $211.2 million and $181.8 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The reserve at December 31, 2024 includes an insured liability settlement for third-party casualty claims, for which the related receivable is recognized in other accounts receivable as of December 31, 2024. We do not discount our claims liabilities.
Liabilities for self-insured workers’ compensation and third-party casualty claims are based on the case-basis reserve amounts plus an estimate of loss development and incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) claims, which is developed from an independent actuarial analysis. The process of determining reserve requirements utilizes historical trends and involves an evaluation of claim frequency and severity, claims management, and other factors. Case reserves established in prior years are evaluated as loss experience develops and new information becomes available. Adjustments to previously estimated case reserves are reflected in financial results in the periods in which they are made. Aggregate reserves represent the best estimate of the costs of claims incurred, and it is possible that the ultimate liability may differ significantly from such estimates, as a result of a number of factors, including increases in medical costs and other case-specific factors. A 10% increase in the estimate of IBNR would increase the total 2024 expense for workers’ compensation and third-party casualty claims by approximately $9.7 million. The actual claims payments are charged against our accrued claims liabilities which have been reasonable with respect to the estimates of the related claims.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
New accounting rules and disclosure requirements can significantly impact our reported results and the comparability of financial statements. Accounting pronouncements which have been issued but are not yet effective for our financial statements are disclosed in Note B to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
61
ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to market risk from changes in certain interest rates, prices of diesel fuel, prices of equity and debt securities, and foreign currency exchange rates. These market risks arise in the normal course of business, as we do not engage in speculative trading activities. Further discussion of risks can be found in Item 1A (Risk Factors) included in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Interest Rate Risk
We have exposures to changes in interest rates as follows:
Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments totaled $157.2 million and $330.1 million, respectively. Substantially all cash equivalents were in demand accounts with financial institutions. Our short-term investments were composed of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2024 and 2023. Although the fair values of these instruments can fluctuate, we believe that the short-term, liquid nature of these instruments and our ability to hold these instruments to maturity reduces our risk for potential material losses.
Debt. Our debt portfolio includes notes payable to finance the purchase of certain revenue equipment and other equipment with a fixed rate of interest, which mitigates the impact of fluctuations in interest rates. Future issuances of notes payable could be impacted by increases in interest rates, which could result in higher interest costs. Future borrowings, if any, under our Credit Facility and A/R Securitization are at a SOFR based variable interest rate and expose us to the risk of increasing interest rates. Our Credit Facility, A/R Securitization and notes payable are further described in Note H to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Liabilities associated with the supplemental benefit plan and the postretirement health benefit plan are remeasured on an annual basis (and upon curtailment or settlement, if applicable) using the applicable discount rates at the measurement date. The discount rates are determined by matching projected cash distributions from the plans with the appropriate high-quality corporate bond yields in a yield curve analysis. Changes in high-quality corporate bond yields will impact interest expense associated with these benefit plans as well as the amount of liabilities recorded.
Other Market Risks
A portion of the cash surrender value of variable life insurance policies, which are intended to provide funding for long-term nonunion benefit arrangements such as the supplemental benefit plan and certain deferred compensation plans, have investments, through separate accounts, in equity and fixed income securities and, therefore, are subject to market volatility. The portion of cash surrender value of life insurance policies subject to market volatility was $28.1 million and $25.7 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. A 10% change in market value of these investments would have a $2.8 million impact on income before income taxes.
We are subject to market risk for increases in diesel fuel prices; however, this risk is mitigated somewhat by fuel surcharge revenues, which are charged based on an index of national diesel fuel prices. When fuel surcharges constitute a higher proportion of the total freight rate paid, customers are less receptive to increases in base freight rates. Prolonged periods of inadequate base rate improvements adversely impact operating results, as elements of costs, including contractual wage rates, continue to increase annually. We have not historically engaged in a program for fuel price hedging and did not have any fuel hedging agreements outstanding at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Operations outside of the United States are not significant to total revenues or assets, and, accordingly, we do not have a formal foreign currency risk management policy. Revenues from non-U.S. operations amounted to less than 2% of total consolidated revenues for both 2024 and 2023. Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations have not had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, and they are not expected to in the foreseeable future. We have not entered into any foreign currency forward exchange contracts or other derivative financial instruments to hedge the effects of adverse fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
62
ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
| |
The following information is included in this Item 8: | ||
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 42) | 64 | |
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 | 66 | |
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 | 67 | |
68 | ||
69 | ||
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 | 70 | |
71 |
63
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of ArcBest Corporation
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ArcBest Corporation (the Company) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in Part IV, Index at Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated March 3, 2025, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Insurance reserves
64
How we addressed the matter in our audit | We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the insurance reserves process, including management’s assessment of the assumptions and data underlying the IBNR reserve estimate. To evaluate the insurance reserves, our audit procedures included, among others, testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying claims data used by management and provided to the third-party actuarial specialist by performing test of details over a representative sample. Furthermore, we involved our actuarial specialist to assist in our evaluation of the methodologies applied and significant assumptions used in determining the estimated reserve. We compared the Company’s reserve amount to an estimated range developed by our actuarial specialist. |
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP | |
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1972. | |
Rogers, Arkansas | |
March 3, 2025 |
65
ARCBEST CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
66
ARCBEST CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31 | ||||||||||
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2022 |
| ||||
(in thousands, except share and per share data) | ||||||||||
REVENUES | $ | 4,179,019 | $ | 4,427,443 | $ | 5,029,008 | ||||
OPERATING EXPENSES |
| 3,934,585 | 4,254,824 | 4,634,482 | ||||||
OPERATING INCOME |
| 244,434 |
| 172,619 |
| 394,526 | ||||
OTHER INCOME (COSTS) | ||||||||||
Interest and dividend income |
| 11,618 |
| 14,728 |
| 3,873 | ||||
Interest and other related financing costs |
| (8,980) |
| (9,094) |
| (7,726) | ||||
Other, net |
| (28,358) |
| 8,662 |
| (2,370) | ||||
| (25,720) |
| 14,296 |
| (6,223) | |||||
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES |
| 218,714 |
| 186,915 |
| 388,303 | ||||
INCOME TAX PROVISION |
| 45,353 |
| 44,751 |
| 93,655 | ||||
NET INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS | 173,361 | 142,164 | 294,648 | |||||||
INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax | 600 |
| 53,269 |
| 3,561 | |||||
NET INCOME | $ | 173,961 | $ | 195,433 | $ | 298,209 | ||||
BASIC EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE | ||||||||||
Continuing operations | $ | 7.36 | $ | 5.92 | $ | 11.98 | ||||
Discontinued operations | 0.03 | 2.22 | 0.14 | |||||||
$ | 7.39 | $ | 8.14 | $ | 12.13 | |||||
DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE | ||||||||||
Continuing operations | $ | 7.28 | $ | 5.77 | $ | 11.55 | ||||
Discontinued operations | 0.03 | 2.16 | 0.14 | |||||||
$ | 7.30 | $ | 7.93 | $ | 11.69 | |||||
AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING | ||||||||||
Basic |
| 23,553,410 |
| 24,018,801 |
| 24,585,205 | ||||
Diluted |
| 23,820,175 |
| 24,634,617 |
| 25,504,508 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
67
ARCBEST CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Year Ended December 31 | ||||||||||
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2022 |
| ||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||
NET INCOME | $ | 173,961 | $ | 195,433 | $ | 298,209 | ||||
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS), net of tax | ||||||||||
Postretirement benefit plans: | ||||||||||
Net actuarial gain (loss), net of tax: |
| (116) |
| (847) |
| 3,298 | ||||
Amortization of unrecognized net periodic benefit cost (credit), net of tax: | ||||||||||
Net actuarial gain |
| (742) |
| (988) |
| (562) | ||||
Interest rate swap and foreign currency translation: | ||||||||||
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swap, net of tax: | (1,263) | (1,341) | 2,295 | |||||||
Change in foreign currency translation, net of tax: |
| (1,931) |
| 397 |
| (1,627) | ||||
| ||||||||||
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS), net of tax |
| (4,052) |
| (2,779) |
| 3,404 | ||||
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME | $ | 169,909 | $ | 192,654 | $ | 301,613 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
68
ARCBEST CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Accumulated | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Additional | Other | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Common Stock |
| Paid-In | Retained | Treasury Stock |
| Comprehensive | Total | ||||||||||||||||
| Shares |
| Amount |
| Capital |
| Earnings |
| Shares |
| Amount |
| Income |
| Equity |
| |||||||
(in thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2021 |
| 29,360 | $ | 294 | $ | 318,033 | $ | 801,314 |
| 4,493 | $ | (194,273) | $ | 3,699 | $ | 929,067 | |||||||
Net income |
| 298,209 |
| 298,209 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income, net of tax |
| 3,404 |
| 3,404 | |||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock under share-based compensation plans |
| 399 |
| 4 |
| (4) |
| — | |||||||||||||||
Shares withheld for employee tax remittance on share-based compensation |
| (16,222) |
| (16,222) | |||||||||||||||||||
Share-based compensation expense |
| 12,775 |
| 12,775 | |||||||||||||||||||
Purchase of treasury stock | 822 | (65,002) | (65,002) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Forward contract for accelerated share repurchase | 25,000 | 214 | (25,000) | — | |||||||||||||||||||
Dividends declared on common stock |
| (10,830) |
| (10,830) | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2022 |
| 29,759 | 298 | 339,582 | 1,088,693 |
| 5,529 | (284,275) | 7,103 | 1,151,401 | |||||||||||||
Net income |
| 195,433 |
| 195,433 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax |
| (2,779) |
| (2,779) | |||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock under share-based compensation plans |
| 265 |
| 2 |
| (2) |
| — | |||||||||||||||
Shares withheld for employee tax remittance on share-based compensation |
| (10,311) |
| (10,311) | |||||||||||||||||||
Share-based compensation expense |
| 11,692 |
| 11,692 | |||||||||||||||||||
Purchase of treasury stock | 931 | (91,531) | (91,531) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends declared on common stock |
| (11,542) |
| (11,542) | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2023 |
| 30,024 | 300 | 340,961 | 1,272,584 |
| 6,460 | (375,806) | 4,324 | 1,242,363 | |||||||||||||
Net income |
| 173,961 |
| 173,961 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax | (4,052) | (4,052) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock under share-based compensation plans | 378 |
| 4 | (4) | — | ||||||||||||||||||
Shares withheld for employee tax remittance on share-based compensation | (22,737) | (22,737) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Share-based compensation expense | 11,355 | 11,355 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Purchase of treasury stock | 655 | (75,233) | (75,233) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends declared on common stock |
| (11,295) | (11,295) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2024 |
| 30,402 | $ | 304 | $ | 329,575 | $ | 1,435,250 |
| 7,115 | $ | (451,039) | $ | 272 | $ | 1,314,362 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
69
ARCBEST CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31 | ||||||||||
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2022 |
| ||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||
OPERATING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||||
Net income | $ | 173,961 | $ | 195,433 | $ | 298,209 | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: | ||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
| 136,265 |
| 132,900 |
| 127,119 | ||||
Amortization of intangibles |
| 12,822 |
| 12,829 |
| 12,920 | ||||
Share-based compensation expense |
| 11,355 |
| 11,438 |
| 12,775 | ||||
Provision for losses on accounts receivable |
| 4,834 |
| 3,630 |
| 6,955 | ||||
Change in deferred income taxes |
| 22,437 |
| (5,566) |
| (6,250) | ||||
(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment |
| (2,176) |
| 4,797 |
| (11,650) | ||||
Gain on sale of subsidiary | — | — | (402) | |||||||
Pre-tax gain on sale of discontinued operations | (806) | (70,201) | — | |||||||
Asset impairment charges | 1,700 | 30,162 | — | |||||||
Change in fair value of contingent consideration | (90,250) | (19,100) | 18,300 | |||||||
Change in fair value of equity investment | 28,739 | (3,739) | — | |||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||||
Receivables |
| 45,499 |
| 41,189 |
| (10,349) | ||||
Prepaid expenses |
| (11,214) |
| 2,563 |
| (410) | ||||
Other assets |
| (4,120) |
| 3,830 |
| (2,941) | ||||
Income taxes |
| (14,956) |
| (10,657) |
| (5,041) | ||||
Operating right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, net | (7,205) | 2,920 | 2,952 | |||||||
Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities |
| (21,039) |
| (10,261) |
| 28,632 | ||||
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
| 285,846 |
| 322,167 |
| 470,819 | ||||
INVESTING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment, net of financings |
| (223,103) |
| (219,021) |
| (148,223) | ||||
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment |
| 15,373 |
| 7,763 |
| 19,691 | ||||
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations | — | 100,949 | — | |||||||
Business acquisition, net of cash acquired | — | — | 2,279 | |||||||
Proceeds from the sale of subsidiary | — | — | 475 | |||||||
Purchases of short-term investments |
| (29,236) |
| (96,537) |
| (182,352) | ||||
Proceeds from sale of short-term investments |
| 66,584 |
| 198,120 |
| 64,329 | ||||
Capitalization of internally developed software | (16,897) |
| (12,977) |
| (17,282) | |||||
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
| (187,279) |
| (21,703) |
| (261,083) | ||||
FINANCING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||||
Borrowings under credit facilities |
| — |
| — |
| 58,000 | ||||
Proceeds from notes payable | — | — | 14,206 | |||||||
Payments on long-term debt |
| (120,518) |
| (69,180) |
| (115,540) | ||||
Net change in book overdrafts |
| (3,504) |
| (14,101) |
| 8,356 | ||||
Deferred financing costs | (62) | 55 | (952) | |||||||
Payment of common stock dividends |
| (11,295) |
| (11,542) |
| (10,830) | ||||
Purchases of treasury stock | (75,233) | (91,531) | (65,002) | |||||||
Payments for tax withheld on share-based compensation |
| (22,737) |
| (10,311) |
| (16,222) | ||||
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
| (233,349) |
| (196,610) |
| (127,984) | ||||
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS |
| (134,782) |
| 103,854 |
| 81,752 | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations at beginning of period |
| 262,226 |
| 158,264 |
| 76,568 | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations at beginning of period | — | 108 | 52 | |||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD | $ | 127,444 | $ | 262,226 | $ | 158,372 | ||||
NONCASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||||
Equipment financed | $ | 80,714 | $ | 33,495 | $ | 82,425 | ||||
Accruals for equipment received | $ | 463 | $ | 1,727 | $ | 4,337 | ||||
Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets | $ | 49,452 | $ | 62,425 | $ | 87,294 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
70
NOTE A – ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION
Organization and Description of Business
ArcBest Corporation™ (the “Company”) is a multibillion-dollar integrated logistics company that leverages technology and a full suite of shipping and logistics solutions to meet customers’ supply chain needs. The Company, which started over a century ago as a local freight hauler, is now a logistics powerhouse with global reach. The Company’s operations are conducted through its two reportable operating segments: Asset-Based, which consists of ABF Freight System, Inc. and certain other subsidiaries (“ABF Freight”), and Asset-Light, which includes MoLo Solutions, LLC (“MoLo”), Panther Premium Logistics® (“Panther”), and certain other subsidiaries. References to the Company in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are primarily to the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
The Asset-Based segment represented approximately 64% of the Company’s 2024 total revenues before other revenues and intercompany eliminations. As of December 2024, approximately 82% of the Asset-Based segment’s employees were covered under a collective bargaining agreement, the ABF National Master Freight Agreement (the “2023 ABF NMFA”), with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters (the “IBT”), which will remain in effect through June 30, 2028.
On February 28, 2023, the Company sold FleetNet America, Inc. (“FleetNet”), a wholly owned subsidiary and reportable operating segment of the Company. The sale of FleetNet was a strategic shift for the Company as it exited the fleet roadside assistance and maintenance management business; therefore, the sale was accounted for as discontinued operations. As such, historical results of FleetNet have been excluded from both continuing operations and segment results for all periods presented. For more information on the Company’s discontinued operations, see Note D.
Financial Statement Presentation
Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
Segment Information: The Company uses the “management approach” for determining its reportable segment information. The management approach is based on the way management organizes the reportable segments within the Company for making operating decisions and assessing performance. See Note N for further discussion of segment reporting.
Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual amounts may differ from those estimates.
Reclassifications: For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, certain reclassifications have been made between operating expenses lines of the Asset-Light segment to conform to the current-year presentation (see Note N). There was no impact on Asset-Light operating expenses as a result of these reclassifications. The Company also made reclassifications for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, to conform to the current-year presentation by combining immaterial amounts within the tax reconciliation table and the deferred tax asset components table for December 31, 2023. (see Note F).
NOTE B – ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Short-Term Investments: Short-term investments that have a maturity of ninety days or less when purchased are considered cash equivalents. Short-term investments consist of FDIC-insured certificates of deposit with original maturities greater than ninety days and remaining maturities less than one year. Certificates of deposit are valued at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. Interest and dividends related to cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments are included in interest and dividend income.
Concentration of Credit Risk: The Company is subject to concentrations of credit risk related to the portion of its cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments, which is not federally insured, as further discussed in Note C.
71
The Company’s services are provided primarily to customers throughout the United States and, to a lesser extent, Canada, Mexico, and other international locations. On a consolidated basis, the Company had no single customer representing more than 3% of its revenues in 2024, 2023, or 2022 or more than 7% of its accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2024 and 2023. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. Historically, credit losses have been within management’s expectations.
Receivable Allowances: The Company maintains allowances for credit losses and revenue adjustments on its trade receivables. The Company estimates the allowance for credit losses based on historical write-offs, factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, and forecasts of future economic conditions. In order to gather information regarding these trends and factors, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of customers, an analysis of accounts receivable aging by business segment, and an analysis of future economic conditions at period end. The allowance for revenue adjustments is an estimate based on historical revenue adjustments and current information regarding trends and business changes. Actual write-offs or adjustments could differ from the allowance estimates due to a number of factors, including future changes in the forecasted economic environment or new factors and risks surrounding a particular customer. Accounts receivable are written off when the accounts are turned over to a collection agency or when the accounts are determined to be uncollectible. Actual write-offs and adjustments are charged against the allowances for credit losses and revenue adjustments. The allowance for credit losses on the Company’s trade accounts receivable totaled $4.4 million and $5.5 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. During 2024, the allowance for credit losses increased $4.8 million and was reduced $5.9 million by write-offs, net of recoveries.
Property, Plant and Equipment, Including Repairs and Maintenance: Purchases of property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. For financial reporting purposes, property, plant and equipment is depreciated principally by the straight-line method, using the following useful lives: structures – primarily 15 to 60 years; revenue equipment – 3 to 22 years; and other equipment – 2 to 16 years. The Company utilizes tractors and trailers in its operations. Tractors and trailers are commonly referred to as “revenue equipment” in the transportation business. The Company periodically reviews and adjusts, as appropriate, the residual values and useful lives of revenue equipment and other equipment. For tax reporting purposes, accelerated depreciation or cost recovery methods are used. Gains and losses on asset sales are reflected in the year of disposal. Exchanges of nonmonetary assets that have commercial substance are measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. Tires purchased with revenue equipment are capitalized as a part of the cost of such equipment, with replacement tires being expensed when placed in service. Repair and maintenance costs associated with property, plant and equipment are expensed as incurred if the costs do not extend the useful life of the asset. If such costs do extend the useful life of the asset, the costs are capitalized and depreciated over the appropriate remaining useful life.
Computer Software for Internal Use, Including Web Site Development and Cloud Computing Costs: The Company capitalizes the costs of software acquired from third parties and qualifying internal computer software costs incurred during the application development stage, or during the implementation stage for cloud computing or hosting arrangements. Costs incurred in the preliminary project stage and postimplementation-operation stage, which includes maintenance and training costs, are expensed as incurred. For financial reporting purposes, capitalized software costs are amortized by the straight-line method generally over 2 to 7 years. Capitalized costs related to cloud computing and hosting arrangements are presented within prepaid expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The amount of costs capitalized within any period is dependent on the nature of software development activities and projects in each period.
Impairment Assessment of Long-Lived Assets: The Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, capitalized software, finite-lived intangible assets and right-of-use assets held under operating leases, which are held and used in its operations, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If such an event or change in circumstances is present, the Company will estimate the undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the related asset, the Company will record the asset at the lesser of its carrying amount or fair value and recognize an impairment loss, if any, in operating income. During 2024 and 2023, the Company evaluated certain long-lived assets for impairment (see Note C).
Assets to be disposed of are reclassified as assets held for sale at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Assets held for sale primarily represent certain properties, revenue equipment, and other equipment. Adjustments to write down assets to fair value less the amount of costs to sell are reported in operating income. Assets held for sale are expected to be disposed of by selling the assets within the next 12 months. Gains and losses on sales of property and equipment are reported in operating income. Assets held for sale of $18.4 million and $1.5 million were reported within
72
other long-term assets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, assets held for sale primarily include real estate properties and certain Asset-Light revenue equipment which were classified as held for sale in the fourth quarter of 2024. The real estate consists of two parcels of land with a combined carrying amount of $12.8 million for which plans to sell were entered in the fourth quarter of 2024 following the Company’s determination that the properties will not be utilized in its Asset-Based service center operations. The Asset-Light revenue equipment consists of trailers with a carrying amount of $4.6 million, which are being marketed for sale as a result of a strategic plan to adjust capacity within Asset-Light's operations (see Note C). The fair value of these held for sale assets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, were determined using Level 2 inputs.
Contingent Consideration: The Agreement and Plan of Merger for our acquisition of MoLo provides for additional cash consideration based on the achievement of certain incremental targets of adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“adjusted EBITDA”) for each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025. The adjusted EBITDA metrics were below target for 2023 and 2024, resulting in no earnout payment for 2023 and 2024. The Company records the estimated fair value of contingent earnout consideration at the acquisition date as part of the purchase price consideration for an acquisition. The fair value of the contingent earnout consideration liability is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation with Level 3 inputs including volatility factors, projected revenue and expenses or adjusted EBITDA, and the discount rate. The liability for contingent earnout consideration is remeasured at each quarterly reporting date and any change in fair value as a result of the recurring assessments is recognized in operating income (see Note C).
Goodwill and Intangible Assets: Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is evaluated for impairment annually as of October 1 or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist (see Note E). The Company typically assesses qualitative factors but may also use a quantitative analysis to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, a quantitative valuation of the reporting unit is prepared to measure the amount of goodwill impairment, if any.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are also not amortized but rather are evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. Consistent with goodwill, the Company typically assesses qualitative factors but may from time to time perform a quantitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets is less than its carrying value; if applicable, a quantitative analysis is performed if it is determined it is more likely than not the indefinite-lived intangible is impaired.
The Company amortizes finite-lived intangible assets over their respective estimated useful lives.
Income Taxes: The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are recorded as noncurrent by jurisdiction, are recognized based on the temporary differences between the book value and the tax basis of certain assets and liabilities and the tax effect of operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred income taxes relate principally to asset and liability basis differences resulting from the timing of depreciation deductions and to temporary differences in the recognition of certain revenues and expenses. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company classifies any interest and penalty amounts related to income tax matters as operating expenses.
Management applies judgment in determining the consolidated income tax provision, including valuation allowances on deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is determined by evaluating whether it is more likely than not that the benefits of deferred tax assets will be realized through future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, taxable income in carryback years in jurisdictions in which they are allowable, projected future taxable income, or tax-planning strategies. Uncertain tax positions, which also require significant judgment, are measured to determine the amounts to be recognized in the financial statements. The income tax provision and valuation allowances are complicated by complex and frequently changing rules administered in multiple jurisdictions, including U.S. federal, state, and foreign governments.
73
Long-Term Investments: The Company’s long-term investments are recorded in other long-term assets and represent equity investments in private entities without readily determinable fair values. The investments are recorded using the measurement alternative in which the Company’s equity interests are recorded at cost and adjusted for any impairments or for observable price changes identified in orderly transactions of similar investments of the same issuers. As of December 31, 2023, the carrying amount of the investment in Phantom Auto totaled $28.7 million, which was
during the year ended December 31, 2024 (see Note C). The changes in fair value of the equity investments are recognized below the operating income line in “Other, net” within “Other income (costs).”Book Overdrafts: Issued checks that have not cleared the bank as of December 31 result in book overdraft balances for accounting purposes which are classified within accounts payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Book overdrafts amounted to $15.6 million and $19.2 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The change in book overdrafts is reported as a component of financing activities within the statement of cash flows.
Insurance Reserves: The Company is self-insured up to certain limits for workers’ compensation, certain third-party casualty claims, and cargo loss and damage claims. Amounts in excess of the self-insured limits are fully insured to levels which management considers appropriate for the Company’s operations. The Company’s claims liabilities have not been discounted.
Liabilities for self-insured workers’ compensation and third-party casualty claims are based on the case reserve amounts plus an estimate of loss development and incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) claims, which is developed from an independent actuarial analysis. The process of determining reserve requirements utilizes historical trends and involves an evaluation of claim frequency and severity, claims management, and other factors. Case reserves are evaluated as loss experience develops and new information becomes available. Adjustments to previously estimated aggregate reserves are reflected in financial results in the periods in which they are made. Aggregate reserves represent an estimate of the costs of claims incurred, and it is possible that the ultimate liability may differ significantly from such estimates.
The Company develops an estimate of self-insured cargo loss and damage claims liabilities based on historical trends and certain event-specific information.
Claims liabilities are recorded in accrued expenses and are not offset by insurance receivables which are reported in other accounts receivable.
Loss Contingencies: The Company is involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company assesses loss contingencies by estimating the likelihood of loss or the incurrence of a liability. The Company records a liability and expense for loss contingencies when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company’s legal matters are discussed in Note O.
Interest Rate Swap Derivative Instrument: The Company accounts for derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities and carries them at fair value. The Company’s interest rate swap was designated as a cash flow hedge. To receive hedge accounting treatment, cash flow hedges must be highly effective in offsetting changes to expected future cash flows on hedged transactions. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the interest rate swap instrument was reported as unrealized gain or loss as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax, in stockholders’ equity and the change in the unrealized gain or loss on the interest rate swap was reported in other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax, in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The unrealized gain or loss is reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss into income in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. There was no unrealized gain or loss reclassified to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive loss upon termination of the interest rate swap on October 1, 2024.
Leases: The Company leases, primarily under operating lease arrangements, certain facilities used primarily in the Asset-Based segment service center operations, certain facilities and revenue equipment used in the Asset-Light segment operations, and certain other facilities and office equipment. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for operating leases are recorded on the balance sheet and the related lease expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term in operating expenses. Included in lease expense are any variable lease payments incurred in the period that were not included in the initial lease liability.
The Company elected the practical expedient for leases with a term of 12 months or less exempting balance sheet treatment for all classes of assets to include real property, revenue equipment, and service, office, and other equipment. The Company
74
adopted the policy election as a lessee for all classes of assets to account for each lease component and its related non-lease component(s) as a single lease component. In determining the discount rate, the Company uses ArcBest Corporation’s incremental borrowing rate unless the rate implicit in the lease is readily determinable when entering into a lease as a lessee. The incremental borrowing rate is determined by the price of a fully collateralized loan with similar terms based on current market rates.
An assessment is made on or after the effective date of newly signed contracts as to whether the contract is, or contains, a lease at the inception of a contract. The operating right-of-use asset is measured as the initial amount of the operating lease liability, plus any initial direct costs incurred, less any prepayments prior to commencement or lease incentives received. The operating lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, discounted using the Company’s secured incremental borrowing rate for the same term as the underlying lease unless the interest rate implicit in the lease is readily determined, then the implicit rate will be used. Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability are comprised of the following: (1) the fixed noncancelable lease payments, (2) payments for optional renewal periods where it is reasonably certain the renewal period will be exercised, and (3) payments for early termination options unless it is reasonably certain the lease will not be terminated early. Variable lease payments based on an index or rate are initially measured using the index or rate in effect at lease commencement and included in the measurement of the initial lease liability. Variable lease cost for operating leases consists of subsequent changes in the consumer price index, rent payments that are based on usage, and other lease related payments which are subject to change and not considered fixed payments. Additional payments based on the change in an index or rate are recorded as a period expense when incurred. Lease modifications result in remeasurement of the lease liability.
Supplemental Benefit and Postretirement Health Benefit Plans: The Company recognizes the funded status of the supplemental benefit plan (the “SBP”) and postretirement health benefit plan in the consolidated balance sheet and recognizes changes in the funded status, net of tax, in the year in which they occur as a component of other comprehensive income or loss. The benefit obligations of the SBP and postretirement health benefit plan represent the funded status, as these plans do not have plan assets. Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income or loss are subsequently expensed as components of net periodic benefit cost by amortizing unrecognized net actuarial losses over the average remaining active service period of the plan participants and amortizing unrecognized prior service credits over the remaining years of service until full eligibility of the active participants at the time of the plan amendment which created the prior service credit. A corridor approach is not used for determining the amounts of net actuarial losses to be amortized.
The Company has not incurred service cost under the SBP since the accrual of benefits under the plan was frozen on December 31, 2009. The Company incurs service cost under the postretirement health benefit plan which is reported within operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The other components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) of the SBP (including pension settlement expense) and the postretirement health benefit plan are reported within the other line item of other income (costs).
The expense and liability related to the postretirement health benefit plan are measured based upon a number of assumptions and using the services of a third-party actuary. Assumptions are made regarding the discount rate, expected retirement age, mortality, employee turnover, and future increases in health care costs. The discount rates used to discount the SBP and postretirement health benefit plan obligations are determined by matching projected cash distributions with appropriate high-quality corporate bond yields in a yield curve analysis. The assumptions used directly impact the net periodic benefit cost (credit) for a particular year. An actuarial gain or loss results when actual experience varies from the assumptions or when there are changes in actuarial assumptions. Actuarial gains and losses are not included in net periodic benefit cost (credit) in the period when they arise but are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income or loss and subsequently amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost (credit).
The Company uses December 31 as the measurement date for the SBP and postretirement health benefit plan. Plan obligations are also remeasured upon curtailment and upon settlement. Benefit distributions under the SBP individually exceed the annual interest cost of the plan, which triggers settlement accounting. The Company records the related settlement expense when the amount of the benefit to be distributed is fixed, which is generally upon an employee’s termination of employment. The SBP has not incurred pension settlement expense since 2020.
Revenue Recognition: Revenues are recognized when or as control of the promised services is transferred to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those services. Revenue adjustments occur due to freight bill rating or other billing adjustments. The Company also estimates revenue adjustments based on historical information and current trends, and revenue is recognized accordingly.
75
Asset-Based Segment
Asset-Based segment revenues consist primarily of less-than-truckload freight delivery. Performance obligations are satisfied upon final delivery of the freight to the specified destination. Revenue is recognized in each reporting period based on the expense incurred relative to each shipment’s transit time. A bill‑by‑bill analysis is used to establish estimates of revenue in transit for recognition in the appropriate period. Because the bill‑by‑bill methodology utilizes the approximate location of the shipment in the delivery process to determine the revenue to recognize, management believes it to be a reliable method.
Certain contracts may provide for volume-based or other discounts which are accounted for as variable consideration. The Company estimates these amounts based on a historical expectation of discounts to be earned by customers, and revenue is recognized based on the estimates. Management believes that actual amounts will not vary significantly from estimates of variable consideration.
Revenue, purchased transportation expense, and third-party service expenses are reported on a gross basis for shipments and services where the Company utilizes a third-party carrier for pickup, linehaul, delivery of freight, or performance of services but remains primarily responsible for fulfilling delivery to the customer and maintains discretion in setting the price for the services.
Asset-Light Segment
Asset-Light segment revenues consist primarily of asset-light logistics services using third-party vendors to provide transportation services. Asset-Light segment revenue is recognized based on the relative transit time in each reporting period using estimated standard delivery times for freight in transit at the end of the reporting period. Purchased transportation expense is recognized as incurred consistent with the recognition of revenue.
Revenue and purchased transportation expense are reported on a gross basis for shipments and services where the Company utilizes a third-party carrier for pickup and delivery but remains primarily responsible to the customer for delivery and maintains discretion in setting the price for the service.
Other Recognition and Disclosure
Payment terms with customers may vary depending on the service provided, location or specific agreement with the customer. Payment terms generally vary between 30 to 90 days. For certain services, payment is required before the services are provided to the customer.
The Company expenses sales commissions when incurred because the amortization period is one year or less.
Comprehensive Income or Loss: Comprehensive income or loss consists of net income and other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax. Other comprehensive income or loss refers to revenues, expenses, gains, and losses that are not included in net income for the period, but rather are recorded directly to stockholders’ equity. The Company reports the components of other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax, by their nature and discloses the tax effect allocated to each component in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The accumulated balance of other comprehensive income or loss is displayed separately in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and the components of the balance are reported in Note K. The changes in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax, and the significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss are disclosed, by component, in Note K.
Earnings Per Share: Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the daily weighted number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated using the treasury stock method. Under this method, the denominator used in calculating diluted earnings per share includes the impact of unvested restricted equity awards.
Share-Based Compensation: The fair value of restricted stock awards is determined based upon the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, adjusted for the present value of dividends which are not payable with respect to unvested restricted stock units (“RSUs”). The RSUs generally vest over a specified time beginning on the grant date. RSUs granted in 2024, 2023 and 2022 follow a three-year ratable vesting schedule with one-third of the grants vesting each year. Awards granted to non-employee directors typically vest at the end of a one-year period, subject to accelerated vesting due to death, disability, retirement, or change-in-control provisions. When RSUs become vested, the Company issues new shares in settlement of the RSU award. The Company recognizes the income tax benefits of dividends
76
on share-based payment awards as income tax expense or benefit in the consolidated statements of operations when awards vest or are settled.
Share-based awards are amortized to compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of awards or over the period to which the recipient first becomes eligible for retirement, whichever is shorter, with vesting accelerated upon death or disability. The Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur, and the income tax effects of awards are recognized in the statement of operations when awards vest or are settled.
Advertising: The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. These costs totaled $22.3 million, $27.8 million, and $28.7 million for 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Fair Value Measurements: The Company discloses the fair value measurements of its financial assets and liabilities. Fair value measurements are disclosed in accordance with the following hierarchy of valuation approaches based on whether the inputs of market data and market assumptions used to measure fair value are observable or unobservable:
● | Level 1 – Quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets. |
● | Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data. |
● | Level 3 – Unobservable inputs (based on the Company’s market assumptions) that are significant to the valuation model. |
Environmental Matters: The Company expenses environmental costs related to existing conditions resulting from past or current operations and from which no current or future benefit is discernible. Expenditures which extend the life of the related property or mitigate or prevent future environmental contamination are capitalized. Amounts accrued reflect management’s best estimate of the future undiscounted exposure related to identified properties based on current environmental regulations, management’s experience with similar environmental matters, and testing performed at certain sites. The estimated liability is not reduced for possible recoveries from insurance carriers or other third parties.
Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company adopted an amendment to Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280, Segment Reporting, which required, among other things, enhanced disclosures of significant segment expenses on an annual and interim basis, the title and position of the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), and how the CODM uses the reported measures of a segments profit or loss to assess performance and allocate resources. The adoption did not have a significant impact on the Company’s disclosures.
Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, was amended in December 2023 through the issuance of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2023-09, Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (“ASU 2023-09”), to improve income tax disclosures primarily related to the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid information. ASU 2023-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, while early adoption is permitted. This ASU is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s disclosures.
In March 2024, the SEC adopted final rules under SEC Release Nos. 33-11275 and 33-99678, The Enhancement and Standardization of Climate-Related Disclosures for Investors, that will require registrants to provide certain climate-related information in their registration statements and annual reports. Subsequent to issuance, the rules became the subject of litigation, and the SEC has issued a stay to allow the legal process to proceed.
ASC Topic 220, Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses, was amended in November 2024 through the issuance of ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income – Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (“ASU 2024-03”), which requires additional disclosure of specified information about certain costs and expenses. ASU 2024-03 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, while early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the amendment’s impact on the Company’s disclosures.
77
NOTE C – FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Financial Instruments
The components of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments as of December 31 are presented in the following table:
2024 | 2023 |
| |||||
(in thousands) | |||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | |||||||
Cash deposits(1) | $ | 83,048 | $ | 168,472 | |||
Money market funds(2) |
| 44,396 |
| 93,754 | |||
Total cash and cash equivalents | $ | 127,444 | $ | 262,226 | |||
Short-term investments | |||||||
Certificates of deposit(3) | $ | 29,759 | $ | 67,842 |
(1) | Recorded at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. |
(2) | Recorded at fair value as determined by quoted market prices (see amounts presented in the table of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value within this Note). |
(3) | Recorded at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value due to its short-term nature and is categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. |
The Company’s long-term financial instruments are presented in the table of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value within this Note.
Concentrations of Credit Risk of Financial Instruments
The Company is subject to concentrations of credit risk related to its cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments. The Company reduces credit risk by maintaining its cash deposits and short-term investments in accounts and certificates of deposit which are primarily FDIC-insured or in direct obligations of the U.S. government. However, certain cash deposits and certificates of deposit may exceed federally insured limits. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, cash deposits and short-term investments totaling $51.7 million and $76.3 million, respectively, were not FDIC insured. The Company also holds money market funds, which are invested in U.S. government securities and repurchase agreements collateralized solely by U.S. government securities.
Fair value and carrying value disclosures of financial instruments as of December 31 are presented in the following table:
(1) | The revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) carries a variable interest rate based on Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), plus a margin, priced at market for debt instruments having similar terms and collateral requirements (Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy). The Company paid down the $50.0 million debt under the Credit Facility during the third quarter of 2024. |
(2) | Fair value of the notes payable was determined using a present value income approach based on quoted interest rates from lending institutions with which the Company would enter into similar transactions (Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy). |
(3) | ABF Freight’s multiemployer pension plan obligation with the New England Teamsters and Trucking Industry Pension Fund (the “New England Pension Fund”) was restructured under a transition agreement effective on August 1, 2018, which resulted in a related withdrawal liability. The fair value of the outstanding withdrawal liability is equal to the present value of the future withdrawal liability payments, discounted at an interest rate of 6.0% and 5.3% at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, determined using the 20-year U.S. Treasury rate plus a spread (Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy). As of December 31, 2024, the outstanding withdrawal liability totaled $18.7 million, of which $0.8 million was recorded in accrued expenses and the remaining portion was recorded in other long-term liabilities. |
78
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31 are presented in the following table:
2024 | |||||||||||||
Fair Value Measurements Using | |||||||||||||
Quoted Prices |
| Significant |
| Significant | |||||||||
| In Active | Observable | Unobservable | ||||||||||
Markets | Inputs | Inputs | |||||||||||
Total |
| (Level 1) |
| (Level 2) |
| (Level 3) |
| ||||||
(in thousands) | |||||||||||||
Assets: | |||||||||||||
Money market funds(1) | $ | 44,396 | $ | 44,396 | $ | — | $ | — | |||||
Equity, bond, and money market mutual funds held in trust related to the Voluntary Savings Plan(2) |
| 5,570 |
| 5,570 |
| — |
| — | |||||
$ | 49,966 | $ | 49,966 | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||
Liabilities: |
| ||||||||||||
Contingent consideration(3) | $ | 2,650 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 2,650 |
2023 | |||||||||||||
Fair Value Measurements Using | |||||||||||||
Quoted Prices |
| Significant |
| Significant | |||||||||
| In Active | Observable | Unobservable | ||||||||||
Markets | Inputs | Inputs | |||||||||||
Total |
| (Level 1) |
| (Level 2) |
| (Level 3) |
| ||||||
(in thousands) | |||||||||||||
Assets: | |||||||||||||
Money market funds(1) | $ | 93,754 | $ | 93,754 | $ | — | $ | — | |||||
Equity, bond, and money market mutual funds held in trust related to the Voluntary Savings Plan(2) |
| 4,627 |
| 4,627 |
| — |
| — | |||||
Interest rate swap(4) | 1,710 | — | 1,710 | — | |||||||||
$ | 100,091 | $ | 98,381 | $ | 1,710 | $ | — | ||||||
Liabilities: |
| ||||||||||||
Contingent consideration(3) | $ | 92,900 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 92,900 |
(1) | Included in cash and cash equivalents. |
(2) | Nonqualified deferred compensation plan investments consist of U.S. and international equity mutual funds, government and corporate bond mutual funds, and money market funds which are held in a trust with a third-party brokerage firm. Included in other long-term assets, with a corresponding liability reported within other long-term liabilities. |
(3) | The estimated fair value of contingent consideration related to the acquisition of MoLo (see Note B) is determined by assessing Level 3 inputs. The Level 3 assessments utilize a Monte Carlo simulation with inputs including scenarios of estimated revenues and expenses or adjusted EBITDA to be achieved for the applicable performance periods, volatility factors applied to the simulations, and the discount rate applied, which was 12.9% and 13.3% as of December 2024 and 2023, respectively. Changes in the significant unobservable inputs might result in a significantly higher or lower fair value at the reporting date. The decrease in fair value of contingent earnout consideration as of December 31, 2024, compared to December 31, 2023, reflects the reduction in the probability of payout based on 2024 results and projections of 2025 adjusted EBITDA. |
(4) | The Company’s interest rate swap terminated on October 1, 2024. The fair value of the interest rate swap at December 31, 2023 was determined by discounting future cash flows and receipts based on expected interest rates observed in market interest rate curves adjusted for estimated credit valuation considerations reflecting nonperformance risk of the Company and the counterparty, which are generally considered to be in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. However, the Company assessed Level 3 inputs as insignificant to the valuation at December 31, 2023 and considered the interest rate swap valuation in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. |
79
The following table provides the change in fair value of the liabilities measured at fair value using inputs categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:
Contingent Consideration | ||||
(in thousands) | ||||
Balance at December 31, 2023 | $ | 92,900 | ||
(90,250) | ||||
Balance at December 31, 2024 | $ | 2,650 |
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
The Company remeasures certain assets on a nonrecurring basis upon events or changes in circumstances that indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The following table provides the changes in long-lived assets measured on a nonrecurring basis during the years ended December 31:
2024 |
| 2023 |
| ||||
(in thousands) | |||||||
Equity investment(1) | $ | (28,739) | $ | 3,739 | |||
Revenue equipment(2) | $ | (1,393) | $ | — | |||
Software(2) | $ | (307) | $ | — | |||
Operating right-of-use assets(3) | $ | — | $ | (28,124) | |||
Leasehold improvements(3) | $ | — | $ | (2,038) |
(1) | In November 2021, the Company recorded an equity investment for $25.0 million in Phantom Auto, a startup provider of human-centered remote operation software, and became a lead investor in their Series B Preferred offering. The equity investment was accounted for as a nonmarketable equity security without a readily determinable value using the measurement alternative, which allowed the investment to be recorded at cost, less any impairment and adjusted for observable price changes. During 2023, the fair value of the Company’s investment in Phantom Auto increased based on an observable price change upon the closing of Phantom Auto’s Series B-2 funding round as of April 26, 2023. During the first quarter of 2024, the Company was notified that Phantom Auto was ceasing operations due to liquidity concerns from failing to secure additional funding from investors or lenders. As a result, the Company assessed the likelihood of recovering its investment as remote and recorded a pre-tax, noncash impairment charge, to write off the equity investment in Phantom Auto, which was recognized below the operating income line in “Other, net” within “Other income (costs)” using inputs categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. |
(2) | During the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company recorded impairment charges for certain revenue equipment and software as part of a strategic decision to adjust capacity within Asset-Light’s operations. The impairment charges were reported in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2024. Inputs used in the fair value measurements of these assets were categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The software was impaired after it was determined it was no longer going to be utilized and the revenue equipment was written down to fair value, less cost to sell, of $4.6 million when it was reclassified to assets held for sale at fair value, which is reported within other long-term assets as of December 31, 2024. |
(3) | During the third quarter of 2023, the Company recorded impairment charges related to operating right-of-use assets and leasehold improvements associated with a freight handling pilot facility, a service center, and office spaces that were made available for sublease. The lease impairment charges were recognized as a component of operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023. The fair value of these asset groups was estimated at September 1, 2023, using inputs categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, such as method utilizing market-participant ranging from 7.5% to 9.5% and certain unobservable inputs, including estimated cash flows based on anticipated future sublease terms as determined using third-party real estate broker quotes. See Note G for additional discussion related to these impairment charges. |
80
NOTE D – DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
On February 28, 2023, the Company sold FleetNet, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, for an initial aggregate cash purchase price of $101.1 million, which was subject to certain tax and other customary adjustments, and recorded a pre-tax gain on sale of $69.1 million, or $51.4 million, net of tax. The purchase price was adjusted during the second quarter of 2023, resulting in an aggregate adjusted cash purchase price of $100.9 million. After adjustments, the pre-tax gain recognized in 2023 and 2024 totaled $70.2 million and $0.8 million, respectively. The financial results of FleetNet have been accounted for as discontinued operations for all periods presented.
The financial results from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31 are summarized in the following table:
(1) | The 2024 period includes the reversal of an employee-related contingent liability that expired one year after disposition, per the purchase agreement. The 2023 period includes transaction costs of $3.8 million consisting of consulting fees, professional fees, and employee-related expenses, as well as the resolution of certain post-close contingencies in the second quarter of 2023. |
(2) | The 2023 and 2022 periods include interest expense, which is immaterial. |
Cash flows from discontinued operations of FleetNet for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
(1) | Includes depreciation and amortization expense of $0.4 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Also includes share-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 of $0.3 million, which is included in the “Pre-tax gain on sale of discontinued operations” line of the consolidated statements of cash flows. |
(2) | Includes purchases of property, plant and equipment of $0.1 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Excludes the proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations, which are included in cash flows from continuing operations. |
NOTE E – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired. The goodwill balance of $304.8 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023 relates to the Asset-Light segment. The accumulated impairment of goodwill at December 31, 2024 and 2023 totaled $20.0 million.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but evaluated for impairment annually as of October 1, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. The annual impairment evaluation of the goodwill and indefinite-
81
lived intangible assets of the Asset-Light reporting unit were performed as of October 1, 2023, and it was determined that there was no impairment of the recorded balances.
As a result of the continuing soft market conditions and lower business levels in the Asset-Light segment into the third quarter of 2024, the Company performed an interim quantitative analysis as of September 1, 2024 on the fair value of its goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. A third-party valuation specialist was utilized in performing the interim impairment analysis. Management considered current and forecasted business levels and estimated future cash flows over several years, using the reporting unit’s weighted average cost of capital. Based on the analysis performed, management determined it was more likely than not that the goodwill and
were not impaired as of September 1, 2024.The annual impairment evaluation of the goodwill balance and the indefinite-lived intangible assets was performed qualitatively as of October 1, 2024, considering an assessment of performance of the reporting unit for the period subsequent to the interim analysis as well as macroeconomic factors, industry considerations, and the Company’s market capitalization. The Company determined that there was no impairment to the recorded balances as of the October 1, 2024, and no new indicators of impairment were identified as of December 31, 2024.
The evaluation of goodwill impairment requires management’s judgement and the use of estimates and assumptions to determine if indicators of impairment exist at an interim date. Assumptions require considerable judgement because changes in broad economic factors and industry factors can result in variable and volatile fair values. Changes in key estimates and assumptions that impact the fair value of the operations, including the impact of having excess capacity and a soft rate truckload environment, could materially affect future analyses and result in material impairments of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets.
Intangible assets as of December 31 consisted of the following:
As of December 31, 2024, the future amortization for intangible assets acquired through business acquisitions were as follows:
| Amortization of |
| ||
Intangible Assets |
| |||
(in thousands) | ||||
2025 | $ | 12,800 | ||
2026 |
| 8,693 | ||
2027 |
| 7,269 | ||
2028 |
| 7,269 | ||
2029 | 7,222 | |||
Thereafter | 13,062 | |||
Total amortization | $ | 56,315 |
82
NOTE F – INCOME TAXES
Significant components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2022 |
| ||||
(in thousands) |
| |||||||||
Current provision on continuing operations: |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Federal | $ | 18,195 | $ | 38,860 | $ | 79,477 | ||||
State |
| 3,793 |
| 10,949 |
| 19,713 | ||||
Foreign |
| 928 |
| 508 |
| 869 | ||||
| 22,916 |
| 50,317 |
| 100,059 | |||||
Deferred provision (benefit) on continuing operations: | ||||||||||
Federal |
| 17,532 |
| (4,882) |
| (5,591) | ||||
State |
| 5,058 |
| (682) |
| (793) | ||||
Foreign |
| (153) |
| (2) |
| (20) | ||||
| 22,437 |
| (5,566) |
| (6,404) | |||||
Total provision for income taxes on continuing operations | $ | 45,353 | $ | 44,751 | $ | 93,655 | ||||
Current provision on discontinued operations: |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Federal | $ | 169 | $ | 14,656 | $ | 901 | ||||
State |
| 36 |
| 3,599 |
| 236 | ||||
| 205 |
| 18,255 |
| 1,137 | |||||
Deferred provision on discontinued operations: | ||||||||||
Federal |
| — |
| — |
| 114 | ||||
State |
| — |
| — |
| 40 | ||||
| — |
| — |
| 154 | |||||
Total provision for income taxes on discontinued operations | $ | 205 | $ | 18,255 | $ | 1,291 | ||||
Total provision for income taxes | $ | 45,558 | $ | 63,006 | $ | 94,946 |
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities of continuing operations at December 31 were as follows:
1) | For 2023, certain reclassifications have been made to conform to the current year presentation, including combining immaterial amounts in “Other.” |
83
Reconciliation between the effective income tax rate, as computed on income from continuing operations before income taxes, and the statutory federal income tax rate for the years ended December 31 is presented in the following table:
(1) | Increase in tax benefit from vested RSUs for 2024, compared to 2023 and 2022, is primarily due to the vesting of RSUs granted in 2020 and 2021 at the end of a four-year and three-year period, respectively. RSUs granted subsequent to 2021 follow a graded vesting schedule, with RSUs vesting incrementally over a specified period of time, rather than fully vesting at the end of the vesting period. |
(2) | For 2023 and 2022, certain reclassifications have been made to conform to the current year presentation, including combining immaterial amounts in “Other” and breaking out non-deductible compensation under IRC Section 162(m), which was previously reported in “Non-deductible expenses.” |
The Company's total effective tax rate was 20.8%, 24.4% and 24.1% for 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, including discontinued operations which are further discussed in Note D. The effective tax rate from discontinued operations was 25.5%, 25.5% and 26.6% for 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. State tax rates vary among states and average approximately 6.0%, although some state rates are higher, and a small number of states do not impose an income tax.
Income taxes paid, excluding income tax refunds, totaled $71.1 million, $115.7 million, and $148.7 million in 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Income tax refunds totaled $33.1 million, $36.4 million, and $42.3 million in 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, the Company may experience volatility in its income tax provision as a result of recording all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies in the income statement upon settlement of awards, which occurs primarily during the second quarter of each year. The 2024, 2023, and 2022 tax rates reflect a tax benefit of 5.2%, 2.8%, and 2.1%, respectively.
At December 31, 2024, the Company had gross federal net operating loss carryforwards of $0.5 million, with a valuation allowance of less than $0.1 million that could not be used. At December 31, 2024, the Company had total gross state net operating losses of $101.4 million. Gross state net operating losses of $9.8 million are for subsidiaries that have had taxable losses for three or more prior tax years or have other nexus issues that reduce the likelihood of the utilization of the losses. These net operating loss carryforwards have been fully reserved with valuation allowances of $0.7 million and $0.8 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
As the Canadian tax rate is higher than the U.S. tax rate, it is unlikely that foreign tax credit carryforwards will be useable, as U.S. taxes will be paid at a lower rate than the tax rates in Canada. Thus, the foreign tax credit carryover is fully reserved, resulting in valuation allowances of $1.0 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Consolidated federal income tax returns filed for tax years through 2020 are closed by the applicable statute of limitations. The Company is currently under examination by one state and one foreign taxing authority at December 31, 2024. No federal examination is in process at December 31, 2024.
NOTE G – LEASES
The Company has operating lease arrangements for certain facilities and revenue equipment used in the Asset-Based and Asset-Light segment operations and certain other facilities and office equipment. Current operating leases have remaining
84
terms of 11.5 years or less, some of which include one or more options to renew, with renewal option terms up to ten years. There is one early termination option available on an operating lease as of December 31, 2024, provided notification is given 24 months prior to the end of the lease term, which is included in the right-of-use assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2024.
The components of operating lease expense for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
The operating cash flows from operating lease activity for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
The weighted-average remaining lease term for our outstanding operating lease obligations was 7.4 years as of both December 31, 2024 and 2023. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the weighted-average discount rate was 4.59% and 4.29%, respectively. Maturities of operating lease liabilities at December 31, 2024 were as follows:
Operating | ||||
Lease | ||||
| Liabilities |
| ||
| (in thousands) | |||
2025 | $ | 43,660 | ||
2026 |
| 40,800 | ||
2027 |
| 33,992 | ||
2028 |
| 30,325 | ||
2029 |
| 25,307 | ||
Thereafter |
| 93,557 | ||
Total lease payments | 267,641 | |||
Less imputed interest | (43,299) | |||
$ | 224,342 |
Lease Impairment Charges
In 2023, lease impairment charges totaling $30.2 million were recognized as a component of operating expenses for impairment of certain long-lived operating right-of-use assets that were made available for sublease and continued to be classified as held and used. The fair value measurements related to the impairment are further discussed in Note C.
85
NOTE H – LONG-TERM DEBT AND FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
Long-Term Debt Obligations
Long-term debt consisted of notes payable related to the financing of revenue equipment (tractors and trailers used primarily in Asset-Based segment operations) and certain other equipment at December 31, 2024 and 2023 and, at December 31, 2023, borrowings outstanding under the Company’s revolving credit facility, as follows:
(1) | The interest rate swap mitigated interest rate risk by effectively converting the $50.0 million of borrowings under the Credit Facility from variable-rate interest to fixed-rate interest with a per annum rate of 1.55% based on the margin of the Credit Facility at December 31, 2023 and during 2024 through the paydown of the $50.0 million outstanding balance under the Credit Facility on September 30, 2024. |
Scheduled payments of long-term debt obligations as of December 31, 2024 were as follows:
| Notes | |||
Payable | ||||
(in thousands) | ||||
2025 | $ | 71,471 | ||
2026 | 59,898 | |||
2027 | 43,637 | |||
2028 | 19,930 | |||
2029 | 10,587 | |||
Total payments | 205,523 | |||
Less amounts representing interest |
| 16,389 | ||
Long-term debt | $ | 189,134 |
Assets securing notes payable, primarily consisting of revenue equipment, which were included in property, plant and equipment, totaled $333.5 million and $339.1 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
The Company paid interest of $8.5 million, $8.7 million, and $7.1 million in 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively, net of capitalized interest which totaled $0.4 million for 2024 and $0.3 million for both 2023 and 2022.
Financing Arrangements
Credit Facility
The Company has a revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) under its Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), with an initial maximum credit amount of $250.0 million, including a swing line facility in an aggregate amount of up to $40.0 million and a letter of credit sub-facility providing for the issuance of letters of credit up to an aggregate amount of $20.0 million. The Company may request additional revolving commitments or incremental term loans thereunder up to an aggregate amount of up to $125.0 million, subject to the satisfaction of certain additional conditions as provided in the Credit Agreement. On September 30, 2024, the Company voluntarily paid down the $50.0 million outstanding on the Credit Facility and had no borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2024. Subsequent to December 31, 2024, the Company elected to borrow $25.0 million on the Credit Facility, at an interest rate of 5.5% (SOFR plus a spread), to support the Company's working capital needs and general corporate purposes.
Principal payments under the Credit Facility are due upon maturity of the facility on October 7, 2027; however, borrowings may be repaid, at the Company’s discretion, in whole or in part at any time, without penalty, subject to required notice periods and compliance with minimum prepayment amounts. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement can either be, at the Company’s election: (i) at an Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus a spread ranging from 0.125% to 1.00%, and SOFR adjustment of 0.10% per annum; or (ii) the Adjusted Term SOFR Screen Rate (as defined in the
86
Credit Agreement) plus a spread ranging from 1.125% to 2.00%. The applicable spread is dependent upon the Company’s Adjusted Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement). In addition, the Credit Facility requires the Company to pay a fee on unused commitments. The Credit Agreement contains conditions, representations and warranties, events of default, and indemnification provisions that are customary for financings of this type, including, but not limited to, a minimum interest coverage ratio, a maximum adjusted leverage ratio, and limitations on incurrence of debt, investments, liens on assets, certain sale and leaseback transactions, transactions with affiliates, mergers, consolidations, and sales of assets. The Company was in compliance with the covenants under the Credit Agreement at December 31, 2024.
Interest Rate Swap
The Company had an interest rate swap agreement with a $50.0 million notional amount, which terminated on October 1, 2024. As of December 31, 2023, the fair value of the interest rate swap of $1.7 million was recorded in other long-term assets (as further discussed in Note C). Through its term, the interest rate swap qualified for cash flow hedge accounting (as further discussed in Note B). The unrealized gain or loss on the interest rate swap instrument in effect at the balance sheet date was reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, in stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2023, and the change in the unrealized gain or loss on the interest rate swap was reported in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income during 2023 and 2024.
Accounts Receivable Securitization Program
During June 2024, the Company amended and restated its accounts receivable securitization program (“A/R Securitization”), extending the maturity date to July 1, 2025. The amendment also, among other things, added a conduit lender party with language to address potential loans funded through the issuance of notes; added provisions relating to erroneous payments; modified the calculation of certain ratios, as defined in the agreement; and modified limitations regarding the concentration of certain obligors of receivables pledged under the program. The program provides available cash proceeds of $50.0 million and has an accordion feature allowing the Company to request additional borrowings up to $100.0 million, subject to certain conditions. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had no borrowings outstanding under the A/R Securitization.
Under this program, certain subsidiaries of the Company continuously sell a designated pool of trade accounts receivables to a wholly owned subsidiary which, in turn, may borrow funds on a revolving basis. The A/R Securitization does not qualify for sale treatment. Accordingly, the accounts receivable and related debt obligation remain on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. This wholly owned consolidated subsidiary is a separate bankruptcy-remote entity, and its assets would be available only to satisfy the claims related to the lenders’ interest in the trade accounts receivables. Borrowings under the A/R Securitization bear interest based upon SOFR, or, to the extent funded by the conduit lender through the issuance of notes, at the commercial paper rate as defined in the agreement, plus a margin in each case, and an annual facility fee. The securitization agreement contains representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, and events of default that are customary for financings of this type, including a maximum adjusted leverage ratio covenant. The Company was in compliance with the covenants under the A/R Securitization at December 31, 2024.
The A/R Securitization includes a provision under which the Company may request and the letter of credit issuer may issue standby letters of credit, primarily in support of workers’ compensation and third-party casualty claims liabilities in various states in which the Company is self-insured. The outstanding standby letters of credit reduce the availability of borrowings under the program. As of December 31, 2024, standby letters of credit of $15.3 million have been issued under the program, which reduced the available borrowing capacity to $34.7 million.
Letter of Credit Agreements and Surety Bond Programs
As of both December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had letters of credit outstanding of $15.9 million and $17.4 million, respectively (including $15.3 million and $16.8 million, respectively issued under the A/R Securitization). The Company has programs in place with multiple surety companies for the issuance of surety bonds in support of its self-insurance program. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, surety bonds outstanding related to the self-insurance program totaled $63.2 million and $65.2 million, respectively.
Notes Payable
The Company has financed the purchase of certain revenue equipment through promissory note arrangements totaling $80.7 million and $33.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Subsequent to December 31, 2024, the Company has financed the purchase of $15.3 million of revenue equipment through promissory note arrangements.
87
NOTE I – ACCRUED EXPENSES
December 31 | |||||||
| 2024 |
| 2023 | ||||
(in thousands) | |||||||
Workers’ compensation, third-party casualty, and loss and damage claims reserves | $ | 217,161 | $ | 189,948 | |||
Accrued vacation pay |
| 63,437 |
| 63,183 | |||
Accrued compensation, including retirement benefits | 75,900 | 87,851 | |||||
Taxes other than income |
| 9,924 |
| 10,743 | |||
Other |
| 28,458 |
| 26,304 | |||
Total accrued expenses | $ | 394,880 | $ | 378,029 |
NOTE J – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Supplemental Benefit and Postretirement Health Benefit Plans
The Company has an unfunded supplemental benefit plan (the “SBP”) which was designed to supplement benefits under the Company’s legacy nonunion defined benefit pension plan (for which plan termination and liquidation was completed in 2019) for designated executive officers. The SBP was closed to new entrants, and a cap was placed on the maximum payment per participant in the SBP effective January 1, 2006. In place of the SBP, eligible officers of the Company appointed after 2005 participate in a long-term cash incentive plan (see Cash Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan section within this Note). Effective December 31, 2009, the accrual of benefits and the valuation inputs for calculating SBP benefits to be paid to participants, including final average salary and the interest rate, were frozen, with the exception of early retirement penalties that may apply in certain cases. The SBP has not incurred pension settlement expense since 2020.
The Company sponsors an insured postretirement health benefit plan that provides supplemental medical benefits and dental and vision benefits primarily to certain officers of the Company and certain subsidiaries. New entrants have not been added to the postretirement health benefit plan since January 1, 2017.
88
The following table discloses the changes in benefit obligations and plan assets of the Company’s nonunion defined benefit plans for years ended December 31, the measurement date of the plans:
(1) | The actuarial gain on the SBP for 2024, versus an actuarial loss for 2023, was related to a year-over-year increase in the discount rate used to remeasure the plan obligation at December 31, 2024, compared to a year-over-year decrease in the discount rate at December 31, 2023. The lower actuarial loss on the postretirement health benefit plan for 2024, compared to 2023, was related to the impact of higher plan cost assumptions being partially offset by a year-over-year increase in the discount rate used to remeasure the plan obligation at December 31, 2024, compared to the higher actuarial loss for 2023 driven by a year-over-year decrease in the discount rate at December 31, 2023. |
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31 consisted of the following:
The following is a summary of the components of net periodic benefit cost for the Company’s nonunion benefit plans for the years ended December 31:
(1) | The Company amortizes actuarial gains and losses over the average remaining active service period of the plan participants and does not use a corridor approach. |
89
Included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31 were the following pre-tax amounts that have not yet been recognized in net periodic benefit cost:
Supplemental | Postretirement |
| |||||||||||
Benefit Plan | Health Benefit Plan |
| |||||||||||
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| |||||
(in thousands) | |||||||||||||
Unrecognized net actuarial gain | $ | (12) | $ | (9) | $ | (5,647) | $ | (6,806) |
The discount rate is determined by matching projected cash distributions with appropriate high-quality corporate bond yields in a yield curve analysis. Weighted-average assumptions used to determine nonunion benefit obligations at December 31 were as follows:
Supplemental | Postretirement |
| |||||||
Benefit Plan | Health Benefit Plan |
| |||||||
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| |
Discount rate | 4.8 | % | 4.3 | % | 5.5 | % | 4.8 | % |
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the Company’s nonunion benefit plans for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
Supplemental | Postretirement |
| |||||||||||
Benefit Plan | Health Benefit Plan |
| |||||||||||
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2022 |
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2022 |
| |
Discount rate | 4.3 | % | 4.6 | % | 1.8 | % | 4.8 | % | 5.0 | % | 2.7 | % |
The assumed health care cost trend rates for the Company’s postretirement health benefit plan at December 31 were as follows:
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| |
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year(1) | 7.0 | % | 7.0 | % | |
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline | 4.5 | % | 4.5 | % | |
Year that the rate reaches the cost trend assumed rate |
| 2036 |
| 2035 |
|
(1) | At each December 31 measurement date, health care cost rates for the following year are based on known premiums for the fully insured postretirement health benefit plan. Therefore, the first year of assumed health care cost trend rates presented as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 are for 2026 and 2025, respectively. |
Estimated future benefit payments from the Company’s SBP and postretirement health benefit plans, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, as of December 31, 2024 are as follows:
| Supplemental |
| Postretirement |
| |||
Benefit | Health |
| |||||
Plan | Benefit Plan |
| |||||
(in thousands) |
| ||||||
2025 | $ | — | $ | 832 | |||
2026 | $ | — | $ | 832 | |||
2027 | $ | — | $ | 842 | |||
2028 | $ | 424 | $ | 853 | |||
2029 | $ | — | $ | 899 | |||
2030-2034 | $ | — | $ | 4,346 |
Voluntary Savings Plan
The Company maintains a Voluntary Savings Plan (“VSP”), a nonqualified deferred compensation program for the benefit of certain executives of the Company and certain subsidiaries. Eligible employees may defer receipt of a portion of their salary and incentive compensation into the VSP by making an election prior to the beginning of the year in which the salary compensation is payable and, for incentive compensation, by making an election at least six months prior to the end of the performance period to which the incentive relates. The Company credits participants’ accounts with applicable rates of return based on a portfolio selected by the participants from the investments available in the plan. The Company match related to the VSP was suspended beginning January 1, 2010. All deferrals, Company match, and investment earnings are
90
considered part of the general assets of the Company until paid. Accordingly, the consolidated balance sheets reflect the fair value of the aggregate participant balances, based on quoted prices of the mutual fund investments, as both an asset and a liability of the Company. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, VSP balances of $5.6 million and $4.6 million, respectively, were included in other long-term
with a corresponding amount recorded in other long-term .Defined Contribution Plans
The Company and its subsidiaries have defined contribution 401(k) plans that cover substantially all nonunion employees. The plans permit participants to defer a portion of their salary up to a maximum of 69% as determined under Section 401(k) of the IRC. For certain participating subsidiaries, the Company matches 50% of nonunion participant contributions up to the first 6% of annual compensation. The Company’s matching expense for the nonunion 401(k) plans totaled $9.2 million, $7.1 million, and $9.4 million for 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. The plans also allow for discretionary 401(k) Company contributions determined annually. The Company recognized expense of $11.5 million, $13.1 million, and $19.1 million in 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively, related to its discretionary contributions to the nonunion defined contribution 401(k) plans. Discretionary contribution expense was higher in 2022, primarily due to an increase in discretionary contribution rate based on the Company’s higher operating results for the year. Participants are fully vested in the Company’s contributions under the defined contribution 401(k) plans after three years of service.
Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan
The Company maintains a performance-based Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (“LTIP”) for certain officers of the Company or its subsidiaries. The LTIP incentive, which is earned over three years, is based, in part, upon a proportionate weighting of return on capital employed and shareholder returns compared to a peer group, as specifically defined in the plan document. As of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, $21.0 million, $26.3 million, $29.5 million, respectively, were accrued for future payments under the plans.
Other Plans
Other long-term assets include $51.7 million and $48.5 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, in the cash surrender value of life insurance policies. These policies are intended to provide funding for certain of the Company’s long-term nonunion benefit plans. A portion of the Company’s cash surrender value of variable life insurance policies have investments, through separate accounts, in equity and fixed income securities and, therefore, are subject to market volatility. The Company recognized a gain of $3.3 million and $4.6 million for 2024 and 2023, respectively, and a loss of $2.7 million for 2022, associated with changes in the cash surrender value and proceeds from life insurance policies, included below the operating income line in “Other, net” within “Other income (costs).”
Multiemployer Plans
ABF Freight System, Inc. and certain other subsidiaries reported in the Company’s Asset-Based operating segment (“ABF Freight”) contribute to multiemployer pension and health and welfare plans, which have been established pursuant to the Labor Management Relations Act of 1947 (the “Taft-Hartley Act”) to provide benefits for its contractual employees. ABF Freight’s contributions generally are based on the time worked by its contractual employees, in accordance with the 2023 ABF NMFA and other related supplemental agreements. ABF Freight recognizes as expense the contractually required contributions for each period and recognizes as a liability any contributions due and unpaid.
The multiemployer plans to which ABF Freight primarily contributes are jointly trusteed (half of the trustees of each plan are selected by the participating employers, the other half by the IBT) and cover collectively bargained employees of multiple unrelated employers. Due to the inherent nature of multiemployer plans, there are risks associated with participation in these plans that differ from single-employer plans. Assets received by the plans are not segregated by employer, and contributions made by one employer can be and are used to provide benefits to current and former employees of other employers. If a participating employer in a multiemployer pension plan no longer contributes to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers. If a participating employer in a multiemployer pension plan completely withdraws from the plan, it owes to the plan its proportionate share of the plan’s unfunded vested benefits, referred to as a withdrawal liability. A complete withdrawal generally occurs when the employer permanently ceases to have an obligation to contribute to the plan. Withdrawal liability is also owed in the event the employer withdraws from a plan in connection with a mass withdrawal, which generally occurs when all or substantially all employers withdraw from the plan pursuant to an agreement in a relatively short period of time. Were
91
ABF Freight to completely withdraw from certain multiemployer pension plans, whether in connection with a mass withdrawal or otherwise, under current law, ABF Freight would have material liabilities for its share of the unfunded vested liabilities of each such plan.
Pension Plans
The 25 multiemployer pension plans to which ABF Freight contributes vary greatly in size and in funded status. Contributions to these plans are based generally on the time worked by ABF Freight’s contractual employees, at rates specified in the 2023 ABF NMFA, which will remain in effect through June 30, 2028. The funding obligations to the pension plans are intended to satisfy the requirements imposed by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the “PPA”), which was permanently extended by the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 (the “Reform Act”) included in the Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act of 2015. Through the term of its current collective bargaining agreement, ABF Freight’s contribution obligations generally will be satisfied by making the specified contributions when due. However, the Company cannot determine with any certainty the contributions that will be required under future collective bargaining agreements for ABF Freight’s contractual employees.
The PPA requires that “endangered” (generally less than 80% funded and commonly called “yellow zone”) plans adopt “funding improvement plans” and that “critical” (generally less than 65% funded and commonly called “red zone”) plans adopt “rehabilitation plans” that are intended to improve the plan’s funded status over time. The Reform Act includes provisions to address the funding of multiemployer pension plans in “critical and declining” status, including certain of those in which ABF Freight participates. Critical and declining status is applicable to critical status plans that are projected to become insolvent anytime within the next 14 plan years, or if the plan is projected to become insolvent within the next 19 plan years and either the plan’s ratio of inactive participants to active participants exceeds two to one or the plan’s funded percentage is less than 80%. Provisions of the Reform Act include, among others, providing qualifying plans the ability to self-correct funding issues, subject to various requirements and restrictions, including applying to the U.S. Department of Treasury (the “Treasury Department”) for the reduction of certain accrued benefits.
The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (the “American Rescue Plan Act”) includes the Butch Lewis Emergency Pension Plan Relief Act of 2021 (the “Pension Relief Act”). The Pension Relief Act includes provisions to improve funding for multiemployer pension plans, including financial assistance provided through the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation (the “PBGC”) to qualifying underfunded plans to secure pension benefits for plan participants. Without the funding to be provided by the Pension Relief Act, many of the multiemployer pension funds to which ABF Freight contributes could become insolvent in the near future; however, ABF Freight would continue to be obligated to make contributions to those funds under the terms of the 2023 ABF NMFA.
In July 2021, the PBGC announced an interim final rule implementing a Special Financial Assistance Program (the “SFA Program”) to administer funds to severely underfunded eligible multiemployer pension plans under the Pension Relief Act. Certain multiemployer pension plans to which ABF Freight contributes, including the Central States, Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Plan (the “Central States Pension Plan”) and the New England Teamsters Pension Fund, have received funds under the SFA Program which could allow them to avoid insolvency and improve their funded status. Under the American Rescue Plan Act and in accordance with regulations of the PBGC, the plans receiving funding under the SFA Program are not permitted to reduce employer contributions to their funds. The Company will continue to evaluate the impact of the assistance provided by the SFA Program on ABF Freight’s multiemployer pension plan contributions. Through the term of the 2023 ABF NMFA, ABF Freight’s multiemployer pension contribution obligations generally will be satisfied by making the specified contributions when due. Future contribution rates will be determined through the negotiation process for contract periods following the term of the current collective bargaining agreement. While the Company cannot determine with any certainty the contributions that will be required under future collective bargaining agreements for ABF Freight’s contractual employees, management believes future contribution rates to multiemployer pension plans may be less likely to increase as a result of the provisions of the Pension Relief Act.
Based on the most recent funding information the Company has received, approximately 4% of ABF Freight’s multiemployer pension plan contributions for the year ended December 31, 2024 were made to plans that are in “critical and declining status;” approximately 54% were made to plans that are in “critical status,” including the Central States Pension Plan and New England Teamsters Pension Fund discussed below; and no contributions were made to plans that are in “endangered status,” each as defined by the PPA. ABF Freight’s participation in multiemployer pension plans is summarized in the table below. The multiemployer pension plans listed separately in the table represent plans that are individually significant to the Asset-Based segment based on the amount of plan contributions. The Central States Pension Plan and the New England Teamsters Pension Fund are the only funds individually listed in the table which received
92
financial assistance from the SFA Program. The severity of a plan’s underfunded status considered in the analysis of individually significant funds to be separately disclosed was after the financial assistance from the SFA Program.
Significant multiemployer pension funds and key participation information were as follows:
Table Heading Definitions
(a) | The “EIN/Pension Plan Number” column provides the Federal Employer Identification Number (“EIN”) and the three-digit plan number, if applicable. |
(b) | Unless otherwise noted, the most recent PPA zone status available in 2024 and 2023 is for the plan’s year-end status at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and prior to financial assistance from the Pension Relief Act. The zone status is based on information received from the plan and was certified by the plan’s actuary. Green zone funds are those that are in neither endangered, critical, or critical and declining status and generally have a funded percentage of at least 80%. |
(c) | The “FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented” column indicates if a funding improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”), if applicable, is pending or has been implemented. |
(d) | Amounts reflect contributions made in the respective year and differ from amounts expensed during the year. |
(e) | The surcharge column indicates if a surcharge was paid by ABF Freight to the plan. |
Table Footnotes
(1) | ABF Freight System, Inc. was listed by the plan as providing more than 5% of the total contributions to the plan for the plan years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. |
(2) | Information for this fund was obtained from the annual funding notice, other notices received from the plan, and the Form 5500 filed for the plan years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. |
(3) | Adopted a rehabilitation plan effective March 25, 2008 as updated. Utilized amortization extension granted by the IRS effective December 31, 2003. |
(4) | The Company was listed by the plan as providing more than 5% of the total contributions to the plan for the plan year ended January 31, 2024 and 2023. |
(5) | Information for this fund was obtained from the annual funding notice, other notices received from the plan, and the Form 5500 filed for the plan years ended January 31, 2024 and 2023. |
(6) | PPA zone status relates to plan years February 1, 2023 – January 31, 2024 and February 1, 2022 – January 31, 2023. |
(7) | Contributions include $1.6 million each year for 2024, 2023, and 2022, related to the multiemployer pension fund withdrawal liability. ABF Freight’s multiemployer pension plan obligation with the New England Teamsters and Trucking Industry Pension Fund was restructured under a transition agreement effective on August 1, 2018, which triggered a withdrawal liability settlement |
93
to satisfy ABF Freight’s existing potential withdrawal liability obligation to the fund. ABF Freight recognized a one-time charge of $37.9 million (pre-tax) to record the withdrawal liability in second quarter 2018; partially settled the withdrawal liability through the initial lump sum cash payment of $15.1 million made in third quarter 2018; and will settle the remainder with monthly payments over a remaining period of 17 years. |
(8) | Information for this fund was obtained from the annual funding notice, other notices received from the plan, and the Form 5500 filed for the plan years ended September 30, 2023 and 2022. |
(9) | PPA zone status relates to plan years October 1, 2023 – September 30, 2024 and October 1, 2022 – September 30, 2023. |
(10) | Adopted a rehabilitation plan effective January 1, 2009. The plan has been subsequently reviewed and restated effective January 1, 2023. On November 19, 2024, the rehabilitation plan was amended and restated, setting contribution and benefit structures that are intended to enable the fund to emerge from critical status, which took effect on January 1, 2025. |
(11) | Contribution levels can be impacted by several factors such as changes in business levels and the related time worked by contractual employees, contractual rate increases for pension benefits, and the specific funding structure, which differs among funds. The current and prior collective bargaining agreements and the related supplemental agreements provided for contributions to multiemployer pension plans to be frozen at the current rates for each fund, although certain funds have imposed contribution increases under their rehabilitation or funding improvement plans. The year-over-year changes in multiemployer pension plan contributions presented above were influenced by changes in Asset-Based shipment levels. |
For 2024, 2023, and 2022, approximately one-half of ABF Freight’s multiemployer pension contributions were made to the Central States Pension Plan. The funded percentages of the Central States Pension Plan, as set forth in information provided by the Central States Pension Plan, were 98.5%, and 14.5% as of January 1, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Despite the funded percentage exceeding 80% as of January 1, 2023, the plan is deemed to be in critical status through 2051 due to the receipt of funding from the SFA Program in January 2023. The plan announced that the SFA Program funding will allow the Central States Pension Plan to avoid insolvency in 2025 and to reach full funding over time.
As of September 30, 2024 and 2023, the funded percentages of the New England Teamsters Pension Fund were less than 65%. In early 2023, the fund applied for the SFA program, which the PBGC approved during 2024; however, the plan is deemed to be in critical status through 2051 due to the receipt of funding from the SFA Program in August 2024. The fund announced that the SFA Program substantially improved the financial health and long-term viability of the fund.
The funding notices for the 2022 plan year for the Western Pennsylvania Teamsters and Employers Pension Fund, the New York State Teamsters Conference Pension and Retirement Fund, and the Trucking Employees of North Jersey Welfare Fund, Inc. – Pension Fund reflected the reinstatement of benefits previously suspended due to the significantly improved status of each fund due to the funding provided by the SFA Program; however, these funds will be deemed to be in critical status through the end of 2051. The Company also previously received notice that the PBGC will provide financial assistance (by paying retiree benefits not to exceed the PBGC guarantee limits) to the Road Carriers Local 707 Pension Fund, which was declared insolvent; however, this fund received SFA Program funding during 2022. Approximately 1% to 2% of ABF Freight’s total multiemployer pension contributions for the year ended December 31, 2024 were made to each of these funds.
ABF Freight has not received any other notification of plan reorganization or plan insolvency with respect to any multiemployer pension plan to which it contributes.
Health and Welfare Plans
ABF Freight contributes to 38 multiemployer health and welfare plans which provide health care benefits for active employees and retirees covered under labor agreements. Contributions to multiemployer health and welfare plans totaled $218.5 million, $215.6 million, and $194.4 million, for the year ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. The benefit contribution rate for health and welfare benefits increased by an average of approximately 3.7% and 5.4% on August 1, 2024 and 2023, respectively, under ABF Freight’s current collective bargaining agreement with IBT ratified in 2023 and 4.3% on August 1, 2022 under ABF Freight’s prior collective bargaining agreement with the IBT ratified in 2018.
Higher benefit contribution rates following the 2023 ABF NMFA ratification resulted in an increase in contributions to health and welfare plans in 2024 and 2023, compared to their respective prior years. 2023 was also impacted by more hours worked to maintain capacity in the first half of 2023 and to service higher business levels in the second half of 2023. Other than changes to benefit contribution rates and variances in rates and time worked, there have been no other significant items that affect the comparability of the Company’s 2024, 2023, and 2022 multiemployer health and welfare plan contributions.
94
NOTE K – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
Components of accumulated other comprehensive income were as follows at December 31:
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2022 |
| ||||
(in thousands) |
| |||||||||
Pre-tax amounts: | ||||||||||
Unrecognized net periodic benefit credit | $ | 5,660 | $ | 6,816 | $ | 9,287 | ||||
Interest rate swap | — | 1,710 | 3,526 | |||||||
Foreign currency translation |
| (5,323) |
| (2,709) |
| (3,247) | ||||
Total | $ | 337 | $ | 5,817 | $ | 9,566 | ||||
After-tax amounts: | ||||||||||
Unrecognized net periodic benefit credit | $ | 4,203 | $ | 5,061 | $ | 6,896 | ||||
Interest rate swap | — | 1,263 | 2,604 | |||||||
Foreign currency translation |
| (3,931) |
| (2,000) |
| (2,397) | ||||
Total | $ | 272 | $ | 4,324 | $ | 7,103 |
The following is a summary of the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, by component:
The following is a summary of the significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component for the years ended December 31:
Unrecognized Net Periodic | |||||||
Benefit Credit |
| ||||||
Year Ended December 31 | |||||||
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| |||
(in thousands) |
| ||||||
Amortization of net actuarial gain, pre-tax(1) | $ | 999 | $ | 1,330 | |||
Tax expense | (257) |
| (342) | ||||
Total, net of tax | $ | 742 | $ | 988 |
(1) | Included in the computation of net periodic benefit credit of the Company’s supplemental benefit plan (“SBP”) and postretirement health benefit plan (see Note J). |
95
Dividends on Common Stock
The following table is a summary of dividends declared during the applicable quarter:
2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||
| Per Share |
| Amount |
| Per Share |
| Amount |
| |||||
(in thousands, except per share data) | |||||||||||||
First quarter | $ | 0.12 | $ | 2,828 | $ | 0.12 | $ | 2,915 | |||||
Second quarter | $ | 0.12 | $ | 2,819 | $ | 0.12 | $ | 2,894 | |||||
Third quarter | $ | 0.12 | $ | 2,838 | $ | 0.12 | $ | 2,887 | |||||
Fourth quarter | $ | 0.12 | $ | 2,810 | $ | 0.12 | $ | 2,846 |
On January 28, 2025, the Company announced its Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.12 per share to stockholders of record as of February 11, 2025.
Treasury Stock
The Company has a program to repurchase its common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions (the “share repurchase program”). The share repurchase program has no expiration date but may be terminated at any time at the Board of Directors’ discretion. Repurchases may be made using the Company’s cash reserves or other available sources.
As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $33.5 million available for repurchases of its common stock under the share repurchase program. In February 2024, the Board of Directors reauthorized the share repurchase program and increased the total amount available for purchases of the Company’s common stock under the program to $125.0 million.
During 2024, the Company purchased 654,707 shares for an aggregate cost of $75.2 million, including 331,887 shares for an aggregate cost of $37.7 million under Rule 10b5-1 plans, which allowed for stock repurchases during closed trading windows. The Company had $56.6 million remaining under its share repurchase program as of December 31, 2024. Treasury shares totaled 7,114,844 and 6,460,137 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Subsequent to December 31, 2024, the Company settled repurchases of 136,936 shares for an aggregate cost of $12.9 million.
NOTE L – SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
Stock Awards
The Company had outstanding RSUs granted under the ArcBest Corporation Ownership Incentive Plan (the “Ownership Incentive Plan”) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. The Ownership Incentive Plan provides for the granting of 4.9 million shares, which may be awarded as incentive and nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs, or performance award units.
Restricted Stock Units
A summary of the Company’s RSU award program is presented below:
Weighted-Average | ||||||
| Grant Date | |||||
Units | Fair Value |
| ||||
Outstanding – January 1, 2024 | 725,433 | $ | 48.94 | |||
Granted | 101,238 | $ | 115.85 | |||
Vested | (571,050) | $ | 41.61 | |||
Forfeited(1) | (13,159) | $ | 92.70 | |||
Outstanding – December 31, 2024 | 242,462 | $ | 91.75 |
(1) | Forfeitures are recognized as they occur. |
96
The Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors granted RSUs during the years ended December 31 as follows:
k
Weighted-Average |
| |||||
Grant Date |
| |||||
| Units |
| Fair Value |
| ||
2024 |
| 101,238 | $ | 115.85 | ||
2023 |
| 149,350 | $ | 86.53 | ||
2022 |
| 164,739 | $ | 78.57 |
The fair value of restricted stock awards that vested in 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $67.5 million, $34.2 million, and $48.1 million, respectively. Unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards outstanding as of December 31, 2024 was $13.0 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.6 years.
NOTE M – EARNINGS PER SHARE
The following table reflects the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31:
| 2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2022 |
| ||||
(in thousands, except share and per share data) |
| |||||||||
Basic | ||||||||||
Numerator: | ||||||||||
Net income from continuing operations | $ | 173,361 | $ | 142,164 | $ | 294,648 | ||||
Net income from discontinued operations |
| 600 |
| 53,269 |
| 3,561 | ||||
Net income | $ | 173,961 | $ | 195,433 | $ | 298,209 | ||||
Denominator: | ||||||||||
Weighted-average shares |
| 23,553,410 |
| 24,018,801 |
| 24,585,205 | ||||
Basic earnings per common share | ||||||||||
Continuing operations | $ | 7.36 | $ | 5.92 | $ | 11.98 | ||||
Discontinued operations | 0.03 | 2.22 | 0.14 | |||||||
Total basic earnings per common share(1) | $ | 7.39 | $ | 8.14 | $ | 12.13 | ||||
Diluted | ||||||||||
Numerator: | ||||||||||
Net income from continuing operations | $ | 173,361 | $ | 142,164 | $ | 294,648 | ||||
Net income from discontinued operations |
| 600 |
| 53,269 |
| 3,561 | ||||
Net income | $ | 173,961 | $ | 195,433 | $ | 298,209 | ||||
Denominator: | ||||||||||
Weighted-average shares | 23,553,410 |
| 24,018,801 |
| 24,585,205 | |||||
Effect of dilutive securities |
| 266,765 |
| 615,816 |
| 919,303 | ||||
Adjusted weighted-average shares and assumed conversions |
| 23,820,175 |
| 24,634,617 |
| 25,504,508 | ||||
Diluted earnings per common share | ||||||||||
Continuing operations | $ | 7.28 | $ | 5.77 | $ | 11.55 | ||||
Discontinued operations | 0.03 | 2.16 | 0.14 | |||||||
Total diluted earnings per common share(1) | $ | 7.30 | $ | 7.93 | $ | 11.69 |
(1) | Earnings per common share is calculated in total and may not equal the sum of earnings per common share from continuing operations and discontinued operations due to rounding. |
97
NOTE N – OPERATING SEGMENT DATA
The Company uses the “management approach” to determine its reportable operating segments, as well as to determine the basis of reporting the operating segment information. Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the CODM in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board is the CODM who makes decisions about resources to be acquired, allocated and utilized in each operating segment. The CODM uses revenues, operating expense categories, operating ratios, operating income (loss), and key operating statistics to evaluate performance and allocate resources to the Company’s operations.
On February 28, 2023, the Company sold FleetNet, a wholly owned subsidiary and reportable operating segment of the Company. Following the sale, FleetNet is reported as discontinued operations. As such, historical results of FleetNet have been excluded from both continuing operations and segment results for all periods presented.
The Company’s reportable operating segments are as follows:
● | The Asset-Based segment includes the results of operations of ABF Freight System, Inc. and certain other subsidiaries. The segment operations include national, inter-regional, and regional transportation of general commodities through standard, expedited, and guaranteed LTL services. The Asset-Based segment provides services to the Asset-Light segment, including freight transportation related to managed transportation solutions and other services. |
● | The Asset-Light segment includes the results of operations of the Company’s service offerings in truckload, ground expedite, intermodal, household goods moving, managed transportation, warehousing and distribution, and international freight transportation for air, ocean, and ground. The Asset-Light segment provides services to the Asset-Based segment. |
The Company’s other business activities and operations that are not reportable segments include ArcBest Corporation (the parent holding company) and certain subsidiaries. Certain costs incurred by the parent holding company and the Company’s shared services subsidiary are allocated to the reporting segments. The Company eliminates intercompany transactions in consolidation. However, the information used by the CODM with respect to its reportable operating segments is before intersegment eliminations of revenues and expenses.
Shared services represent costs incurred to support all segments, including sales, pricing, customer service, marketing, capacity sourcing functions, human resources, financial services, information technology, and other company-wide services. Certain overhead costs are not attributable to any segment and remain unallocated in “Other and eliminations.” Included in unallocated costs are expenses related to investor relations, legal, the Company’s Board of Directors, and certain technology investments. Shared services costs attributable to the reportable operating segments are predominantly allocated based upon estimated and planned resource utilization‑related metrics such as estimated shipment levels or number of personnel supported. The bases for such charges are modified and adjusted by management when necessary or appropriate to reflect fairly and equitably the actual incidence of cost incurred by the reportable operating segments. Management believes the methods used to allocate expenses are reasonable.
Further classifications of operations or revenues by geographic location are impracticable and, therefore, are not provided. The Company’s foreign operations are not significant.
98
The following tables reflect reportable operating segment information from continuing operations for the years ended December 31:
(1) | For 2023, includes a $0.7 million noncash lease-related impairment charge for an Asset-Based service center. For 2022, includes a $4.3 million noncash gain on a like-kind property exchange of a service center, with the remaining gains related primarily to sales of replaced equipment. |
(2) | Represents costs associated with the freight handling pilot test program at ABF Freight, for which the decision was made to pause the pilot during third quarter 2023. |
(3) | For 2023, certain expenses have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation, including amounts previously reported in “Shared services” that were reclassified to present “Salaries, wages, and benefits” expenses in a separate line item. Adjustments made are not material. |
(4) | Includes amortization of intangibles associated with acquired businesses. |
(5) | Represents the change in fair value of the contingent earnout consideration recorded for the MoLo acquisition (see Note C). |
(6) | For 2024, represents noncash asset impairment charges for certain revenue equipment and software recognized during fourth quarter 2024 as part of a strategic decision to adjust capacity within Asset-Light’s operations. For 2023, represents noncash lease-related impairment charges for certain office spaces that were made available for sublease. |
(7) | Represents settlement expenses related to the classification of certain Asset-Light employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act, which were paid during first quarter 2025. |
(8) | Represents the contingent amount recognized in second quarter 2022 when the funds from the gain on the sale of the labor services portion of the Asset-Light segment’s moving business were released from escrow. |
99
(1) | Includes the change in fair value of the contingent earnout consideration related to the MoLo acquisition (see Note C). |
(2) | For 2023, “Other and eliminations” includes $15.1 million of noncash lease-related impairment charges for a freight handling pilot facility. |
(3) | Includes the components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) other than service cost related to the Company’s SBP and postretirement plans (see Note J) and proceeds and changes in cash surrender value of life insurance policies. For 2024, includes a $28.7 million noncash impairment charge to write off the Company’s equity investment in Phantom Auto, as previously discussed. For 2023, includes a $3.7 million fair value increase related to the Company’s equity investment in Phantom Auto, based on an observable price change during second quarter 2023 (see Note C). |
The following table reflects information about revenues from customers and intersegment revenues for the years ended December 31:
100
The following table provides capital expenditure and depreciation and amortization information by reportable operating segment from continuing operations for the years ended December 31:
2024 |
| 2023 |
| 2022 | ||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE(2) | ||||||||||
Asset-Based | $ | 110,021 | $ | 104,165 | $ | 97,322 | ||||
Asset-Light(4) | 20,062 | 20,370 | 20,730 | |||||||
Other and eliminations(2) |
| 19,004 |
| 20,814 |
| 20,107 | ||||
$ | 149,087 | $ | 145,349 | $ | 138,159 |
(1) | Includes assets acquired through notes payable of $80.7 million, $33.5 million, and $79.0 million in 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. |
(2) | Other and eliminations includes certain assets held for the benefit of multiple segments, including information systems equipment. For 2022, also includes the purchase of a property for $37.5 million. Depreciation and amortization associated with these assets is allocated to the reporting segments. Depreciation and amortization expense includes amortization of internally developed capitalized software which has not been included in gross capital expenditures presented in the table. |
(3) | Includes assets acquired through notes payable of $3.4 million in 2022. |
(4) | Includes amortization of intangibles of $12.8 million, $12.8 million, and $12.9 million in 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. |
A table of assets by reportable operating segment has not been presented as segment assets are not included in reports regularly provided to the CODM nor does the CODM consider segment assets for assessing segment operating performance or allocating resources.
The Company incurred research and development costs of $34.1 million, $52.4 million, and $40.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively, related to innovative technology initiatives.
The following table presents operating expenses by category on a consolidated basis for the years ended December 31:
(1) | Includes amortization of intangibles assets. |
(2) | Represents the change in fair value of the contingent earnout consideration related to the MoLo acquisition (see Notes C). |
(3) | For 2024, represents noncash asset impairment charges for certain revenue equipment and software recognized during fourth quarter 2024 as part of a strategic decision to adjust capacity within Asset-Light’s operations. For 2023, represents noncash lease-related impairment charges for a freight handling pilot facility, a service center, and office spaces that were made available for sublease. |
(4) | For 2023, includes $9.5 million settlement expenses related to the classification of certain Asset-Light employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act, which were paid during first quarter 2025. For 2022, includes a $12.5 million gain related to the sale of property and equipment within the Asset-Based segment and the sale of replaced equipment and a like-kind exchange of a service center property in the prior year. Includes innovative technology costs of $34.1 million, $52.4 million, and $40.8 million, for 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively, associated with costs related to the Company’s customer pilot offering of VauxTM and initiatives to |
101
optimize performance through technological innovation. For 2023 and 2022, innovative technology costs were also incurred associated with the freight handling pilot program at ABF Freight, for which the decision was made to pause the pilot during third quarter 2023. |
NOTE O – LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND OTHER EVENTS
The Company is involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company maintains liability insurance against certain risks arising out of the normal course of its business, subject to certain self-insured retention limits. The Company routinely establishes and reviews the adequacy of reserves for estimated legal, environmental, and self-insurance exposures. While management believes that amounts accrued in the consolidated financial statements are adequate, estimates of these liabilities may change as circumstances develop. Considering amounts recorded, routine legal matters are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
Legal Proceedings
In January 2023, the Company and MoLo were named as defendants in lawsuits related to an auto accident which involved a MoLo contract carrier. The accident occurred prior to the Company’s acquisition of MoLo on November 1, 2021. During the second quarter 2024, the Company was released from this lawsuit, leaving MoLo as a named defendant. During the fourth quarter of 2024, a settlement and release agreement was executed by MoLo and three respective insurers with insurance policies responsible for settling the claim.
Other Events
The Company has received two Notices of Assessment from a state regarding ongoing sales and use tax audits alleging uncollected sales and use tax, including interest and penalties, for the periods December 1, 2018 to March 31, 2021 and September 1, 2016 to November 30, 2018. The Company does not agree with the basis of these assessments and filed appeals for the assessments in October 2023 and May 2021 on the same legal basis. The Company has estimated the range of loss to be from $0.2 million to $14.2 million. The Company has previously accrued $0.2 million related to these assessments consistent with applicable accounting guidance, but if the state prevails in its position, the Company may owe additional tax. Management does not believe the resolution of this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
During fourth quarter 2024, the Company settled a claim for $9.8 million related to the classification of certain Asset-Light employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act. The claim, which was
in January 2025, had been tentatively settled for approximately $9.5 million in 2023 with an additional $0.3 million recognized in 2024 upon final settlement. The reserve for this claim was maintained within accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.102
ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
An evaluation was performed by the Company’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2024. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that the Company files under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Based on such evaluation, the Company’s Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2024 at the reasonable assurance level.
There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2024 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting and the report of the independent registered public accounting firm appear on the following pages.
103
MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT OF INTERNAL CONTROL
OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
(i) | pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; | |
(ii) | provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the Board of Directors of the Company; and | |
(iii) | provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. |
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management conducted its evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). This evaluation included review of the documentation of controls, evaluation of the design effectiveness of controls, testing of the operating effectiveness of controls and a conclusion on this evaluation. Although there are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting, based on our evaluation, we have concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2024.
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm Ernst & Young LLP, who has also audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements, has issued a report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on the following page.
104
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of ArcBest Corporation
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited ArcBest Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, ArcBest Corporation (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in Part IV, Index at Item 15(a)(2) and our report dated March 3, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Rogers, Arkansas
March 3, 2025
105
ITEM 9B.OTHER INFORMATION
(a) | None. |
(b) | During the three months ended December 31, 2024, none of the Company’s directors or officers (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act) adopted or terminated any “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement (as such terms are defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K). |
ITEM 9C.DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
PART III
ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this item is contained in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2024, pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act in connection with the Company’s Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be held April 25, 2025, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this item is contained in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2024, pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act in connection with the Company’s Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be held April 25, 2025, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this item is contained in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2024, pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act in connection with the Company’s Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be held April 25, 2025, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item is contained in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2024, pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act in connection with the Company’s Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be held April 25, 2025, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item is contained in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2024, pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act in connection with the Company’s Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be held April 25, 2025, and is incorporated herein by reference.
106
PART IV
ITEM 15.EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(1)Financial Statements
A list of the financial statements filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference.
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
ARCBEST CORPORATION
| ||||||||||||||||
Balances at | Additions | Balances at | ||||||||||||||
Beginning of | Charged to Costs | Charged to | End of | |||||||||||||
Description |
| Period |
| and Expenses |
| Other Accounts |
| Deductions |
| Period |
| |||||
(in thousands) |
| |||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
Deducted from asset accounts: | ||||||||||||||||
Allowance for credit losses and revenue adjustments | $ | 10,346 | $ | 4,834 | $ | 1,693 | (b) | $ | 8,616 | (c) | $ | 8,257 | ||||
Allowance for other accounts receivable | $ | 731 | $ | (83) | (d) | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 648 | |||||
Allowance for deferred tax assets | $ | 1,751 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 20 | (e) | $ | 1,731 | |||||
Year Ended December 31, 2023(a) | ||||||||||||||||
Deducted from asset accounts: | ||||||||||||||||
Allowance for credit losses and revenue adjustments | $ | 13,892 | $ | 3,633 | $ | 3,512 | (b) | $ | 10,691 | (c) | $ | 10,346 | ||||
Allowance for other accounts receivable | $ | 713 | $ | 18 | (d) | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 731 | |||||
Allowance for deferred tax assets | $ | 1,707 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | (44) | (e) | $ | 1,751 | |||||
Year Ended December 31, 2022(a) | ||||||||||||||||
Deducted from asset accounts: | ||||||||||||||||
Allowance for credit losses and revenue adjustments | $ | 13,016 | $ | 6,852 | $ | 2,761 | (b) | $ | 8,737 | (c) | $ | 13,892 | ||||
Allowance for other accounts receivable | $ | 690 | $ | 23 | (d) | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 713 | |||||
Allowance for deferred tax assets | $ | 2,196 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 489 | (e) | $ | 1,707 |
(a) | Excludes the impact of FleetNet, which was sold on February 28, 2023 (see Note D to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). |
(b) | Change in allowance due to recoveries of amounts previously written off and revenue adjustments. |
(c) | Includes uncollectible accounts written off and revenue adjustments. |
(d) | Charged to workers’ compensation expense. |
(e) | Change in allowance due to changes in expectations of realization of certain federal and state net operating losses and federal and state deferred tax assets. |
107
10.9# | ||
10.10# | ||
10.11# | ||
10.12# | ||
10.13# | ||
10.14# | ||
10.15# | ||
10.16# | ||
10.17# | ||
10.18# | ||
10.19# | ||
10.20# | ||
10.21# | ||
10.22# | ||
10.23# | ||
10.24# | ||
10.25# | ||
10.26# |
109
10.42 | ||
10.43 | ||
10.44 | ||
19* | ||
21* | ||
23* | Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. | |
31.1* | ||
31.2* | ||
32** | Certifications Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. | |
97# | ||
101.INS* | XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data Files because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. | |
101.SCH* | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document | |
101.CAL* | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document | |
101.DEF* | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document | |
101.LAB* | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document | |
101.PRE* | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document | |
104* | The Cover Page Interactive Data File – the cover page XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. |
# | Designates a compensation plan or arrangement for directors or executive officers. |
* | Filed herewith. |
** | Furnished herewith. |
(b) Exhibits
See Item 15(a)(3) above.
ITEM 16.FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
111
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
ARCBEST CORPORATION | |||
Date: | March 3, 2025 | By: | /s/ Judy R. McReynolds |
Judy R. McReynolds | |||
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer | |||
(Principal Executive Officer) |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature | Title | Date | ||
/s/ Judy R. McReynolds | Chairman and Chief Executive Officer | March 3, 2025 | ||
Judy R. McReynolds | (Principal Executive Officer) | |||
/s/ J. Matthew Beasley | Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) | March 3, 2025 | ||
J. Matthew Beasley | ||||
/s/ Jason T. Parks | Vice President – Controller and Chief Accounting | March 3, 2025 | ||
Jason T. Parks | Officer (Principal Accounting Officer) | |||
/s/ Salvatore A. Abbate | Director | March 3, 2025 | ||
Salvatore A. Abbate | ||||
/s/ Eduardo F. Conrado | Director | March 3, 2025 | ||
Eduardo F. Conrado | ||||
/s/ Fredrik J. Eliasson | Director | March 3, 2025 | ||
Fredrik J. Eliasson | ||||
/s/ Michael P. Hogan | Director | March 3, 2025 | ||
Michael P. Hogan | ||||
/s/ Kathleen D. McElligott | Director | March 3, 2025 | ||
Kathleen D. McElligott | ||||
/s/ Craig E. Philip | Director | March 3, 2025 | ||
Craig E. Philip | ||||
/s/ Steven L. Spinner | Director | March 3, 2025 | ||
Steven L. Spinner | ||||
/s/ Janice E. Stipp | Director | March 3, 2025 | ||
Janice E. Stipp |
112
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK
General
ArcBest Corporation (“ArcBest,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) is incorporated in the state of Delaware. The rights of ArcBest’s stockholders are generally covered by Delaware law and our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“Certificate of Incorporation”) and Eighth Amended and Restated Bylaws (“Bylaws”) (each as amended and restated in effect as of the date hereof). The terms of our common stock are therefore subject to Delaware law, including the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), and the common and constitutional law of Delaware.
This exhibit describes the general terms of our common stock. This is a summary and does not purport to be complete. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws as they exist on the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are incorporated by reference or filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this exhibit is a part, and amendments or restatements of each will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in future periodic or current reports in accordance with the rules of the SEC. You are encouraged to read those documents.
For more detailed information about the rights of our common stock, you should refer to our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and the applicable provisions of Delaware law, including the DGCL.
Authorized Capital Stock
Our authorized capital stock is 80,000,000 shares. Those shares consist of: (1) 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, none of which are outstanding; and (2) 70,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share.
Common Stock
Dividends
Subject to the rights of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock that we may issue, the holders of our common stock may receive such dividends as our board of directors (“Board”) may declare in its discretion out of legally available funds.
Fully Paid
All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. Any additional shares of common stock that we issue will also be fully paid and non-assessable.
Voting Rights
Subject to any special voting rights of any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future, the holders of our common stock may vote one vote for each share held in the election of directors and on all other matters voted upon by our stockholders. Under our Bylaws, unless otherwise required by our Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws or Delaware law, action by our stockholders is taken by the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote.
1
Other Rights
We will notify common stockholders of any stockholders’ meetings according to applicable law. If we liquidate, dissolve or wind-up our business, either voluntarily or not, holders of our common stock will share equally in our net assets upon liquidation after payment or provision for all liabilities and any preferential liquidation rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. The holders of common stock have no preemptive rights to purchase shares of our common stock. Shares of common stock are not subject to any redemption or sinking fund provisions and are not convertible into any of our other securities.
Preferred Stock
Our Board can, without approval of our stockholders, issue one or more series of preferred stock. Subject to the provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and limitations prescribed by law, our Board may adopt resolutions to issue the shares of preferred stock, to fix the number of shares, and to change the number of shares constituting any series and establish the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights (including whether dividends are cumulative), dividend rates, terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption prices, conversion rights and liquidation preferences of the shares constituting any series of preferred stock, in each case without any further action or vote by our stockholders. Under certain circumstances, preferred stock could restrict dividend payments to holders of our common stock. No shares of our preferred stock are currently outstanding. The preferred stock will, when issued, be fully paid and non-assessable.
Undesignated or “blank check” preferred stock may enable our Board to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger or otherwise, and to thereby protect the continuity of our management. The issuance of shares of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights of the holders of our common stock or any existing preferred stock. For example, any preferred stock issued may rank prior to our common stock or any existing preferred stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preference or both, may have full or limited voting rights and may be convertible into shares of common stock or any existing preferred stock. As a result, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may discourage bids for our common stock or may otherwise adversely affect the market price of our common stock or any existing preferred stock.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Certain provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws may encourage persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with the Board rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts.
Blank Check Preferred Stock
As discussed herein, our Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of blank check preferred stock from time to time in one or more series. The Board can set the powers, voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, of each series of preferred stock and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions, if any, of such preferences and/or rights relating to such preferred stock and could issue such stock in either private or public transactions. In some circumstances, the blank check preferred stock could be issued and have the effect of preventing a merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt that the Board opposes.
2
Business Combinations Under the DGCL
We are a Delaware corporation and are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Section 203 prevents a person who, together with any affiliates or associates of such person, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock (an “interested stockholder”) from engaging in certain business combinations with us for three years following the date that the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder. These restrictions do not apply if:
● | before the person became an interested stockholder, our Board approved either the business combination or the transaction in which the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder; |
● | upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the interested stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of our outstanding voting stock at the time the transaction commenced, excluding stock held by directors who are also officers of the corporation and stock held by certain employee stock plans; or |
● | at or subsequent to such time the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by our Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder. |
In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include (1) any merger or consolidation involving the corporation or any majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation and an interested stockholder; (2) any sale, lease, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving an interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation; (3) subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation or any majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation of any stock of the corporation or such subsidiary to an interested stockholder; (4) any transaction involving the corporation or any majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation or any such subsidiary beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or (5) the receipt by an interested stockholder of any loans, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation or any majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation.
Choice of Forum
Our Bylaws provide that unless ArcBest consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of ArcBest, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer or other employee of ArcBest to ArcBest or ArcBest’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against ArcBest or any director or officer or other employee of ArcBest arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against ArcBest or any director or officer or other employee of ArcBest governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, a state court located within the State of Delaware or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware.
3
Special Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions
Election of Directors; Resignation Policy
Our Bylaws provide that each director in an uncontested election shall be elected by a vote of the majority of the votes cast with respect to that director’s election at the meeting at which a quorum is present. In a contested election, the directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at the meeting at which a quorum is present. Holders of common stock may not cumulate their votes in the elections of directors.
Any nominee who is an incumbent director and receives a greater number of “against” votes than “for” votes in an uncontested election shall tender to the Board his or her resignation as a director promptly following the certification of the election results. The Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee will consider any resignation tendered under this policy and recommend to the Board whether to accept or reject it, and the Board will act on such resignation within 90 days following the certification of the election results. The director who failed to be elected as such by a majority of votes cast shall not vote with respect to the recommendation of the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee or the decision of the Board with respect to whether or not to accept his or her resignation.
Advance Notice Requirements
Our Bylaws contain provisions requiring that advance notice be delivered to the secretary of ArcBest of any business to be brought by a stockholder before an annual or special meeting of stockholders, including the nomination and election of directors. Generally, such advance notice provisions provide that the stockholder must give written notice to the secretary of ArcBest not earlier than 120 days and not later than 90 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year in the case of an annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the first day on which the date of the special meeting is publicly announced in the case of a special meeting. The notice must set forth specific information regarding such stockholder and such business or director nominee, as described in our Bylaws. Such requirement is in addition to those set forth in the regulations adopted by the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Proxy Access Nominations
Our Bylaws also grant stockholders a “proxy access” right, which permits a stockholder (or a group of up to 20 stockholders) owning 3% or more of our outstanding common stock continuously for at least three years to nominate and include in our proxy materials director nominees, subject to the eligibility, procedural and disclosure requirements set forth in the Bylaws. The maximum number of director nominees nominated by all eligible stockholders that will be included in the Company’s proxy materials is the greater of two or 25% of the Board.
Board Composition and Filling Vacancies
Our Bylaws provide that the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board. Each director shall hold office for the term for which that individual is elected and thereafter until that individual’s successor is elected or until such individual’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. In the event of a vacancy of the Board, the remaining directors exclusively, by vote of a majority thereof, have the right to fill the vacancy.
Actions by Stockholders
4
No Written Consent of Stockholders. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders must be taken at an annual or special meeting of such stockholders and may not be taken by any consent in writing of such stockholders.
Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the Board, or our President, or, if applicable, the Chief Executive Officer.
Amendment. Our Bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of the Board or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereon. Our Certificate of Incorporation may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting stock.
Mergers and Consolidations. A merger or consolidation of ArcBest with or into any other corporation, or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of ArcBest to or with any other corporation, person or other entity, requires the affirmative vote of a majority of our outstanding voting stock.
The foregoing provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, together with the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control or the removal of existing management, of deterring potential acquirors from making an offer to our stockholders and of limiting any opportunity to realize premiums over prevailing market prices for our common stock in connection therewith.
Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers
Our Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of directors and officers to us and our stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Specifically, our directors and officers will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of a director or officer’s fiduciary duty in such capacity, except for liability:
● | for any breach of the director or officer’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders; |
● | for any act or omission not in good faith or which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; |
● | with respect to any director, for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; |
● | for any transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit; or |
● | with respect to any officer, in any action by or in right of us. |
The inclusion of this provision in our Certificate of Incorporation may reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors or officers, and may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against our directors or officers for breach of their duty of care, even though such an action, if successful, might have otherwise benefitted us and our stockholders. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide indemnification to our directors, officers and certain other persons with respect to certain matters to the maximum extent allowed by Delaware law as it exists now or may hereafter be amended. These provisions do not alter the liability of directors and officers
5
under federal securities laws and do not affect the right to sue (nor to recover monetary damages) under federal securities laws for violations thereof.
Listing
Our outstanding shares of common stock are listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “ARCB.”
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Our transfer agent and registrar of the common stock is Equiniti Trust Company, LLC.
6
Exhibit 10.1
ABF
NATIONAL MASTER
FREIGHT AGREEMENT
For the Period of July 1, 2023
through June 30, 2028
ARTICLE 1. PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT | 1 |
Section 1. Employers Covered | 1 |
Section 2. Unions Covered | 1 |
Section 3. Transfer of Company Title or Interest | 2 |
ARTICLE 2. SCOPE OF AGREEMENT | 3 |
Section 1. Master Agreement | 3 |
Section 2. Supplements to Master Agreement | 3 |
Section 3. Non-covered Units | 4 |
Card Check | 4 |
Additions to Operations: Over-The-Road and Local Cartage Supplemental Agreements | 5 |
Section 4. Single Bargaining Unit | 6 |
Section 5. Riders | 6 |
ARTICLE 3. RECOGNITION, UNION SHOP AND CHECKOFF | 7 |
Section 1. Recognition | 7 |
Union Shop | 7 |
Hiring | 8 |
State Law | 9 |
Agency Shop | 9 |
Savings Clause | 10 |
Employer Recommendation | 10 |
Future Law | 10 |
No Violation of Law | 11 |
Section 2. Probationary and Casual Employees | 11 |
(a) Probationary Employees | 11 |
(b) Casual Employees | 11 |
Section 3. Checkoff | 17 |
Section 4. Work Assignment | 19 |
Section 5 | 20 |
Section 6. Electronic Funds Transfer | 20 |
Section 7. Utility Employee | 21 |
ARTICLE 4. STEWARDS | 24 |
ARTICLE 5 | 26 |
Section 1. Seniority Rights | 26 |
Section 2. Mergers of Companies-General | 27 |
Combining of Terminals or Operations as a Result of Merger of Companies | 27 |
- i -
Active Seniority List | 28 |
Layoff Seniority list | 28 |
Temporary Authority | 28 |
Purchase of Rights | 29 |
Exclusive Cartage Operations | 30 |
Committee Authority | 30 |
Section 3. Intent of Parties | 30 |
Section 4. Equipment Purchases | 31 |
Highest Rates Prevail | 31 |
Cutting Seniority Board | 31 |
Posting Seniority List | 32 |
Section 5. Work Opportunity | 32 |
Section 6. Overtime | 33 |
ARTICLE 6 | 33 |
Section 1. Maintenance of Standards | 33 |
Local Standards | 34 |
Individual Employer Standards | 34 |
General | 34 |
Section 2. Extra Contract Agreements | 35 |
Section 3. Workweek Reduction | 36 |
Section 4. New Equipment | 36 |
ARTICLE 7. LOCAL AND AREA GRIEVANCE MACHINERY | 37 |
Section 1. | 37 |
Section 2. Grievant’s Bill of Rights | 40 |
Section 3. | 41 |
Section 4. | 42 |
Section 5. Timely Payment of Grievances | 42 |
Section 6. | 42 |
ARTICLE 8. NATIONAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE | 43 |
Section 1. | 43 |
Section 2. | 44 |
Section 3. Work Stoppages | 46 |
Section 4. | 47 |
Section 5. | 52 |
Section 6. Change of Operations | 52 |
Change of Operations Committee | 52 |
Change of Operations Committee Procedure | 54 |
Moving Expenses | 55 |
Change of Operations Seniority | 56 |
- ii -
Closing, Partial Closing of Terminals-Transfer of Work | 56 |
Closing of Terminals-Elimination of Work | 61 |
Layoff | 61 |
Opening of Terminals | 61 |
Definition of Terms | 63 |
Qualifications and Training | 63 |
Intent of Parties | 64 |
Section 7 | 64 |
Section 8. Sleeper Cab Operations | 64 |
A. Work Rules | 65 |
B. Team Classifications | 65 |
C. Dispatch Method | 65 |
D. Laypoint and Layover | 66 |
E. Abuse of Free Time | 67 |
F. Mark-Off Procedure For Non-Scheduled Sleeper Cab Drivers | 68 |
G. Bedding and Linen | 69 |
H. Sleeper Cab Equipment | 69 |
I. Sleeper Cab Occupants | 70 |
J. Method of Dispatch At Foreign Domiciles | 70 |
K. Foreign Power Courtesy Dispatch | 70 |
L. National Sleeper Cab Grievance Committee | 71 |
ARTICLE 9. PROTECTION OF RIGHTS | 71 |
Section 1. Picket Lines: Sympathetic Action | 71 |
Section 2. Struck Goods | 71 |
Section 3 | 72 |
Section 4. | 72 |
ARTICLE 10. LOSS OR DAMAGE | 72 |
Section 1. | 72 |
Section 2. | 73 |
ARTICLE 11. BONDS AND INSURANCE | 73 |
Section 1. | 73 |
Section 2. Corporate Owned Life Insurance | 74 |
ARTICLE 12. UNIFORMS | 74 |
ARTICLE 13. PASSENGERS | 75 |
ARTICLE 14. COMPENSATION CLAIMS | 76 |
Section 1. Compensation Claims | 76 |
Section 2. Modified Work | 77 |
Section 3. Workers Compensation Pay Dispute | 83 |
Section 4. Americans with Disabilities Act | 83 |
- iii -
ARTICLE 15. MILITARY CLAUSE | 84 |
ARTICLE 16. EQUIPMENT, SAFETY AND HEALTH | 85 |
Preamble | 85 |
Section 1. Safe Equipment | 85 |
Section 2. Dangerous Conditions | 86 |
Section 3. Accident Reports | 86 |
Section 4. Equipment Reports | 86 |
Section 5. Qualifications on Equipment | 87 |
Section 6. Equipment Requirements | 88 |
Section 7. National Safety, Health & Equipment Committee | 97 |
Section 8. Hazardous Materials Program | 97 |
Section 9. Union Liability | 98 |
Section 10. Government Required Safety & Health Reports | 98 |
Section 11. Facilities | 98 |
ARTICLE 17. PAY PERIOD | 99 |
ARTICLE 18. OTHER SERVICES | 100 |
ARTICLE 19. POSTING | 100 |
Section 1. Posting of Agreement | 100 |
Section 2. Union Bulletin Boards | 100 |
ARTICLE 20. UNION AND EMPLOYER COOPERATION | 101 |
Section 1. Fair Day’s Work for Fair Day’s Pay | 101 |
Section 2. Joint Industry Development Committee | 101 |
Section 3. Benefits Joint Committee | 102 |
Section 4. New Business/Job Creation Opportunities | 103 |
ARTICLE 21. UNION ACTIVITIES | 103 |
ARTICLE 22. OWNER-OPERATORS | 104 |
ARTICLE 23. SEPARATION OF EMPLOYMENT | 104 |
ARTICLE 24. INSPECTION PRIVILEGES AND EMPLOYER AND EMPLOYEE IDENTIFICATION | 104 |
ARTICLE 25. SEPARABILITY AND SAVINGS CLAUSE | 105 |
ARTICLE 26. TIME SHEETS, TIME CLOCKS, VIDEO CAMERAS, AND COMPUTER TRACKING DEVICES | 106 |
Section 1. Time Sheets and Time Clocks | 106 |
Section 2. Use of Video Cameras for Discipline and Discharge | 107 |
Section 3. Audio, Video and Computer Tracking Devices | 107 |
ARTICLE 27. EMERGENCY REOPENING | 108 |
ARTICLE 28. SYMPATHETIC ACTION | 108 |
ARTICLE 29. SUBSTITUTE SERVICE | 109 |
Section 1. Piggyback Operations | 109 |
- iv -
Section 2. Maintenance of Records | 110 |
Section 3. Intermodal Service | 112 |
Section 4. National Intermodal Committee | 118 |
Section 5 | 119 |
ARTICLE 30. JURISDICTIONAL DISPUTES | 123 |
ARTICLE 31. SINGLE EMPLOYER, MULTI-UNION UNIT | 123 |
ARTICLE 32. SUBCONTRACTING | 124 |
Section 1. Work Preservation | 124 |
Section 2. Diversion of Work Parent or Subsidiary Companies | 124 |
Section 3. Subcontracting | 124 |
Section 4. Expansion of Operations | 125 |
Section 5. New Business Opportunities | 126 |
Section 6. | 127 |
MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING ON ARTICLE 32 – SUBCONTRACTING | 127 |
Section 7. National Subcontracting Review Committee | 129 |
ARTICLE 33. WAGES, CASUAL RATES, PREMIUMS AND COST-OF-LIVING (COLA) | 129 |
ARTICLE 34. GARNISHMENTS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK | 132 |
ARTICLE 35 | 132 |
Section 1. Employee’s Bail | 132 |
Section 2. Suspension or Revocation of License | 132 |
Section 3. Drug Testing | 133 |
Section 4. Alcohol Testing | 149 |
ARTICLE 36. NEW ENTRY (NEW HIRE) RATES | 161 |
ARTICLE 37. NON-DISCRIMINATION | 163 |
ARTICLE 38 | 163 |
Section 1. Sick Leave | 163 |
Section 2. Jury Duty | 164 |
Section 3. Family and Medical Leave Act | 164 |
ARTICLE 39. DURATION | 166 |
Section 1. | 166 |
Section 2. | 166 |
Section 3. | 166 |
Section 4. | 166 |
Section 5. | 167 |
Section 6. | 167 |
- v -
ADDENDUM A | |
Work Day/work week | 170 |
ADDENDUM B | |
Break Time | 170 |
ADDENDUM C | |
Work Across Classifications | 170 |
ADDENDUM D | |
Health & Welfare and Pension Plans | 171 |
ADDENDUM E | |
Non-CDL Driving Positions | 172 |
MOU to ABF NMFA | |
Profit Sharing Bonus | 174 |
LETTER OF UNDERSTANDING | 175 |
NATIONAL ECONOMIC SETTLEMENT | 176 |
- vi -
ABF NATIONAL MASTER
FREIGHT AGREEMENT
For the Period of
July 1, 2023 through June 30, 2028
covering:
Operations in, between and over all of the states, territories and possessions of the United States, and operations into and out of all contiguous territory.
ABF FREIGHT SYSTEM, INC. hereinafter referred to as the “Employer” or “Company” or “ABF” and the TEAMSTERS NATIONAL FREIGHT INDUSTRY NEGOTIATING COMMITTEE representing Local Unions affiliated with the INTERNATIONAL BROTHERHOOD OF TEAMSTERS, and Local Union No. which Local Union is an affiliate of the INTERNATIONAL BROTHERHOOD OF TEAMSTERS, agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 1. PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
Section 1. Employers Covered
The Employer is ABF FREIGHT SYSTEM, Inc. the Employer and Unions represent that they are duly authorized to enter into this Agreement and Supplemental Agreements.
Section 2. Unions Covered
The Union consists of any Local Union which may become a party to this Agreement and any Supplemental Agreement as hereinafter set forth. Such Local Unions are hereinafter designated as “Local Union.” In addition to such Local Unions, the Teamsters National Freight Industry Negotiating Committee representing Local Unions affiliated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, herein-after referred to as the “National Union Committee,” is also a party to this Agreement and the agreements supplemental hereto.
- 1 -
Article 1, Section 3
Section 3. Transfer of Company Title or Interest
The Employer’s obligations under this Agreement including Supplements shall be binding upon its successors, administrators, executors and assigns. The Employer agrees that the obligations of this Agreement shall be included in the agreement of sale, transfer or assignment of the business. In the event an entire active or inactive operation, or a portion thereof, or rights only, are sold, leased, transferred or taken over by sale, transfer, lease, assignment, receivership or bankruptcy proceedings, such operation or use of rights shall continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement for the life thereof. Transactions covered by this provision include stock sales or exchanges, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs or any other method by which a business is transferred.
It is understood by this Section that the signator Employer shall not sell, lease or transfer such run or runs or rights to a third party to evade this Agreement. In the event the Employer fails to require the purchaser, transferee, or lessee to assume the obligations of this Agreement, as set forth above, the Employer (including partners thereof) shall be liable to the Local Union(s) and to the employees covered for all damages sustained as a result of such failure to require the assumption of the terms of this Agreement until its expiration date, but shall not be liable after the purchaser, the transferee or lessee has agreed to assume the obligations of this Agreement. The obligations set forth above shall not apply in the event of the sale, lease or transfer of a portion of the rights comprising less than all of the signator Employer’s rights to a non-signator company unless the purpose is to evade this Agreement. Corporate reorganizations by a signatory Employer, occurring during the term of this Agreement, shall not relieve the signatory Employer or the re-organized Employer of the obligations of this Agreement during its term.
The Employer shall give notice of the existence of this Agreement to any purchaser, transferee, lessee, assignee, or other entity involved in the sale, merger, consolidation, acquisition, transfer, spin-off, lease or other transaction by which the operation covered by this Agreement or any part thereof, including rights only, may be transferred. Such notice shall be in writing, with a copy to the Local Union, at the time the seller, transferor or lessor makes the purchase
- 2 -
Article 1, Section 3
and sale negotiation known to the public or executes a contract or transaction as herein described, whichever first occurs. The Local Union shall also be advised of the exact nature of the transaction, not including financial details.
The term rights shall include routes and runs.
ARTICLE 2. SCOPE OF AGREEMENT
Section 1. Master Agreement
The execution of this ABF National Master Freight Agreement on the part of the Employer shall apply to all operations of the Employer which are covered by this Agreement and shall have application to the work performed within the classifications defined and set forth in the Agreements supplemental hereto.
Section 2. Supplements to Master Agreement
(a)There are several segments of the trucking industry covered by this Agreement and for this reason Supplemental Agreements are provided for each of the specific types of work performed by the various classifications of employees controlled by this Master Agreement.
All such Supplemental Agreements are subject to and controlled by the terms of this Master Agreement and are sometimes referred to herein as “Supplemental Agreements.”
All such Supplemental Agreements are to be clearly limited to the specific classifications of work as enumerated or described in each individual Supplement.
In all cases involving the transfer of work and/or the merger of operations subject to the provisions of Article 8, Section 6 or Article 5, Section 2, where more than one Supplemental Agreement is involved and one or more of them contains provisions contrary to those set forth in Article 8, Section 6 or Article 5, Sections 2, the applicable terms and conditions of the ABF National Master Freight Agreement shall supersede those of the contrary
- 3 -
Article 2, Section 2
Supplemental Agreements, including the resolution of any seniority related grievances that may arise following approval of the involved transfer of work and/or merger of operations.
(b)The parties shall establish four (4) Regional Area Iron and Steel and/or Truckload Supplements to the National Master Freight Agreement.
The Employer and the Local Union, parties to this Agreement, may enter into an agreement whereby road drivers working under an Over-The-Road Supplemental Agreement have the opportunity to perform work covered by and subject to the above Regional Area Supplements, under conditions agreed upon. Such Supplement shall be submitted to the appropriate Regional Joint Area Committee.
(c)The jurisdiction covered by the ABF National Master Freight Agreement and its various Supplements thereto includes, without limitation, stuffing, stripping, loading and discharging of cargo or containers. This does not include loading or discharging of cargo or containers to or from vessels except in those instances where such work is presently being performed. Existing practices, rules and understandings, between the Employer and the Union, with respect to this work shall continue except to the extent modified by mutual agreement.
Section 3. Non-covered Units
This Agreement shall not be applicable to those operations of the Employer where the employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement with a Union not signatory to this Agreement, or to those employees who have not designated a signatory Union as their collective bargaining agent.
Card Check
(a)When a majority of the eligible employees performing work covered by an Agreement designated by the National Negotiating Committee to be Supplemental to the ABF National Master Freight Agreement execute a card authorizing a signatory Local Union to represent them as their collective bargaining agent at the terminal
- 4 -
Article 2, Section 3
location, then, such employees shall automatically be covered by this Agreement and the applicable Supplemental Agreements. If the Employer refuses to recognize the Union as above set forth and the matter is submitted to the National Labor Relations Board or any mutually agreed upon process for determination and such determination results in certification or recognition of the Union, all benefits of this Agreement and applicable Supplements shall be retroactive to the date of demand for recognition. In such cases the parties may by mutual agreement negotiate wages and conditions, subject to Regional Joint Area Committee approval.
The parties agree that a constructive bargaining relationship is essential to efficient operations and sound employee relations. The parties recognize that organizational campaigns occur in bargaining relationships and that both parties are free to accurately state their respective positions concerning the organization of certain groups of employees. However, the parties also recognize that campaigns must be waged on the facts only. Accordingly, the parties will not engage in any personal attacks against Union or Company representatives or attacks against the Union or Company as an institution during the course of any such campaign.
Additions to Operations: Over-The-Road and Local Cartage Supplemental Agreements
(b)Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the provisions of the ABF National Master Freight Agreement and the applicable Overthe-Road and Local Cartage Supplemental Agreements shall be applied without evidence of union representation of the employees involved, to all subsequent additions to, and extensions of, current operations which adjoin and are controlled and utilized as a part of such current operation, and newly established terminals and consolidations of terminals which are controlled and utilized as a part of such current operation.
If the Employer refuses to recognize the Union as above set forth and the matter is submitted to the National Labor Relations Board or any mutually agreed-upon process for determination, and such determination results in certification or recognition of the Union,
- 5 -
Article 2, Section 3
all benefits of this Agreement and applicable Supplements shall be retroactive to the date of demand for recognition.
The provisions of Article 32—Subcontracting, shall apply to this paragraph. Extensions or additions to current operations, etc., which adjoin and are controlled and utilized as part of such current operation shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the appropriate Change of Operations Committee for the purpose of determining whether the provisions of Article 8, Section 6—Change of Operations, apply and, if so, to what extent.
Section 4. Single Bargaining Unit
The employees, Unions, and Employer covered under this Master Agreement and the various Supplements thereto shall constitute one (1) bargaining unit and contract. It is understood that the printing of this Master Agreement and the aforesaid Supplements in separate Agreements is for convenience only and is not intended to create separate bargaining units.
This ABF National Master Freight Agreement applies to city and road operations, and other classifications of employment where applicable, participating in national collective bargaining. The common problems and interest, with respect to basic terms and conditions of employment, have resulted in the creation of the ABF National Master Freight Agreement and the respective Supplemental Agreements. Accordingly, the Unions and Employer acknowledge that this Agreement creates a single national collective bargaining unit.
Section 5. Riders
Upon the effective date of this Agreement, all existing or previously adopted Riders which provide less than the wages, hours, and working conditions specifically established by this Agreement and Supplemental Agreements shall become null and void. Thereafter, the specific provisions of this Agreement and applicable Supplemental Agreements shall apply without being subject to variance by Riders. This Section shall not be applied or interpreted to eliminate operational, dispatch, or working rules not specifically set forth in this Agreement and Supplemental Agreements.
- 6 -
Article 3, Section 1
ARTICLE 3. RECOGNITION, UNION SHOP AND CHECKOFF
Section 1. Recognition
(a)The Employer recognizes and acknowledges that the Teamsters National Freight Industry Negotiating Committee and Local Unions affiliated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters are the exclusive representatives of all employees in the classifications of work covered by this ABF National Master Freight Agreement, and those Supplements thereto approved by the Joint National Negotiating Committees for the purpose of collective bargaining as provided by the National Labor Relations Act.
Subject to Article 2, Section 3—Non-covered Units, this provision shall apply to all present and subsequently acquired over-the-road and local cartage operations and terminals of the Employer.
This provision shall not apply to wholly-owned and wholly independently operated subsidiaries of the Employer, which are not under contract with local IBT unions. “Wholly independently operated” means, among other things, that there shall be no interchange of freight, equipment or personnel, or common use, in whole or in part, of equipment, terminals, property, personnel or rights.
Union Shop
(b)All present employees who are members of the Local Union on the effective date of this subsection or on the date of execution of this Agreement, whichever is the later, shall remain members of the Local Union as a condition of employment. Union membership for purposes of this Agreement, is required only to the extent that employees must pay either (i) the Union’s initiation fees and periodic dues or (ii) service fees which in the case of a regular service fee payor shall be equal to the Union’s initiation fees and periodic dues, and in the case of an objecting service fee payor shall be the proportion of the initiation fees and dues corresponding to the portion of the Union’s total expenditures that support representational activities. All present employees who are not members of the Local Union and all employees who are hired hereafter shall become and
- 7 -
Article 3, Section 1
remain members of the Local Union as a condition of employment on and after the thirty-first (31st) calendar day following the beginning of their employment or on and after the thirty-first (31st) calendar day following the effective date of this subsection or the date of this Agreement, whichever is the later. An employee who has failed to acquire, or thereafter maintain, membership in the Union as herein provided, shall be terminated seventy-two (72) hours after ABF has received written notice from an authorized representative of the Local Union, certifying that membership has been, and is continuing to be, offered to such employee on the same basis as all other members and, further, that the employee has had ten (10) days written notice from the Union (with a copy to the Employer) of the delinquency and opportunity to make all dues or initiation fee payments. This provision shall be made and become effective as of such time as it may be made and become effective under the provisions of the National Labor Relations Act, but not retroactively.
For purposes of this Article, “present employees” and “employees who are hired hereafter” shall include “casual employees” as defined in Article 3, Section 2 of this Agreement. Such “casual employees” will be required to join the Union on or before the thirty-first (31st) calendar day following their first (1st) day of employment.
Hiring
When the Employer needs additional employees covered by this Agreement, it shall give the Local Union equal opportunity with all other sources to provide suitable applicants, but the Employer shall not be required to hire those referred by the Local Union. Upon a written request from the referring Local Union, the Employer shall inform the Local Union of whether an applicant is being hired or not hired, or whether no decision has been made. Violations of this subsection shall be subject to the Grievance Committee. It is recognized that the Employer legally is not permitted to share with the Local Union information regarding the reasons for a refusal to hire an applicant.
Any employment examination for applicants must test skills or physical abilities necessary for performance of the work in the job classification in which the applicant will be employed. Violations of this subsection shall be subject to the Grievance Committee.
- 8 -
Article 3, Section 1
State Law
(d)No provision of this Article shall apply in any state to the extent that it may be prohibited by state law. If under applicable state law additional requirements must be met before any such provisions may become effective, such additional requirements shall be first met.
Agency Shop
(e)If any agency shop clause is permissible in any state where the provisions of this Article relating to the Union Shop cannot apply, the following Agency Clause shall prevail:
(1)Membership in the Local Union is not compulsory. Employees have the right to join, not join, maintain, or drop their membership in the Local Union, as they see fit. Neither party shall exert any pressure on, or discriminate against, an employee as regards such matters.
(2)Membership in the Local Union is separate, apart and distinct from the assumption by one of his/her equal obligation to the extent that he/she receives equal benefits. The Local Union is required under this Agreement to represent all of the employees in the bargaining unit fairly and equally without regard to whether or not an employee is a member of the Local Union. The terms of this Agreement have been made for all employees in the bargaining unit and not only for members in the Local Union, and this Agreement has been executed by the Employer after it has satisfied itself that the Local Union is the choice of a majority of the employees in the bargaining unit. Accordingly, it is fair that each employee in the bargaining unit pays his/her own way and assume his/her fair share of the obligations along with the grant of equal benefits contained in this Agreement.
(3)In accordance with the policy set forth under subparagraphs (1) and (2) of this Section, all employees shall, as a condition of continued employment, pay to the Local Union, the employee’s exclusive collective bargaining representative, an amount of money equal to that paid by other employees in the bargaining unit who are members of the Local Union, which shall be limited to an amount of money equal to the Local Union’s regular and usual initiation
- 9 -
Article 3, Section 1
fees, and its regular and usual dues. For present employees, such payments shall commence thirty-one (31) days following the effective date or on the date of execution of this Agreement, whichever is the later, and for new employees, the payment shall start thirty-one (31) days following the date of employment.
Savings Clause
(f)If any provision of this Article is invalid under the law of any state wherein this Agreement is executed, such provision shall be modified to comply with the requirements of state law or shall be renegotiated for the purpose of adequate replacement. If such negotiations shall not result in mutually satisfactory agreement, either party shall be permitted all legal or economic recourse.
Employer Recommendation
(g)In those instances where subsection (b) hereof may not be validly applied, the Employer agrees to recommend to all employees that they become members of the Local Union and maintain such membership during the life of this Agreement, to refer new employees to the Local Union representative, and to recommend to delinquent members that they pay their dues since they are receiving the benefits of this Agreement.
Business agents shall be permitted to attend new employee orientations in right-to-work states. The sole purpose of the business agent’s attendance is to encourage employees to join the Union.
Future Law
(h)To the extent such amendment may become permissible under applicable federal and state law during the life of this Agreement as a result of legislative, administrative or judicial determination, all of the provisions of this Article shall be automatically amended to embody the greater Union security provisions contained in the 1947-1949 Central States Area Over-The-Road Motor Freight Agreement, or to apply or become effective in situations not now permitted by law.
- 10 -
Article 3, Section 2
No Violation of Law
(i)Nothing contained in this Section shall be construed so as to require the Employer to violate any applicable law.
Section 2. Probationary and Casual Employees
(a) | Probationary Employees |
(1)A probationary employee shall work under the provisions of this Agreement, but shall be employed on a trial basis as provided for in each Supplement.
(2)During the probationary period, the employee may be terminated without further recourse; provided, however, that the Employer may not terminate the employee for the purpose of evading this Agreement or discriminating against Union members. A probationary employee who is terminated by the Employer during the probationary period and is then worked again at any time during the next full twelve (12) months at any of that Employer’s locations within the jurisdiction of the Local Union covering the terminal where he/ she first worked, except in those jurisdictions where the Local Union maintains a hiring hall or referral system, shall be added to the regular seniority list with a seniority date as of the date that person is subsequently worked. The rules contained in subsection (a) (2) are subject to provisions in the Supplements to the contrary.
(3)Probationary employees shall be paid at the new hire rate of pay during the probationary period; however, if the employee is terminated by the Employer during such period, he/she shall be compensated at the full contract rate of pay for all hours worked retroactive to the first (1st) day worked in such period.
(4)The Union and the Employer may agree to extend the probationary period for no more than thirty (30) days, but the probationary employee must agree to such extension in writing.
(b) | Casual Employees |
(1)A casual employee is an individual who is not on the regular seniority list and who is not serving a probationary period. A casual
- 11 -
Article 3, Section 2
may be either a replacement casual or a supplemental casual as hereinafter provided. Casuals shall not have seniority status. Casuals shall not be discriminated against for future employment.
(2)a. Replacement casuals may be utilized by the Employer to replace regular employees when such regular employees are off due to illness, vacation or other absence, except when an absence of a regular employee continues beyond three (3) consecutive months, a replacement casual shall not thereafter be used to fill such absence, unless the Employer and the Local Union mutually agree to the continued use of a replacement casual. If a CDL-qualified casual filling a position has been regularly employed for a period of six (6) months or more, he will not be required to go through a probationary period if hired into a full-time position.
b.Where the Company is using casuals as vacation replacements for regular employees, and the Area Supplemental Agreement does not provide a method to add regular employees based on the use of casuals to replace vacation absence, the vacation schedules shall be broken into yearly quarters beginning January 1st, and subsequent vacation quarters shall begin on April 1st, July 1st, and October 1st thereafter.
Starting with the quarter beginning April, 1991, and continuing each quarter thereafter, the Employer shall add one (1) additional employee to the regular seniority list for each sixty-five (65) vacation replacement days worked by a casual during each vacation quarter.
The application of this formula shall not result in pyramiding.
New employees shall be placed on the respective seniority lists on the first (1st) day of the following quarter unless there are employees in layoff status, in which case such new employees shall be placed on the respective seniority list at the time the laid-off employees are recalled from layoff status.
Employees shall first be added to the regular seniority list from the preferential list, if applicable. Thereafter, employees to be added to the regular seniority list shall be determined by the respective Supplement and shall be subject to the probationary provisions of that Supplement.
- 12 -
Article 3, Section 2
In the application of this formula, employees specifically designated under an appropriate reporting procedure to replace absence other than vacations shall not be included as vacation replacements. It is the intent of the parties, in the application of this formula, to add regular employees to the seniority list to replace employees on vacation where there is regular work opportunity for such additional employees.
The implementation of this provision may raise issues particular to a respective Supplemental Agreement. Failure to resolve the issues, such Supplemental Negotiating Committee may agree to waive this provision, or submit the disputed issues to the National Grievance Committee.
(3)Supplemental casuals may be used to supplement the regular work force as provided for in each respective Supplement. Once the number of new employees to be added as required in the Supplement is determined, the Employer must initiate the processing of the new probationary employees immediately, and complete such processing as provided for in the Supplements.
(4)Unless waived in writing by any Joint Supplemental Negotiating Committee, all Supplements shall provide for a preferential casual hiring list and shall provide the qualifications for placement on such list. Casuals on the preferential hiring list shall be offered available extra work and future regular employment in seniority order by classification as among themselves. A preferential casual employee’s seniority date shall be the date he/she becomes a regular employee; and such employee shall not be subject to any probationary period.
Casual employees on the preferential hiring list shall have full access to the grievance procedure.
The provisions of Article 3, Section 3, shall apply to casual employees on the preferential hiring list who are paid on the regular payroll.
Local Unions employing an exclusive hiring hall under the terms of the Supplemental Agreement may petition the respective Joint Area Supplemental Negotiating Committee for approval to waive this subparagraph (4).
- 13 -
Article 3, Section 2
(5)Casual road employees, where permitted by Supplemental Agreement, may only be used within the jurisdiction of their respective Regional Area and shall gain preferential status and/or regular seniority status as provided in the respective Supplement, except on approved two-man operations when the extra boards are exhausted.
(6)Any casual employee who declines regular employment shall be terminated without recourse and will not be used by the Employer for any further work.
(7) | a. Casual Employment |
The Employer agrees to give first opportunity for work as a casual employee to those CDL-qualified employees on layoff at a commonly-owned NMFA carrier. This obligation shall apply only at terminals located within the jurisdiction of the employee’s Local Union. The Local Union will furnish Employer with the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of those laid off employees interested in casual work opportunity and the job each employee is qualified to perform. Where applicable, casual employment may not be offered to laid off employees under this provision ahead of preferential casuals, nor shall this provision supersede an established order of call in a supplemental agreement.
(7) | b. Regular Employment |
The Employer agrees to offer regular employment to those employees on letter of layoff from a commonly-owned NMFA carrier at other terminals located within the jurisdiction of the employee’s Local Union who have made application for regular employment at the terminal offering regular employment. Employment shall be offered in accordance with the following order, unless the Supplemental Agreement or an agreed to practice provides a different order of call, in which case such other order of call shall prevail:
1. | Preferential casuals, where applicable. |
2. | Employees of the Employer, on a seniority basis. |
- 14 -
Article 3, Section 2
3. | Employees of a commonly-owned NMFA carrier based on the date such employees made application. |
Employees who for two (2) or more years regularly performed CDL-required driving work for a commonly-owned NMFA carrier shall be compensated at 90% of the full contract rate of pay for a period of one (1) year and go to the full contractual rate thereafter. Other Employees hired into regular employment shall be paid in accordance with the new hire rate set forth in Article 36, herein and shall establish seniority in accordance with the applicable Supplemental Agreement. Employees who accrue seniority under this provision who are on layoff from another Employer shall retain seniority rights at the terminal they are laid off from until such time as they are recalled to that terminal. Employees who accrue seniority under this provision who are on layoff from another terminal of the same Employer shall retain their seniority at the terminal they are laid off from until such time as recalled to that terminal. At that time, the employee must either accept recall and forfeit seniority at the new terminal or refuse recall and forfeit seniority at the terminal he/she is being recalled to.
In order to be eligible for either casual or regular employment opportunity under this provision, the laid off employee must meet the minimum hiring standards established by the Employer and be otherwise qualified to perform the work available and must be able to report for work in compliance with the Employer’s established call-time procedures. The Employer’s hiring standards and examinations shall be applied uniformly to all applicants for employment. The Employer shall provide the hiring standards and examinations upon written request of the Local Union. Employees who are offered work opportunity under this provision must be able to furnish proof of their qualification to perform the work available.
Any employment examination for applicants must test skills or physical abilities necessary for performance of the work in the job classification in which the applicant will be employed. Violation of this subsection shall be subject to the grievance procedure.
- 15 -
Article 3, Section 2
(8)Fringe benefits will be paid on casuals in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Agreement. Minimum daily guarantees will be governed by the respective Supplemental Agreement.
(9)A monthly list of all casual and/or probationary employees used during that month shall be submitted to the Local Unions by the tenth (10th) day of the following month. Such list shall show:
a.the employee’s name, address, and social security number;
b.the date worked;
c.the classification of work performed each date, and the hours worked; and,
d.the name, if applicable, of the employee replaced.
This list shall be compiled on a daily basis and shall be available for inspection by a Union representative and/or job shop steward.
(10)Unless otherwise agreed to in any Supplemental Agreement, the following will apply:
Supplemental casuals may be used to supplement the regular work force (dock only) and shall be subject to a four (4) hour guarantee when called to work. Four (4) hour casuals shall be started on an established starting time; or when called to work at a time other than an established starting time, must end his/her shift at the conclusion of that established starting time shift. Four (4) hour casuals shall be eligible for pension and/or health welfare contributions in accordance with the applicable supplemental agreement.
For the purpose of adding regular employees in accordance with the supplemental agreement casuals who work six (6) hours or more or back to back on a shift shall be considered as having worked a supplemental day towards seniority. Once regular employees are required to be added in accordance with the applicable supplement the employer must initiate the processing of the new
- 16 -
Article 3, Section 2
probationary employees immediately and complete such processing as provided for in the applicable supplement.
(c) | Employment Agency Fees |
If employees are hired through an employment agency, the Employer is to pay the employment agency fee. However, if the Local Union was given equal opportunity to furnish employees under Article 3, Section (1) (c), and if the employee is retained through the probationary period, the fee need not be paid until the thirty-first (31st) day of employment.
Section 3. Checkoff
The Employer agrees to deduct from the pay of all employees covered by this Agreement the dues, initiation fees and/or uniform assessments of the Local Union having jurisdiction over such employees and agrees to remit to said Local Union all such deductions. Where laws require written authorization by the employee, the same is to be furnished in the form required. The Local Union shall certify to the Employer in writing each month a list of its members working for the Employer who have furnished to the Employer the required authorization, together with an itemized statement of dues, initiation fees (full or installment), or uniform assessments owed and to be deducted for such month from the pay of such member. The Employer shall deduct such amount within two (2) weeks following receipt of the statement of certification of the member and remit to the Local Union in one (1) lump sum within three (3) weeks following receipt of the statement of certification. The Employer shall add to the list submitted by the Local Union the names and Social Security numbers of all regular new employees hired since the last list was submitted and delete the names of employees who are no longer employed. Checkoff shall be on a monthly or quarterly basis at the option of the Union. The Local Union and Employer may agree to an alternative option to deduct Union dues bi-monthly.
When the Employer actually makes a deduction for dues, initiation fees and assessments, in accordance with the statement of certification received from an appropriate Local Union, the Employer shall remit same no later than three (3) weeks following receipt of the
- 17 -
Article 3, Section 3
statement of certification and in the event the Employer fails to do so, the Employer shall be assessed ten percent (10%) liquidated damages. All monies required to be checked off shall become the property of the entities for which it was intended at the time that such checkoff is required to be made. All monies required to be checked off and paid over to other entities under this Agreement shall become the property of those entities for which it was intended at the time that such payment or checkoff is required to be made.
Where an employee who is on checkoff is not on the payroll during the week in which the deduction is to be made, or has no earnings or insufficient earnings during that week, or is on leave of absence, the employee must make arrangements with the Local Union and/ or the Employer to pay such dues in advance.
The Employer agrees to deduct from the paycheck of all employees covered by this Agreement voluntary contributions to DRIVE. DRIVE shall notify the Employer of the amounts designated by each contributing employee that are to be deducted from his/her paycheck on a weekly basis for all week worked. The phrase “weeks worked” excludes any week other than a week in which the employee earned a wage. The Employer shall transmit to DRIVE National Headquarters on a monthly basis, in one (1) check, the total amount deducted along with the name of each employee on whose behalf a deduction is made, the employee’s social security number and the amount deducted from that employee’s paycheck. The International Brotherhood of Teamsters shall reimburse the Employer annually for the Employer’s actual cost for the expenses incurred in administering the weekly payroll deduction plan.
The Employer will recognize authorization for deductions from wages, if in compliance with state law, to be transmitted to Local Union or to such other organizations as the Union may request if mutually agreed to. No such authorization shall be recognized if in violation of state or federal law. No deduction shall be made which is prohibited by applicable law.
In the event that the Employer has been determined to be in violation of this Article by the decision of an appropriate grievance
- 18 -
Article 3, Section 3
committee, and if such Employer subsequently is in violation thereof after receipt of seventy-two (72) hours’ written notice of specific delinquencies, the Local Union may strike to enforce this Article. However, such strike shall be terminated upon the delivery thereof. Errors or inadvertent omissions relating to individual employees shall not constitute a violation.
Upon written request of an employee, the Employer shall make payroll deductions for the purchasing of U. S. Savings Bonds.
The Employer hereby agrees to participate in the Teamsters National 401(k) Savings Plan (the “Plan”) on behalf of all employees represented for purposes of collective bargaining under this agreement, and shall authorize the Plan to allow for participating employee, upon his request, to take loans on his contributions to the Plan. The Employer is not required to participate in the Teamsters National 401(k) if Teamsters employees were eligible to participate in the Employers sponsored 401(k) as of January 1, 1998.
The Employer will make or cause to be made payroll deductions from participating employee’s wages, in accordance with each employee’s salary deferral election subject to compliance with ERISA and the relevant tax code provisions. The Employer will forward withheld sum to Prudential or its successor at such time, in such form and manner as required pursuant to the Plan and Declaration of Trust (the “Trust”).
The Employer will execute a Participation Agreement with TN-FINC and the Trustees of the Plan evidencing Employer participation in the Plan effective prior to any employee deferral being received by the Plan.
Section 4. Work Assignment
The Employers agree to respect the jurisdictional rules of the Union and shall not direct or require its employees or persons other than the employees in the bargaining units here involved, to perform work which is recognized as the work of the employees in said units. This is not to interfere with bona fide contracts with bona fide unions.
- 19 -
Article 3, Section 4
Dock Pick-up:
This provision supercedes any other related article contained in the Agreement.
The employer agrees that the function of the supervisor is the supervision of employees and not the work of the employees they supervise.
However, where no local cartage employees are on the property, a supervisor can load an unscheduled customer pick-up on an occasional and incidental basis. It is understood that this provision is intended to only apply to unanticipated situations taking less than thirty (30) minutes. The company shall not intentionally schedule such pick-ups for times when the local cartage employees are not available.
Section 5.
The term “Local Union” as used herein refers to the IBT Local Union which represents the employees of the Employer for the purpose of collective bargaining at the particular place or places of business to which this Agreement and the Supplements thereto are applicable, unless by agreement of the Local Union involved, or a Change of Operations Committee, or a jurisdictional award under Article 30 herein, jurisdiction over such employees, or any number of them, has been transferred to some other Local Union, in which case the term Local Union as used herein shall refer to such other Local Unions. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to alter the single employer, multi-union unit or single contract status of this Agreement.
Section 6. Electronic Funds Transfer
(Direct Deposit)
Where not prohibited by State Law, all employees hired after the date of ratification are required to use electronic deposit of their paychecks. If the employee is enrolled on Direct Deposit and the employee’s pay is not deposited to their bank account on payday due to employer error, the employee’s pay will be deposited to the employee’s account by means of Electronic Funds Transfer or the employee will be paid by station draft that same day.
- 20 -
Article 3, Section 6
If an employee hired after the date of ratification is unable to obtain a bank account, he/she will be paid electronically using a pay card/ debit card. If for reasons beyond the Employer’s control, such as weather delays, express mail failure, etc. an employee’s “paycheck” or debit card does not arrive at the employee’s facility by payday, a replacement check will be issued at the General Office and mailed to the employee’s facility by the end of that business day.
The Employer shall furnish an itemized statement of earnings and deductions with all paychecks.
Section 7. Utility Employee
The parties recognize the need for the Employers to compete effectively in a changing environment. To this end, there shall be established a new position on the local cartage seniority list called a Utility Employee. The intent of the parties’ creation of the Utility Employee position is to generate additional job opportunities and enhance employee earnings, by enhancing the Employer’s ability to compete and grow.
Subject to the approval of the National Utility Employee Review Committee, the Employer may establish Utility Employee positions at any facility at its discretion as-needed, and CDL-qualified road or local cartage employees may bid for Utility Employee positions in accordance with established terminal bidding procedures. All CDL-qualified drivers with the required endorsements shall have the opportunity to transfer to the local cartage operation, if necessary, and bid for open Utility Employee positions with full seniority rights. There shall be no retreat rights for employees who transfer to the local cartage operation to bid an open Utility Employee position. For example, if a road driver bids into the Utility Employee position, he relinquishes his road seniority for bidding purposes and cannot return to the road driver classification, unless through a change of operations, or bid back rights consistent with the applicable Supplement. The Employer shall be permitted to assign a qualified local cartage employee to a Utility Employee position on a temporary basis when necessary to pursue business opportunities that become available, as long as the temporary assignment is made in seniority order and if senior employees do not accept the
- 21 -
Article 3, Section 7
temporary positions, less senior employees are forced from the bottom of the seniority list. Temporary vacancies in the Utility Employee position, for things such as sickness, vacations, leaves of absences, will be filled consistent with practices under the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
The Utility Employee shall work across all classifications as assigned and as necessary to meet business needs, and there shall be no restrictions on the type of freight or work handled. A Utility Employee’s duties during a tour of duty may, at his/her home terminal, include performing Utility-related dock work, P&D (local cartage) work, hostling/yard work (drop & hooks), and any driving work.
A Utility Employee shall perform all local cartage functions at his home terminal. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Supplemental Agreement to the contrary, Utility Employees also may be required to work across Local Union jurisdictional lines. It is not the intent to use Utility Employees to perform local peddle runs or P&D work outside their Local Union’s jurisdiction. At away terminals, a Utility Employee may perform Utility-related dock work, hostling and drop and hooks on his/her own equipment. A Utility Employee shall fuel his/her own equipment at away terminals, if there are no fuelers available. All Utility Employees shall be returned to his home domicile at the end of his shift, absent bona fide extenuating circumstances, in which case they shall be paid on all hours.
The Employer shall pay each Utility Employee an hourly premium of $1.00 per hour over the highest rate the Employer pays to local cartage drivers under the Supplemental Agreement covering the Utility Employee’s home domicile. Employees in progression who bid into Utility Employee positions or individuals the Employer hires into Utility Employee positions shall complete the progression for local cartage drivers outlined in the applicable Supplemental Agreement. A Utility Employee in progression shall receive the hourly premium in addition to the Utility Employee’s progression rate.
A Utility Employee’s work week shall consist of any four (4) ten (10) hour or five (5) eight (8) hour consecutive days starting Sunday, Monday, or Tuesday, subject to a forty (40) hour guarantee
- 22 -
Article 3, Section 7
during that period. With four (4) ten (10) hour days, the Utility Employee shall have three (3) consecutive days off and with five (5) eight (8) hour days the Utility Employee shall have two (2) consecutive days off. The Employer may establish multiple start times bid by Utility Employees and may slide such start times on a daily basis by either thirty (30) minutes before or thirty (30) minutes after the bid start times.
The parties recognize that most, if not all locations will have Utility Employees regardless of facility size, geographic and/or service area. Subject to the approval of the National Utility Employee Review Committee or the Committee Chairman or their designees, the Employer may establish and modify Utility Employee positions and bids without the approval of a change of operations or other Union approval. All bids shall be offered in seniority order, and, if senior employees do not bid open positions, less senior employees shall be forced from the bottom of the seniority list.
In the event the Employer’s proposed use of a Utility Employee position causes a transfer, change or modification of any driver’s present terminal, breaking point or domicile, the proposed change shall be submitted to a National Utility Employee Review Committee comprised of three representatives designated by the Vice President of Employee Relations for ABF and three representatives designated by the Chairman of TNFINC. The Vice President of Employee Relations for ABF or his designee and the Chairman of TNFINC or his designee shall be the Company and the TNFINC Chairmen of the National Utility Review Committee. The National Utility Employee Review Committee shall establish rules of procedure to govern the manner in which proposed Utility Employee operational changes are to be heard.
The National Utility Employee Review Committee shall have the authority to determine the seniority application of employees affected by the operational change and such determination shall be final and binding. No proposed operational change will be approved which violates this Agreement. In the event the National Utility Employee Review Committee is unable to resolve a matter, the case shall be submitted to the National Review Committee on
- 23 -
Article 3, Section 7
an expedited basis. Neither the Union nor the Employer shall unreasonably delay the scheduling or completion of any requested meeting, or the submission of any dispute to the National Review Committee. In no event shall a Utility Employee operational change hearing be held more than fifteen (15) business days after the Employer meets with the affected Local Unions to discuss the written operational change proposal.
Any grievance concerning the application or interpretation of Article 3, Section 7 shall be first referred to the National Utility Employee Review Committee for resolution. If the National Utility Employee Review Committee is unable to reach a decision on an interpretation or grievance, the issue will be referred to the National Grievance Committee. The National Utility Employee Review Committee shall have jurisdiction over alleged violations of seniority rights in the bidding of the Utility Employee positions, issues regarding the utilization of the Utility Employee position consistent with this Section, and issues regarding the seniority rights of employees bidding into the Utility Employee position.
Subject to the approval of the National Utility Employee Review Committee, the Employer may establish the number of Utility Employee positions at any location.
The parties agree that nothing in this Article 3, Section 7 shall alter the Employer’s ability to engage in layoffs in accordance with the layoff provisions of the applicable Supplemental Agreement. In the event a Utility Employee is laid off, the Employer may re-bid that position in accordance with seniority provisions of the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
ARTICLE 4. STEWARDS
The Employer shall give one (1) job steward, during his regular working hours or if outside his regular working hours his/her designated alternate, an opportunity to participate in the Employer’s orientation of new employees, or the right to meet with new employees during their workday to inform them of the benefits of Union representation without loss of time or pay.
- 24 -
Article 4
The Employer shall have the sole right to schedule the time and place for such participation so as not to interfere with the Employer’s operation.
The Employer recognizes the right of the Local Union to designate job stewards and alternates from the Employer’s seniority list. The authority of job stewards and alternates so designated by the Local Union shall be limited to, and shall not exceed, the following duties and activities:
(a)The investigation and presentation of grievances with his/her Employer or the designated company representative in accordance with the provisions of the collective bargaining agreement;
(b)The collection of dues when authorized by appropriate Local Union action;
(c)The transmission of such messages and information, which shall originate with and are authorized by the Local Union or its officers, provided such message and information;
(1)have been reduced to writing; or,
(2)if not reduced to writing, are of a routine nature and do not involve work stoppages, slowdowns, refusal to handle goods, or any other interference with the Employer’s business.
Unless waived in writing, there shall be a steward or available bargaining unit member of the employee’s choice present whenever the Employer meets with the employee about grievances or discipline or to conduct investigatory interviews. If a steward is unavailable, the employee may designate a bargaining unit member who is available at the terminal at the time of the meeting to represent him/ her. Meetings or interviews shall not begin until the steward or designated bargaining unit member is present. An employee who does not want a Union steward or available bargaining unit member present at any meeting or interview where the employee has a right to Union representation must waive Union representation in writing.
- 25 -
Article 4
If the Union requests a copy of the waiver, the Employer shall promptly furnish it.
Job stewards and alternates have no authority to take strike action, or any other action interrupting the Employer’s business, except as authorized by official action of the Local Union. The Employer recognizes these limitations upon the authority of job stewards and their alternates, and shall not hold the Local Union liable for any unauthorized acts. The Employer in so recognizing such limitations shall have the authority to impose proper discipline, including discharge, in the event the job steward or his/her designated alternate has taken unauthorized strike action, slowdown or work stoppage in violation of this Agreement.
The job steward, or his/her designated alternate, shall be permitted reasonable time to investigate, present and process grievances on the company property without loss of time or pay during his/her regular working hours without interruption of the Employer’s operation by calling group meetings; and where mutually agreed to by the Local Union and the Employer, off the property or other than during his/her regular schedule without loss of time or pay. Such time spent in handling grievances during the job steward’s or his/ her designated alternate’s regular working hours shall be considered working hours in computing daily and/or weekly overtime if within the regular schedule of the “job steward.”
The job steward, or his/her designated alternate, shall be permitted reasonable time off without pay to attend Union meetings called by the Local Union. The Employer shall be given twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice by the Local Union.
ARTICLE 5.
Section 1. Seniority Rights
(a)The application of seniority which has been accrued herein shall be established in the Supplemental Agreements.
- 26 -
Article 5, Section 1
(b)Seniority shall be broken only by discharge, voluntary quit, retirement, or more than a five (5)—year layoff.
(c)This Section shall apply to all Supplemental Agreements.
Section 2. Mergers of Companies-General
(a)In the event the Employer is a party to a merger of lines, seniority of the employees who are affected thereby shall be determined by mutual agreement between the Employer and the Local Unions involved.
In the application of this Section, it is immaterial whether the transaction is called a merger, purchase, acquisition, sale, etc. Further, it is also immaterial whether the transaction involves merely the purchase of stock of one (1) corporation by another, with two (2) separate corporations continuing in existence.
(b)If such merger of companies results in the combination of terminals or over-the-road operations, a change of operations shall be submitted to the Co-Chairmen of the National Grievance Committee for assignment to an appropriate Change of Operations Committee established pursuant to Article 8, Section 6. The Change of Operations Committee shall retain jurisdiction for one (1) year after the effective date of the Committee decision and shall have the authority to amend its decision in the event of a substantial change in the amount of work to be performed at the terminals or over-the-road operations which were combined.
Combining of Terminals or Operations as a Result of Merger of Companies
(c)In the application of this Section, when terminals or operations of two (2) or more companies are combined, as referred to above, the following general rules shall be applied by the Employer and the Local Unions, which general rules are subject to modification pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 of this Article:
- 27 -
Article 5, Section 2
Active Seniority List
(1)The active employee seniority rosters (excluding those employees on letter of layoff) shall be “dovetailed” by appropriate classification (i.e., road or city) in the order of each employee’s full continuous classification (road or city) seniority date that the employee is currently exercising. (The term “continuous classification seniority” as used herein is defined as that seniority which the employee is currently exercising and has not been broken in the manner provided in Section 1 of this Article or by voluntary changes in domicile not directed, approved or ordered by a Change of Operations Committee.) The active “dovetailed” seniority roster shall be utilized first and until exhausted to provide employment at such combined terminal or operational location.
Layoff Seniority list
(2)In addition, the inactive seniority rosters (employees who are on letter of layoff) shall be similarly “dovetailed” by appropriate classification. If additional employees are required after the active list is exhausted, they shall be recalled from such inactive seniority roster and after recall such employees shall be “dovetailed” into the active seniority roster with their continuous classification (road or city) seniority dates they are currently exercising which shall then be exercised for all purposes. Seniority rosters previously combining job classifications shall be continued unless otherwise agreed.
Temporary Authority
(d)Where only temporary authority is granted in connection with any of the transactions described above, then separate seniority lists shall continue only when terminals or operations are not merged, unless otherwise agreed. The Employer which is to survive will assume the obligations of both collective bargaining agreements during the period of the temporary authority.
In the event of temporary merger of operations which are contingent upon approval by regulatory agencies or on other stated conditions, the seniority of the involved employees shall continue to accrue with their original Employer during the period of
- 28 -
Article 5, Section 2
temporary merger, so that if there is no final consummation of the merger, the seniority of such employees shall be continued with their respective employers. However, if, on the failure of final consummation and dissolution of the merger, one of the parties to the proposed merger discontinues the operations which were subject to such merger, the employees of such Employer shall be granted seniority rights for all purposes with the other Employer only for the period of time they were employed in such temporary merged operations.
Purchase of Rights
(e)If a merger, purchase, acquisition, sale, etc., constitutes merely the acquisition of permits or rights, without the purchase or acquisition of equipment or terminals, and/or without the consolidation of terminals or operations, or in the event of the purchase of rights during bankruptcy proceedings, the following shall apply:
Where the purchasing company has a terminal operation at the domicile of the employees of the seller, the employees of the selling company shall be placed on a master seniority list, and the purchasing company or companies shall hire, after recall of the purchasing company’s employees from layoff, such employees as needed for regular employment within the first twelve (12) calendar months after purchase or acquisition of permits and/or rights, and they shall be dovetailed with full seniority. If an employee refuses a bona fide offer of regular work opportunity with any of the purchasing companies, his/her name shall be removed from the list. No employee hired under this provision shall be required to serve a probationary period. After the expiration of the aforementioned twelve (12) calendar month period, the purchaser shall have no further obligation to the employees of the seller.
However, if the purchasing or acquiring company does not have and/or continue a terminal or operation at the domicile of the employees of the seller, resulting in their layoff, such Employer shall place the laid-off employees on a master seniority list and such Employer shall, if and when additional regular employees are required, within a twelve (12)—calendar month period after purchase or acquisition, and providing its employees on layoff have been recalled,
- 29 -
Article 5, Section 2
offer employment to such laid-off employees at the terminal locations or operations to which the work has been transferred. Any such laid-off employees accepting transfer shall be dovetailed in accordance with their terminal seniority for work purposes, including layoff, and holding company seniority for all fringes. If an employee refuses a bona fide offer of regular work opportunity with any of the purchasing companies, his/her name shall be removed from the list. No employee hired under this provision shall be required to serve a probationary period. After the expiration date of the aforementioned twelve (12)—calendar month period, the purchaser shall have no further obligation to the employees of the seller. The transferring employee shall be responsible for lodging and moving expenses.
Exclusive Cartage Operations
(f)If in connection with the transactions described in these rules the successor Employer determines to discontinue the use of a local cartage company, the employees of that local cartage company who have worked exclusively on the pickup and delivery service which is retained by the successor Employer shall be given the opportunity to continue to perform such service as an employee of such successor Employer, and shall have their seniority “dovetailed” as described in the above rules.
Committee Authority
(g)Area and/or State Committees created pursuant to Local Supplements which have previously established rules of seniority, not contrary to the provisions of such Supplements, and approved by the Joint Area Committee, may continue to apply such rules if such rules are reduced to writing.
Section 3. Intent of Parties
(a)The parties acknowledge that the above rules are intended solely as general standards and further that many factual situations will be presented which necessitate different application, modification or amendment. Accordingly, the parties acknowledge that questions of the application of seniority rights may arise which require different treatment and it is anticipated and understood that the
- 30 -
Article 5, Section 3
Employers and Unions jointly involved and/or the respective grievance committees may mutually agree to such disposition of questions of seniority which in their judgment is appropriate under the circumstances.
(b)In all instances, the disposition of questions involving the application of seniority rights made by the parties pursuant to this Section may be presented to the appropriate grievance committees provided herein whose decisions shall be final and binding.
Section 4. Equipment Purchases
(a)The Employer shall not require as a condition of continued employment, that an employee purchase truck, tractor and/or tractor and trailer or other vehicular equipment, or that any employees purchase or assume any proprietary interest or other obligation in the business, except as referred to in Article 6, Section 2. The requirements of this provision shall be maintained during the renegotiation of this Agreement unless either party has terminated the Agreement in the manner provided.
Highest Rates Prevail
(b)If the minimum wage, hours and working conditions in the Company absorbed differ from those minimums set forth in this Agreement and Supplements thereto, the higher of the two shall remain in effect for the employees so absorbed.
Cutting Seniority Board
(c)The Union reserves the right to cut the road seniority board when the average weekly earnings fall to eight hundred twenty-five dollars ($825.00) or less. This is not to be construed as imposing a limitation on earnings. After the Union notifies the Employer to cut the board and in the event that Employer refuses, the Union shall immediately submit the matter to the grievance procedure. In determining whether average weekly earnings will fall to eight hundred twenty-five dollars ($825.00) or less, only the earnings of the lower twenty-five percent (25%) of the drivers on the seniority board, counting from the bottom up, shall be considered. The average shall be calculated for the thirty (30) day period preceding the
- 31 -
Article 5, Section 4
Union’s original request. After such calculation is made, the average earnings of the drivers for the top seventy-five percent (75%) of the seniority board must also average more than eight hundred twenty-five dollars ($825.00) per week, or layoff shall be made in accordance with seniority. The above provisions shall also apply to extra board for sleeper drivers exclusively.
Posting Seniority List
(d)The Employer shall give the Local Union a seniority list at least every six (6) months. The Employer shall also post a seniority list at least once every six (6) months and shall maintain a current seniority roster at the terminal. Protest of any employee’s seniority date or position on such list must be made in writing to the Employer within thirty (30) days after such seniority date or position first appears, and if no protests are timely made, the dates and positions posted shall be deemed correct. Any such protest which is timely made may be submitted to the grievance procedure.
Section 5. Work Opportunity
Over-the-road and CDL-qualified local cartage employees who have been on letter of layoff, for more than thirty (30) days shall be given an opportunity to relocate to permanent employment (prior to the employment of new hires) occurring at domiciles of the Employer provided they notify the Employer and Local Union in writing of their interest in a relocation opportunity. The offer of relocation will be made in the order of applicable seniority of the laid-off employees domiciled within the Regional area. The Employer shall be required to make additional offers of relocation to an employee who has previously rejected a relocation opportunity provided the employee again notifies the Employer in writing of his/her continued interest in additional relocation opportunities. However, the Employer will only be required to make one relocation offer in any six (6) calendar month period. Any employee accepting such offer shall be paid at the employee’s applicable rate of pay and shall be placed at the bottom of the seniority board for bidding and layoff purposes, but shall retain company seniority for fringe benefits only. A relocating employee shall pay his/her own moving expenses and shall, upon reporting to such new domicile, be deemed to
- 32 -
Article 5, Section 5
have relinquished his/her right to return with seniority to the domicile from which he/she relocated. The provisions of this Section shall not supersede an established order of call/hiring in the Supplemental Agreement.
Section 6. Overtime
On a weekly basis, the Employer shall be permitted to work the active seniority board 25% of the straight time hours in overtime. In the event the Employer exceeds the 25% overtime allowance, the number of overtime hours in excess of the allowance will be applied in the next following week for determining the number of employees to recall from lay-off.
For example, if the Employer has 120 employees on the seniority board with 100 actively working and 20 laid-off, the Employer shall be permitted 4000 hours straight time hours plus 1000 hours overtime (25% of 4000) for a total of 5000 hours to be worked that week by the active seniority board. If during that week, the Employer actually worked the 100 active employees a total of 5600 hours, there would be 600 hours in excess of the 25% overtime allowance. The 600 hours would be divided by 50 (40 straight time hours plus 25% of 40 or 10) which equals 12 employees to be re-called from lay-off in the week following the violation of the 25% overtime allowance.
ARTICLE 6.
Section 1. Maintenance of Standards
The Employer agrees, subject to the following provisions, that all conditions of employment in his/her individual operation relating to wages, hours of work, overtime differentials and general working conditions shall be maintained at not less than the highest standards in effect at the time of the signing of this Agreement, and the conditions of employment shall be improved whenever specific provisions for improvement are made elsewhere in this Agreement.
- 33 -
Article 6, Section 1
Local Standards
(a)The Local Unions and the Employer shall, within one hundred eighty (180) days following ratification of this Agreement, identify and reduce to writing, and submit to the appropriate Regional Joint Area Committee, those local standards and conditions practiced under this Article. Such standards and conditions when submitted in accordance with this Section shall be currently dated. Those local standards and conditions previously practiced hereunder which are not so submitted shall be deemed to have expired.
The appropriate Regional Joint Area Committee shall, not later than ninety (90) days following ratification, adopt a procedure to consider the disposition of the local standards and conditions submitted including the right to appoint a subcommittee to make recommendations. The Regional Joint Area Committee shall provide to the parties the opportunity to present their views. The Regional Joint Area Committee shall have the sole discretion to determine the disposition of the submitted local standards and conditions which determination shall be final and binding.
Individual Employer Standards
(b)Individual Employers may during the life of this Agreement file with the appropriate Regional Joint Area Committee and request review of those individual standards and conditions claimed or practiced under this Article which exceed the provisions of this Agreement and Supplemental Agreements.
The Regional Joint Area Committee shall develop a procedure to review the filing including the right to appoint a subcommittee to make recommendations. The Committee shall make every effort to adjust the matter. If the Committee reaches agreement concerning the disposition of the individual standards or conditions, the decision of the Committee shall be final and binding. In the event of deadlock, the submitted standards and/or conditions shall continue as practiced.
General
(c)It is agreed that the provisions of this Article shall not apply to inadvertent or bona fide errors made by the Employer or the Union
- 34 -
Article 6, Section 1
in applying the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Such bona fide errors may be corrected at any time.
In the event a Local Union and/or employee notifies the manager at the applicable Employer facility in writing by certified mail that employees’ wages are being overpaid and the Employer does not correct the overpayment within thirty (30) calendar days following receipt of such notice, the Employer shall not be permitted to recoup such overpayment. The Employer shall, however, be permitted to correct the wage error by paying employees the appropriate contractual wage prospectively from the date of notice by the Local Union and/or employee, provided the correction is made prior to the expiration of this Agreement.
No other Employer shall be bound by the voluntary acts of another Employer when he/she may exceed the terms of this Agreement.
Any disagreement between the Local Union and the Employer with respect to this matter shall be subject to the grievance procedure.
This provision does not give the Employer the right to impose or continue wages, hours and working conditions less than those contained in this Agreement.
Section 2. Extra Contract Agreements
(a)The Employer agrees not to enter into any agreement or contract with its employees, individually or collectively, which in any way conflicts with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Any such agreement shall be null and void.
(b)Every profit-sharing plan, condition, or incentive plan of any type, whether or not it alters or amends the economic conditions contained in this Agreement, must be negotiated and agreed to by TNFINC prior to implementation. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to apply to existing safety programs or other prizes or bonus items the receipt of which do not alter the economic terms of this Agreement.
- 35 -
Article 6, Section 3
Section 3. Workweek Reduction
If either the Fair Labor Standards Act or the Hours of Service Regulations are subsequently amended so as to result in substantial penalties to either the employees or the Employer, a written notice shall be sent by either party requesting negotiations to amend those provisions which are affected.
Thereafter, the parties shall enter into immediate negotiations for the purpose of arriving at a mutually satisfactory solution. In the event the parties cannot agree on a solution within sixty (60) days, or mutually agreed extensions thereof, after receipt of the stated written notice, either party shall be allowed economic recourse.
Section 4. New Equipment
Where new types of equipment and/or operations for which rates of pay are not established by this Agreement are put into use after April 1, 2003, within operations covered by this Agreement, rates governing such operations shall be subject to negotiations between the parties.
In the event agreement cannot be reached within sixty (60) days after date such equipment is put into use, the matter may be submitted to the National Grievance Committee for final disposition. Rates agreed upon or awarded shall be effective as of the date equipment is put into use.
The above provisions shall also apply in the event the law (state or federal) is changed to permit longer combination vehicles or aggregate weight increases of 8,000 pounds or more in the weight limits that are currently provided in the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982.
Employees expected to use computers will be trained to use them and will be paid for all training time. Employees expected to use computers will be given sufficient time to learn to use them.
- 36 -
Article 7, Section 1
ARTICLE 7. LOCAL AND AREA GRIEVANCE MACHINERY
Section 1.
(a)The provisions provided herein shall replace and supersede prior language and Provisions in the individual supplements with regards to local, state and area grievance machinery.
Each IBT Region shall provide for a Joint Area Committee, comprised of the Supplements in that Geographic Region, that shall meet on a quarterly basis at a location agreed to by the Employer and Regional Freight Coordinator. In addition the Joint Area Committee may be required to meet at a Supplemental location for a special hearing of out of service cases, no later than thirty (30) days after the request is received by the administrator of the grievance process.
The Committee shall be made up of Local Union representatives from the Supplement involved and ABF Employee Relations Personnel or their designees. It is agreed that for a Committee to hear a case there shall be an equal number of Employer Committee members and Union Committee members sitting, not to exceed three (3) each and not less than two (2). Local Union representatives who are appearing as presenters or witnesses for the Local Union involved in a proceeding before a Committee, will be ineligible to act as a member of that Committee. The Company Panel for cases to be heard at any level shall consist of not less than two (2) ABF Employee Relations Personnel or their designees.
In the event a grievance matter is deadlocked at the Joint Area Committee level, it shall be referred to the appropriate ABF Regional Committee for handling or as provided for in the Joint Area Committee rules of procedure for discharges and suspension. If not resolved at that level it shall be referred to the ABF Review Committee or to the ABF National Grievance Committee.
All grievances arising under the provisions of the Master Agreement (Articles 1-39) shall be filed directly with the appropriate Regional Joint Area Committee. The Regional Joint Area Committee
- 37 -
Article 7, Section 1
shall have the authority to render a final and binding decision or direct the grievance to the appropriate lower level committee for hearing if the grievance is not properly claimed under the provisions of the Master Agreement. The Regional Joint Area Committee must hear and decide such cases within ninety (90) days of the filing of the grievance. Grievances arising under Article 9 Protection of Rights, Article 29, Sections 1 or 2(a) and (b)—Substitute Service and Article 32, Subcontracting shall be expeditiously processed and may be heard at either regularly scheduled or specially called hearings. A grievance may be filed by any Region whose members are adversely affected by an alleged violation of Article 32, Section 4(b) occurring within its jurisdiction.
Each Supplemental Agreement shall provide for a Regional Joint Area Review Committee. The Committee shall review and consider any case deadlocked by the Regional Joint Area Committee. The Regional Joint Area Review Committee shall consist of the Freight Coordinator from the applicable Region or a designee of the TNFINC Chairman and a designee of the Vice President of Employee Relations for ABF Freight. The Committee shall have the authority to resolve any such deadlocked case either by review of the evidence presented to the Regional Joint Area Committee or by rehearing the case. The decisions of the Committee shall be final and binding. In the event the Committee is unable to resolve the deadlock, the case shall be referred to the National Grievance Committee.
It is mutually agreed that the procedures for processing complaints concerning matters of highway and equipment safety shall be incorporated in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, in accordance with the guidelines established by the ABF National Master Freight Safety, Health and Equipment Committee provided for in Article 16.
Special Regional Joint Area Committees shall also be created in compliance with the provisions of Article 35, Sections 3 and 4. The procedure set forth in the grievance machinery and in the national grievance procedure may be invoked only by the authorized Union representative or the Employer representative. Authorized representatives of the Union and/or Employer may file grievances alleging violation of this
- 38 -
Article 7, Section 1
Agreement, under local grievance procedure, or as provided herein, unless provided to the contrary or otherwise mutually agreed in the Supplemental Agreement and/or respective committee rules of procedure. Time limitations regarding the filing of grievances, if not set forth in the respective Supplemental Agreements, must appear in the Rules of Procedure of the various grievance committees and shall apply equally to the Employer and employees.
The Rules of Procedure of the various committees established under the Agreement shall be subject to the review and approval of the ABF National Grievance Committee.
In order that each committee may operate quickly and efficiently, the parties agree that a person or service provider shall be selected and designated to serve as Secretary. Each Panel shall have its own Secretary. The Secretary shall perform only the duties assigned to him/her by the Panel. The Secretary shall docket cases, prepare the agenda and mail/email a copy prior to the scheduled meeting of the Panel to each member of the Panel, the Employer and Local Unions whose case appears on the agenda. The Secretary shall attend the meeting to prepare and keep the minutes and mail/email copies of the minutes to the members of the Panel and shall also mail/email copies of the decision of the Panel to all ABF representatives and Local Unions who are parties to this Agreement.
If a Local Union dockets a case at a joint area committee, the Company and the Union shall both be required to pay a fifty ($50.00) dollar docketing or hearing fee. The expenses for operating a joint area committee shall be borne equally by all the covered Local Unions on a pro rata basis and Company operations which are covered by this Agreement. The parties reserve the right to modify the above fees or impose an assessment, by mutual consent.
The procedure set forth in the joint area and regional joint area grievance machinery and in the national grievance procedure may be invoked only by the authorized Union representative or the Employer representative. Authorized representatives of the Union and/ or Employer may file grievances alleging violation of this Agreement, under this grievance procedure, or as provided herein, unless
- 39 -
Article 7, Section 1
provided to the contrary or otherwise mutually agreed in the Supplemental Agreement and/or respective committee rules of procedure. Time limitations regarding the filing of grievances, if not set forth in the respective Supplemental Agreements, must appear in the Rules of Procedure of the various grievance committees and shall apply equally to the Employer and employees.
The Rules of Procedure of the various committees established under the Agreement shall be subject to the review and approval of the National Grievance Committee.
Section 2. Grievant’s Bill of Rights
All employees who file grievances under this Agreement and its Supplemental Agreements are entitled to have their cases decided fairly and promptly. In order to satisfy these objectives and promote confidence in the integrity of the grievance procedures, all employees who file grievances are entitled to the following Rights:
1.Grievant’s and stewards shall be informed by their Local Union of the time and place of the hearing.
2.Grievant’s and stewards are permitted to attend, at their own expense, the hearing in cases in which they are involved.
3.The Employer must provide any information relevant to a grievance containing specific factual allegations within fifteen (15) days of receipt of a written request by the Local Union, steward or grievant. The Local Union or grievant must provide information relevant to such a grievance within fifteen (15) days of receipt of a written request by the Employer. Information requested must relate to the specific issues and general time periods involved in the grievance. In the event a party fails to provide available information that was specifically requested on a timely basis and the applicable grievance committee agrees that the information is relevant to the case, the claim of the party requesting the information shall be upheld.
4.All cases involving a discharge or suspension shall be recorded, except for executive sessions. Transcriptions of these proceedings
- 40 -
Article 7, Section 2
shall be prepared in response to written requests by the Local Union at the reasonable cost of transcription. No recording devices shall be used in any grievance committee proceeding except as specifically authorized under the Rules of Procedure or by mutual consent of the co-chairpersons.
5.All Employer and Union panel members for each case shall be identified prior to the hearing. No Employer or Union representative who is directly involved in a case may serve as a panel member except at a local level committee where there is only one Local Union subject to the jurisdiction of the committee.
6.A grievant or steward may request permission to present evidence or argument in support of the case in addition to the evidence or argument presented by the Local Union.
7.All grievance committees shall, upon request, issue a copy of the grievance decision or transcript pages containing the hearing proceedings and the decision to the grievant and/or a Local Union.
8.The Local Union and the Employer may postpone a case once each, and any further postponements must be approved by the co-chairpersons of the grievance committee. In those areas where there are presently local grievance committees, each party shall be entitled to one additional postponement at the local grievance committee level only.
9.Unless mutually agreed by the Local Union and the Company, Local Unions shall file all approved grievances with the appropriate grievance committee or association for decision no later than thirty (30) days after the date the Local Union receives the grievance.
10.A copy of the grievance committee Rules of Procedure, including the Grievant’s Bill of Rights, must be provided, upon request, to the grievant prior to the commencement of the grievance hearing.
Section 3.
All Grievance Committees shall revise their Rules of Procedure to include the “Grievant’s Bill of Rights” set forth in Section 2 above
- 41 -
Article 7, Section 3
and shall submit their revised Rules of Procedure to the National Grievance Committee for approval no more than ninety (90) days after the effective date of this Agreement. The National Grievance Committee may revise, delete or add to the Rules of Procedure for a Supplemental Grievance Committee in any manner necessary to ensure conformity with the purposes and objectives of the Grievant’s Bill of Rights. The decisions of the National Grievance Committee in this regard shall be final and binding.
Section 4.
Discharge cases shall be docketed and scheduled to be heard at the next regularly scheduled Joint Area Committee meeting. In addition the Joint Area Committee may be required to meet at a Supplemental location for a special hearing of out of service cases, no later than thirty (30) days after the request is received by the administrator of the grievance process.
Section 5. Timely Payment of Grievances
All monetary grievances that have been resolved either by decision or through a signed, dated written settlement agreement shall be paid within fourteen (14) calendar days of formal notification of the decision or the date of the settlement agreement. If the Employer fails to pay a monetary grievance in accordance with this Section, the Employer shall pay as liquidated damages to each affected grievant eight (8) hours straight time pay for each day the Employer delays payment, commencing the date the grievant(s) notified the Employer of such non-payment.
Section 6.
In view of the new Federal Regulations (383.51) pertaining to a driver’s overall record, when presenting a case involving discharge and/or suspension for an accident(s), the Employer may request on the record at the Regional Joint Area Committee that the driver’s accident record for the past three (3) years be considered. The respective Chairmen of the Regional Joint Area Committee may consider the employee’s accident record within the past three (3) years when assessing disciplinary action if the Employer can present evidence showing that:
- 42 -
Article 7, Section 6
The driver who is subject to discharge or suspension was convicted of any of the following within the past three (3) years:
A.being at fault in an accident involving a fatality or serious bodily injury;
B.being at fault in an accident resulting in property damage in excess of $50,000.00;
C.leaving the scene of any accident of which the driver is aware; or
D.using the Employer’s commercial motor vehicle to commit a felony.
ARTICLE 8. NATIONAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE
Section 1.
All grievances or questions of interpretations arising under this ABF National Master Freight Agreement or Supplemental Agreements thereto shall be processed as set forth below.
(a)All factual grievances or questions of interpretation arising under the provisions of the Supplemental Agreement (or factual grievances arising under the ABF National Master Freight Agreement), shall be processed in accordance with the grievance procedure of the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
If upon the completion of the grievance procedure of the Supplemental Agreement the matter is deadlocked, the case shall be immediately forwarded to both the Employer and Union secretaries of the National Grievance Committee, together with all pertinent files, evidence, records and committee transcripts.
Any request for interpretation of the ABF National Master Freight Agreement shall be submitted directly to the Regional Joint Area Committee for the making of a record on the matter, after which it shall be immediately referred to the National Grievance
- 43 -
Article 8, Section 1
Committee. Such request shall be filed with both the Union and Employer secretaries of the National Grievance Committee with a complete statement of the matter.
(b)Any matter which has been referred pursuant to Section 1(a) above, or any question concerning the interpretation of the provisions contained in the ABF National Master Freight Agreement, shall be submitted to a permanent National Grievance Committee which shall be composed of an equal number of employer and union representatives. The National Grievance Committee shall meet on a regular basis, for the disposition of grievances referred to it, or may meet at more frequent intervals, upon call of the chairman of either the Employer or Union representatives on the National Grievance Committee. The National Grievance Committee shall adopt rules of procedure which may include the reference of disputed matters to subcommittees for investigation and report, with the final decision or approval, however, to be made by the National Grievance Committee. If the National Grievance Committee resolves the dispute by a majority vote of those present and voting, such decisions shall be final and binding upon all parties.
Cases deadlocked by the National Grievance Committee shall be referred as provided in Section 2(b) below. Procedures relating to such referrals shall be included in the Rules of Procedure of the National Grievance Committee.
The Employer may request the co-chairmen of the National Grievance Committee to appoint and convene a joint Employer and Union Committee which shall have the authority to approve uniform dispatch procedures and rules which shall apply to the individual company’s over-the-road operations.
Section 2.
(a)The National Grievance Committee by majority vote may consider and review all questions of interpretation which may arise under the provisions contained in the ABF National Master Freight Agreement which are submitted by either the Chairman of TNFINC or the Vice President of Employee Relations for ABF. The National Grievance Committee by majority vote shall have the
- 44 -
Article 8, Section 2
authority to reverse and set aside all resolutions of grievances by any lower level grievance committee or review committee involving or affecting the interpretation(s) of Articles 1-39 of the ABF National Master Freight Agreement, in which case the decision of the National Grievance Committee shall be final and binding. A failure by the National Grievance Committee to reach a majority decision on a question concerning interpretation or on a review of a decision by a lower level grievance committee or review committee shall not be considered a deadlock and will not be referred to the National Review Committee. In case of a failure to reach a majority decision in reviewing the decision of a lower level grievance committee or review committee, the decision of the lower level grievance committee or review committee shall stand as final and binding.
(b)All grievances deadlocked at the National Grievance Committee shall be processed as set forth below.
1.All such deadlocked grievances shall be automatically referred to the National Review Committee, which shall consist of the Chairman of TNFINC, or his/her designee and the Vice President of Employee Relations for ABF, or his/her designee. The National Review Committee shall have the authority to resolve any such deadlocked case by review of the record presented to the National Grievance Committee or by rehearing the case, or by referring the case to a subcommittee of either the Joint National Negotiating Committee or the appropriate Supplemental Negotiating Committee to negotiate a recommended resolution of the case. The sub-committee of the Negotiating Committee to which the case was referred must report its recommendation or deadlock to the National Review Committee for resolution. Unless the National Review Committee in writing mutually agrees otherwise, said Committee shall have a period of 15 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and holidays) from the date of the National Grievance Committee dead-lock to resolve the case. The decision of the National Review Committee shall be final and binding.
2.In the event the National Review Committee is unable to resolve the deadlock, the President of the Employer involved and the Chairman of TNFINC shall have 30 additional days (excluding
- 45 -
Article 8, Section 2
Saturdays, Sundays and holidays), from the final day of consideration by the National Review Committee to attempt to resolve the case. The ABF and TNFINC representatives on the National Review Committee shall be responsible for notifying the Vice President of Employee Relations for ABF and the Chairman of TNFINC of the final day of consideration by the Committee of the deadlocked grievance. In considering factual disputes that are deadlocked or deadlocked questions of interpretation arising out of Supplemental Agreements, the decision of either the National Grievance Committee or the National Review Committee shall be based on the provisions of the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
3.No lawyers will be permitted to present cases at any step of the grievance procedure.
4.The decision of any grievance committee or panel shall be specifically limited to the matters submitted to it and the grievance committee or panel shall have no authority in any manner to amend, alter or change any provision of the Agreement.
5.If the Employer or Union challenges in court a decision issued by any dispute resolution panel provided for under this Agreement, the cost of the challenge, including the court costs and attorney’s fees, shall be paid by the losing party.
Section 3. Work Stoppages
(a)The parties agree that all grievances and questions of interpretation arising from the provisions of this Agreement shall be submitted to the grievance procedure for determination. Accordingly, except as authorized by law, as provided below or as specifically provided in other Articles of the ABF National Master Freight Agreement, no work stoppage, slowdown, walkout or lockout shall be deemed to be permitted or authorized by this Agreement.
A “representation dispute” in circumstances under which the Employer is not required to recognize the Union under this Agreement is not subject to the grievance procedure herein and the provisions of this Article do not apply to such dispute.
- 46 -
Article 8, Section 3
(b)In the event the Employer is delinquent in its health & welfare or pension payments in the manner required by the applicable Supplemental Agreement, the Local Union shall have the right to take whatever action it deems necessary until such delinquent payments are made. The Local Union shall give the Employer a seventy-two (72) hour, (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays), prior written notice of the Local Union’s authorization of strike action which notice shall specify the failure to make health & welfare or pension payments providing the basis for such strike authorization. In no event shall the Union have the right to strike over a dispute concerning the eligibility and/or payment of health & welfare or pension contributions by the Employer on behalf of specific individuals and such disputes shall be subject to the grievance procedure.
(c)In the event the Employer fails to comply with a decision rendered by a grievance committee or a grievance settlement, provided a settlement has been reduced to writing, dated and signed by both the Local Union and the Employer the Local Union shall give the Employer a seventy-two (72) hour (excluding Saturday, Sunday and holidays) prior written notice of the Local Union’s authorization of strike action, which notice shall specify the basis for the compliance failure. If the Employer believes that it is in compliance or that there is a clarification needed in order to comply, the matter of compliance and/or clarification shall be submitted to the grievance committee that decided the case. The question of compliance or clarification shall be determined by the grievance committee within forty-eight (48) hours after receipt of the Employer request. The forty-eight (48) hour period for the grievance committee to determine the question of compliance or clarification shall run concurrently with the seventy-two (72) hour notice prior to a strike. The grievance committee may meet telephonically to consider and decide questions of compliance or clarification.
Section 4.
(a)It is mutually agreed that the Local Union will, within two (2) weeks of the date of the signing of this Agreement, serve upon the Employer a written notice listing the Union’s authorized representatives who will deal with the Employer, make commitments for the Local Union generally and, in particular, those individuals having
- 47 -
Article 8, Section 4
the sole authority to act for the Local Union in calling or instituting strikes or any stoppages of work which are not in violation of this Agreement. The Local Union may from time to time amend its listing of authorized representatives by certified mail (or confirmed
e-mail). The Local Union shall not authorize any work stoppages, slowdown, walkout, or cessation of work in violation of this Agreement. It is further agreed that in all cases of an unauthorized strike, slowdown, walkout, or any unauthorized cessation of work which is in violation of this Agreement the Union shall not be liable for damages resulting from such unauthorized acts of its members.
In the event of a work stoppage, slowdown, walkout or cessation of work, not permitted by the provisions of Article 8, Section 3(a), (b), or (c) alleged to be in violation of this Agreement, the Employer shall immediately send a wire or fax to the Freight Coordinator in the appropriate Regional Area and to the Chairman of TNFINC to determine if such strike, etc., is authorized.
No strike, slowdown, walkout or cessation of work alleged to be in violation of this Agreement shall be deemed to be authorized unless notification thereof by telegram has been received by the Employer and the Local Union from such Regional Area. If no response is received by the Employer within twenty-four (24) hours after request, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays, such strike, etc., shall be deemed to be unauthorized for the purpose of this Agreement.
In the event of such unauthorized work stoppage or picket line, etc., in violation of this Agreement, the Local Union shall immediately make every effort to persuade the employees to commence the full performance of their duties and shall immediately inform the employees that the work stoppage and/or picket line is unauthorized and in violation of this Agreement. The question of whether employees who refuse to work during such unauthorized work stoppages, in violation of this Agreement, or who fail to cross unauthorized picket lines at their Employer’s premises, shall be considered as participating in an unauthorized work stoppage in violation of this Agreement may be submitted to the grievance procedure, but not the amount of suspension herein referred to.
- 48 -
Article 8, Section 4
It is specifically understood and agreed that the Employer during the first twenty-four (24)—hour period of such unauthorized work stoppage in violation of this Agreement, shall have the sole and complete right of reasonable discipline, including suspension from employment, up to and including thirty (30) days, but short of discharge, and such employees shall not be entitled to or have any recourse to the grievance procedure. In addition, it is agreed between the parties that if any employee repeats any such unauthorized strike, etc., in violation of this Agreement, during the term of this Agreement, the Employer shall have the right to further discipline or discharge such employee without recourse for such repetition. After the first twenty-four (24)—hour period of an unauthorized stoppage in violation of this Agreement, and if such stoppage continues, the Employer shall have the sole and complete right to immediately further discipline or discharge any employee participating in any unauthorized strike, slowdown, walkout, or any other cessation of work in violation of this Agreement, and such employees shall not be entitled to or have any recourse to the grievance procedure. The suspension or discharge herein referred to shall be uniformly applied to all employees participating in such unauthorized activity. The Employer shall have the sole right to schedule the employee’s period of suspension.
The International Brotherhood of Teamsters, the Teamsters National Freight Industry Negotiating Committee, Joint Councils and Local Unions shall make immediate efforts to terminate any strike or stoppage of work as aforesaid which is not authorized by such organizations, without assuming liability therefore. For and in consideration of the agreement of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Teamsters National Freight Industry Negotiating Committee, Joint Councils and Local Unions affiliated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters to make the aforesaid efforts to require Local Unions and their members to comply with the law or the provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions limiting strikes or work stoppages, as aforesaid, the Employer who is party hereto agrees that it will not hold the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, the Teamsters National Freight Industry Negotiating Committee, Joint Councils and Local Unions liable or sue them in any court or before any administrative tribunal for undertaking such efforts to terminate
- 49 -
Article 8, Section 4
unauthorized strikes or stoppages of work as aforesaid or for undertaking such efforts to require Local Unions and their members to comply with the law or the provisions of this Agreement, or for taking no further steps to require them to do so. It is further agreed that the Employer will not hold the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Teamsters National Freight Industry Negotiating Committee, Joint Councils or Local Unions liable or sue them in any court or before any administrative tribunal for such unauthorized work stoppages alleging condonation, ratification or assumption of liability for undertaking such efforts to terminate strikes or stoppages of work, or requiring Local Unions and their members to comply with the law or the provisions of this Agreement.
The provisions of this Article shall continue to apply during that period of time between the expiration of this Agreement and the conclusion of the negotiations or the effective date of the successor Agreement, whichever occurs later, except as provided in Article 39. It is understood and agreed that failure by the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Teamsters National Freight Industry Negotiating Committee, and/or Joint Councils to authorize a strike by a Local Union shall not relieve such Local Union of liability for a strike authorized by it and which is in violation of this Agreement.
(b)The question of whether the International Union, Teamsters National Freight Industry Negotiating Committee, Joint Council or Local Union have met its obligation set forth in the immediately preceding paragraphs, or the question of whether the International Union, Teamsters National Freight Industry Negotiating Committee, and Joint Council or the Local Union, separately or jointly, participated in an unauthorized work stoppage, slowdown, walkout or cessation of work in violation of this Agreement by calling, encouraging, assisting or aiding such work stoppage, etc., in violation of this Agreement, or the question of whether an authorized strike provided by Article 8, Section 3(a), (b) or (c) is in violation of this Agreement, or whether the Employer engaged in a lockout in violation of this Agreement, shall be submitted to the grievance procedure at the national level, prior to the institution of any damage suit action. When requested, the co-chairmen of the National Grievance Committee shall immediately appoint a subcommittee to develop a
- 50 -
Article 8, Section 4
record by collecting evidence and hearing testimony, if any, on the questions of whether the International Union, Teamsters National Freight Industry Negotiating Committee, Joint Council or Local Union have met its obligations as aforesaid, or of Union Participation or Employer lockout in violation of this Agreement. The record shall be immediately forwarded to the National Grievance Committee for decision. If a decision is not rendered within thirty (30) days after the co-chairmen have convened the National Grievance Committee, the matter shall be considered deadlocked.
A majority decision of the National Grievance Committee on the questions presented as aforesaid shall be final and binding on all parties. If such majority decision is rendered in favor of one (1) or more of the Union entities, or the Employer, in the case of lockout, no damage suit proceedings on the issues set forth in this Article shall be instituted against such Union entity or such Employer. If, however, the National Grievance Committee is deadlocked on the issues referred to in this subsection 4(b), the issues must be referred to the National Review Committee for resolution prior to either party instituting damage suit proceedings. If the National Review Committee decides that a strike was unlawful, it shall not have the authority to assess damages. Except as provided in this subsection 4(b), agreement to utilize this procedure shall not thereafter in any way limit or constitute a waiver of the right of the Employer or Union to commence damage suit action. However, the use of evidence in this procedure shall not waive the right of the Employer or Union to use such evidence in any litigation relating to the strike or lockout, etc., in violation of this Agreement. There shall not be any strike, slowdown, walkout, cessation of work or lockout as a result of a deadlock of the National Grievance Committee on the questions referred to under this subsection 4(b) and any such activity shall be considered a violation of this Agreement.
(c)In the event that the Employer, party to this Agreement, commences legal proceedings against the Union after the Union’s compliance with the provisions of Article 8, Section 3(a), (b) or (c), the applicable Committee Secretary will cooperate in the presentation to the court of the applicable majority grievance committee decision.
- 51 -
Article 8, Section 4
(d)Nothing herein shall prevent the Employer or Union from securing remedies granted by law except as specifically set forth in subsection 4(b).
Section 5.
(a)In the event of strikes, work stoppages, or other activities authorized by Article 8, Section 3(a), (b) or (c) of this Agreement, no interpretation of this Agreement or any Supplement thereto relating to the Employer’s obligation to make health & welfare and /or pension contributions by any tribunal shall be binding upon the Union or affect the legality or lawfulness of the strikes unless the Union stipulates to be bound by such interpretation, it being the intention of the parties to resolve all questions of interpretation by mutual agreement.
(b)It is the intention of the parties to resolve all grievances and requests for interpretation arising under this Agreement through the grievance procedure. However, it is understood and agreed that nothing herein shall prevent the Employer or Union from securing remedies in those circumstances where the application of this Agreement is contrary to law.
Section 6. Change of Operations
Change of Operations Committee
(a)Present terminals, breaking points or domiciles shall not be transferred, changed or modified without the approval of an appropriate Change of Operations Committee. Such Committee shall be appointed in each of the Regional Areas, equally composed of Employer and Union representatives. The Change of Operations Committee shall have the authority to determine the seniority of the employees affected and such determination shall be final and binding.
In the event a proposed change of operations includes the establishment of either a new or satellite terminal as a “combination” facility with a common city driver and dock seniority roster, when such change of operations results in the relocation or movement of city drivers and dock employees from an existing terminal recognizing separate (split) seniority rosters for city drivers and dock employees, the Change of Operations Committee shall have the authority to
- 52 -
Article 8, Section 6
determine the conditions under which such a combination facility may be established, including but not limited to, the number of city drivers and dock employees who qualify, be allowed to follow the work to the new or satellite combination terminal, the implementation of training programs to qualify dock employees as city drivers and the seniority right of affected employees to either return to the “mother” terminal and/or claim additional driving positions at the satellite terminal within reasonable time periods following the establishment of such combination terminal, as determined by the Committee. Existing terminals that recognize separate city driver and dock seniority rosters (split terminals) shall not be converted to “combination” terminals unless and until such time as a majority of those affected employees agree to such conversion, in which case the Change of Operations Committee shall have the authority to determine the conditions under which such conversion shall be implemented.
Such Committee, however, shall observe the Employer’s right to designate domiciles and the operational requirements of the business. Where the Union raises the question as to whether or not certain proposed runs of excessive length can be made, the Employer must be prepared to submit objective evidence including DOT certification or logs and tapes that such runs have been tested and were made within the DOT hours of service regulations. Individual employees shall not be redomiciled more than once during the term of this Agreement as the result of an approved change of operations unless a merger, purchase, sale, acquisition or consolidation of employers is involved, or unless there is proven economic need as determined by the Change of Operations Committee based on factual evidence presented.
Where there is no objection from the involved Local Unions to a proposed change of operations (as evidenced in a letter or e-mail from the involved Local Unions) and the matter is approved by both the Union’s Regional Coordinator and Union’s National Freight Director, the Company may implement the change prior to a formal hearing. The Change of Operations Committee would maintain jurisdiction for a period of twelve (12) months following the implementation to address any disputes concerning the implementation.
- 53 -
Article 8, Section 6
Pension and health & welfare contributions paid on behalf of a redomiciled employee shall be paid to the Funds to which the contributions were made prior to the employee’s change of domicile, and the decisions of the Change of Operations Committee shall so specify. This Section does not apply to employees who voluntarily transfer to new domiciles, unless such transfer is a result of a Change of Operations Committee decision. Any dispute concerning the appropriate fund for the Employer contribution on behalf of a redomiciled employee, pursuant to a Change of Operations Committee decision, shall be referred to the National Grievance Committee. The decision of the National Grievance Committee shall to the extent permitted by law, be final and binding on all affected parties, including the Trust Funds.
The Change of Operations Committee shall also have jurisdiction for a period of twelve (12) months following the opening of a new terminal to consider the redomicile of employees who are laid off as a direct result of such opening of a terminal. The Committee shall also have jurisdiction over the closing of a terminal in regard to seniority, as well as to determine the conditions under which freight may or may not be interlined into the area of a vacated operations when necessary to retain major customers, including mandating the use of union carriers where available. In no event will the Employer be granted the authority to vacate a facility and interline the freight on a non-union subsidiary of the parent company.
The above shall not apply within a twenty-five (25)-mile radius.
The Change of Operations Committee shall have the authority to require a definition of primary and shared lanes, where applicable.
The Change of Operations Committee shall not grant the Employer authority to relocate U.S. operations, work, or terminals to Mexico.
Change of Operations Committee Procedure
b)The National Grievance Committee shall adopt Rules of Procedure concerning the application and administration of this Article.
- 54 -
Article 8, Section 6
The Employer shall notify all affected Local Unions of the proposed change of operations at least thirty (30) calendar days prior to the hearing at the Regional Joint Area Committee, and the Employer and the Local Unions involved shall have a mutual responsibility to inform the employees subject to redomicile prior to such hearing in accordance with the practice and procedures agreed to in the respective Area Committee. Any exception or waiver of the aforesaid thirty (30) day period shall be mutually agreed to between the Employer and the Local Unions involved and approved by the Regional Area Change of Operations Committee.
Moving Expenses
(c)The Employer shall pay reasonable expenses to demount and remount an employee’s mobile home, if used as his/her residence and in such instance shall pay normal expenses to move such mobile home, including the use of other modes of transportation where required by law. However, it is mutually understood that the cost of such move shall not exceed nine thousand dollars ($9,000.00) per move. Commencing April 1, 2004 and every April 1st thereafter under this agreement, this amount will be increased by the prior year’s average annual increase in the CPI-W, U.S. city average, Housing, Household Operations expenditure category titled “Moving, storage, freight expense”. A decrease in the percent change in the Index will not result in a decrease of the mobile home moving allowance once established. In the event the index is no longer published by BLS, the parties will agree to meet and find a substitute Index as an escalator.
Where an employee is required to transfer to another domicile in order to follow employment as a result of a change of operations, the Employer shall move the employee and assume the responsibility for proven loss or damage to household goods due to such move, including insurance against loss or damage. Should any employee possess household items of unusual or extraordinary value which will be included in the move, such items shall be declared and an appraised value determined prior to the move. The Employer shall provide packing materials for the employee’s household goods when requested or at the employee’s request pay all costs and expenses of moving such household goods, including packing.
- 55 -
Article 8, Section 6
An employee shall have a maximum of one (1) year to move in accordance with the provisions of an approved change of operations unless, prior to the expiration of such year, he/she requests, in writing, an extension for a reasonable period of time due to an unusual or special problem. The Employer shall provide lodging for the employee at the point of redomicile, not to exceed ninety (90) calendar days, and in addition, shall reimburse the employee sixty-one cents (61¢) per mile to transport two (2) personal automobiles to the new location.
The Employer shall not be responsible for moving expenses if the employee changes his/her residence as a result of voluntary transfer.
None of the Employer obligations set forth in this Subsection (c)— Moving Expenses shall apply to transfers of domiciles within a fifty (50)—mile radius.
Change of Operations Seniority
(d)The Change of Operations Committee established herein hall have the sole authority to determine questions of the application of seniority in those situations presented to it and in connection therewith the following general rules shall apply, subject, however, to modification as provided by Section 6(g) below:
Closing, Partial Closing of Terminals-Transfer of Work
(1)a. When branches, terminals, divisions or operations (hereinafter “terminal(s)”) are closed or partially closed and the work of such terminal(s) is transferred, in whole or in part, to another terminal(s), the active employees (excluding those employees on letter of layoff) at the closed or partially closed terminal(s) shall have the right to bid into a master seniority roster (road or city) comprised of bidders from the active seniority rosters of closed or partially closed terminal(s) in the order of their continuous classification (road or city) seniority. Continuous classification seniority shall be defined as that seniority which the employee is currently exercising and has not been broken in the manner provided by Article 5, Section 1, or by voluntary changes in domicile not directed, approved
- 56 -
Article 8, Section 6
or ordered by a Change of Operations Committee. Employees shall bid from the combined master seniority roster into openings at the terminal(s) into which work is being transferred. Employees so transferring shall be “dovetailed” into the appropriate active seniority roster at the new terminal(s) in the order of their continuous classification seniority. Such transfers shall be permitted prior to the recall of laid-off employees at such gaining terminal(s). If and when additional employees are required in excess of those who formed the combined active roster at the point of redomicile, employees on letter of layoff at that location shall be recalled. If recalled, such employees shall be “dovetailed” with their continuous classification seniority.
In addition, the inactive seniority rosters (employees who are on letter of layoff) at the terminal(s) from which employees are being redomiciled shall be “dovetailed” into a master “laid off” seniority roster and such employees shall have the same opportunities to transfer to terminal(s) within the area of the Supplemental Agreement which are afforded to employees covered by the provisions of subparagraph 2(b) below. These inactive employees at the losing terminal(s) shall also be offered first work opportunity, in seniority order, at terminals into which work was transferred within the regional area where such employees were employed. Such inactive employees shall gain active seniority in accordance with the provisions of the applicable supplemental agreement. The use of such employees shall be subject to the order of call of the supplement. The employee’s seniority date for bidding and layoff purposes shall be the date which they gain active status. The employee shall retain company seniority for fringe benefits only as of that date.
The senior driver voluntarily laid off at a losing domicile will be restored to the active board each time foreign drivers or casuals (where applicable) make ten (10) trips (tours of duty) within any thirty (30) calendar day period on a primary run of such domicile, not affected by a Change of Operations.
b.The following seniority bidding procedures are to be applied in all change of operations cases that involve master pool bidding:
- 57 -
Article 8, Section 6
1.The Change of Operations Committee shall have the authority to establish a date for purposes of determining active and inactive (on letter of layoff or the equivalent thereof) employees at both gaining and losing locations.
2.Affected employees at losing locations shall be allowed to bid onto an active master pool seniority list on a dovetailed seniority basis.
3.At the time of the original bid, an employee on the active master pool seniority list shall be afforded the opportunity to bid any available position for which he/she is qualified at a gaining location in accordance with his/her seniority on the master pool seniority list. In the event the active employees at any given location elect not to bid the number of positions being lost at that particular location, inactive employees at that location, in accordance with their seniority, shall then be afforded the opportunity to bid as an active employee until the number of positions being lost at that particular location are filled. An employee who elects to “hold” as set forth in paragraph 4 below shall not be considered as filling a losing position. A successful bidder shall be dovetailed on the seniority list at the location he/she bids into. The number of successful bidders from any losing location shall not exceed, at the time of the original bid, the number of positions lost at that location as approved by the Change of Operations Committee.
4.An employee on the active master pool seniority list who does not have seniority to bid the location he/she desires in the initial bid may hold for such desired location and remain at his/her present domicile in such status as his/her bidding seniority will allow. Should an opening occur during the window period as set forth in the Change of Operations decision at the location to which he/she desired to transfer, he/she shall be afforded transfer opportunity in line with his/her bidding seniority. A successful bidder under this provision shall be dovetailed on the applicable seniority list at the location into which he/she bids and his/her moving expenses shall be paid in accordance with other transferring employees. The transfer provisions of this Section shall apply only during the window period as set forth in the Change of Operations decision.
- 58 -
Article 8, Section 6
5.An employee who elects to hold as set forth in Paragraph 4 above may hold for only one (1) location and must designate that location at the time of the original bid and may hold only for a position within the classification the employee has seniority to bid. If an employee refuses to accept an opportunity to claim a position he/ she is holding for, the employee shall have no further claim to a position that may become available during the window period.
6.An employee who elects to hold, shall also be entitled to exercise seniority to claim a voluntary move under the provisions of Article 5, Section 5 herein, and in the event the employee accepts such a voluntary move, he/she shall retain his/her hold position at his/her home domicile during the remainder of the window period but shall forfeit any other seniority rights at his/her home domicile. Should a position become available at the location such employee is holding for and which the employee has seniority to successfully claim, moving expenses set forth in Article 8, Section 6(c) shall be computed from the employee’s original home domicile.
7.There shall be a maximum one hundred twenty (120) calendar day window period from the date of implementation in all Changes of Operations only when the number of positions offered at gaining terminals do not equal the number of positions lost at the losing terminals.
(a)Any openings which may occur at a gaining terminal during the window period shall be offered to those employees on the Master Pool Seniority list who have not been offered transfer opportunity under the provisions of Article 8, Section 6 before they are offered to employees who may have elected to “hold” as set forth in paragraph 4 above.
(b)The window period established by the Change of Operations decision shall close if either of the following conditions is met: (a) the number of days and/or months of the window period as set forth in the Change of Operations decision has expired; or (b) all employees on the Master Pool Seniority list have been offered work opportunities pursuant to Article 8, Section 6.
- 59 -
Article 8, Section 6
(c)However, with respect to those who bid to “hold”, it is understood that such bids must remain open and any job opportunities that are clearly identifiable as a direct result of the Change of Operations must be offered, by seniority, to those qualified employees who bid to hold for that specific location for the length of the window period(s) (road/ cartage) set forth in the Change of Operations decision even if the window period is closed as set forth in paragraph (b) above.
(d)The Company shall determine whether an additional job opportunity is the direct result of the Change of Operations at the specific gaining domicile for which the employee is “holding”. The Company shall so notify the employee’s current Local Union and the gaining Local Union. The Company shall have the burden of proof in establishing whether or not an additional job opportunity is clearly the direct result of the Change of Operations at the specific gaining domicile for which the employee is “holding”. Any grievance filed regarding the Company’s decision to permit or deny a “hold” transfer shall be filed with the appropriate Regional Joint Area Committee to be heard by the Multi-Region Change of Operations Committee that held jurisdiction.
8.Employees who are qualified bidders on Long-Term Disability (LTD) at the time of bid shall be allowed to bid. If successful LTD bidders are unable to claim their bid on the date of implementation, a hold-down bid will be allowed. This hold-down bid will be offered to those remaining active employees at the LTD’s current location, by classification, who have not been offered transfer opportunity under the Change of Operations. The successful hold-down bidder shall be dovetailed. When the LTD employee returns to work and claims his/her bid, the hold-down employee may either remain at the hold-down location with a bidding seniority date consistent with the date of transfer under the Change of Operations or return to his/her original location with his/her original bidding seniority date. The hold-down employee may not return to a location where the classification from which he/she bid has been eliminated. The Company shall not be responsible for the moving expense of the employee filling the hold-down bid, unless and until such time as it is determined that the employee on LTD will never be able to claim his bid and the hold-down bidder becomes a regular permanent employee at the hold-down location.
- 60 -
Article 8, Section 6
Closing of Terminals-Elimination of Work
(2)a. When a terminal(s) is closed and the work of such terminal(s) is eliminated, an employee who was formerly employed at another terminal shall have the right to return to such former terminal and exercise his/her continuous classification (road or city) seniority, provided he/she has not been away from such former terminal for more than a five (5)-year period.
Layoff
b.When a terminal(s) is closed and the work of such terminal(s) is eliminated, employees who are laid-off thereby shall be given first (1st) opportunity for available regular employment in the classification in which they are employed at the time of such layoff (prior to the employment of new hires but subject to the order of call/hiring of the Supplemental Agreement) occurring at any other terminal(s) of the Employer within the area of the Supplemental Agreement where such employee was employed provided they notify the Employer in writing of their interest in a transfer opportunity. The offer of transfer will be made in the order of continuous classification seniority of the laid off employees within the area of the Supplemental Agreement. The Employer shall be required to make additional offers of transfer to an employee who has previously rejected a transfer opportunity provided the employee again notifies the Employer in writing of his/her continued interest in additional transfer opportunities. However, the Employer will only be required to make one transfer offer in any six (6) calendar month period. The obligation to offer such employment shall continue for a period of five (5) years from the date of closing. Any employee accepting such offer shall be employed at his/her applicable rate of pay and shall be placed at the bottom of the seniority board for bidding and layoff purposes, but shall retain company seniority for fringe benefits only. A transferring employee shall pay his/her own moving expenses.
Opening of Terminals
(3)When a new terminal(s) is opened (except as a replacement for existing operations or a new division in a locality where there are existing operations), the Employer shall offer to those employees, if any, affected thereby the opportunity to transfer to
- 61 -
Article 8, Section 6
regular positions in the new terminal(s) in the order of such employee’s continuous classification (road or city) seniority date as defined herein. Upon arrival at such new location, such employees shall be “dovetailed” with their continuous classification (road or city) seniority date together with other employees so transferring.
This provision is not intended to cover situations where there is replacement of an existing operation or where a new division is opened in a locality where there is an existing terminal. In these latter situations, those employees laid off at the existing facilities shall have first (1st) opportunity for employment at the new operation in accordance with their continuous classification (road or city) seniority date, and upon arrival shall be similarly “dovetailed.” If all regular full-time positions are not filled in this manner, then the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall apply.
(4)When a Company which has an established Local Cartage Operation, which has been cleared by system OTR drivers, seeks to establish a new OTR domicile there, the Company shall first file for a Change of Operations giving transfer opportunity, with regard to the initial complement, to OTR drivers from those system OTR domiciles that previously serviced such Local Cartage Operation with reasonable regularity. Such transfer opportunity shall remain in effect for any additions to the initial complement for a period of not less than 120 calendar days, after which further additions to such complement shall be hired at the locality where such new OTR domicile was established.
(5)Any employee redomiciled by an approved change of operations to another domicile shall upon reporting to such new domicile be deemed to have relinquished his/her right to return, with seniority, to the domicile from which he/she was transferred, except under another approved change of operations. Employees who avail themselves of the transfer privileges because they are on layoff at their original terminal may exercise their seniority rights if work becomes available at their original terminal during the five (5) year layoff period allowed them at their original terminal.
- 62 -
Article 8, Section 6
(6)When the Employer proposed Change of Operations offers a specific number of road positions at a gaining domicile, the Employer shall be required to make every good faith effort and use all practical means to hire qualified applicants to fill such offered positions that are left vacant because other employees affected by the Change have elected not to bid into that gaining domicile. The Employer’s duty to hire under this provision is to use every reasonable means to advertise for qualified applicants and to meet with the affected Local Union(s) to seek qualified applicants. Nothing in this provision shall be construed to create an obligation that the Employer maintain or otherwise guarantee a specific number of employees at a gaining domicile. Any grievance concerning any issue which may arise under this provision shall be filed directly with the Multi-Region Change of Operations Committee.
In the event it is determined by the Multi-Region Change of Operations Committee that the Employer has not made every good faith effort and used all practical means to hire qualified applicants for road positions as required under this provision, the Committee may require the Employer to hire qualified applicant(s) as outlined above.
Definition of Terms
(e)The term “continuous classification seniority” as used in this Agreement is defined as that seniority which the employee is currently exercising and has not been broken in the manner provided in Article 5, Section 1, or by voluntary changes in domicile not directed, approved or ordered by a Change of Operations Committee.
Qualifications and Training
(f)Employees, who are presently non-CDL qualified and elect to bid to transfer to a gaining terminal that requires CDL qualified employees, shall be provided a sixty (60) day training period in order to become CDL qualified. The training period shall commence from the date the employee becomes a successful bidder and the Company shall furnish training personnel and equipment at the location where the employee is currently domiciled or otherwise as mutually agreed to. If the employee fails to qualify
- 63 -
Article 8, Section 6
during such sixty (60) day period, the employee shall forfeit his/ her right to fill the bid and shall remain on the seniority list of the current domicile.
Intent of Parties
(g)The parties acknowledge that the above rules are intended solely as general standards and further that many factual situations will be presented which necessitate different application, modification or amendment. Accordingly, the parties acknowledge that questions of the application of seniority rights may arise which require different treatment and it is anticipated and understood that the Employers and Unions jointly involved and/or the respective grievance committees may mutually agree to such disposition of questions of seniority which in their judgment is appropriate under the circumstances.
The Change of Operations Committees, as provided herein or in the Supplemental Agreements, shall have the authority to determine the application of seniority in those situations presented to them. In all cases, the seniority decisions of the Joint Committees, including the Change of Operations Committees and subcommittees established by the ABF National Master Freight Agreement and the respective Supplemental Agreements, shall be final and binding.
Section 7.
Any grievance committee or panel, as constituted under this Agreement, shall have the jurisdiction and power to decide grievances which arose under the preceding agreements and supplements thereto. In doing so, the committees or panels shall follow the grievance procedure set forth in the 2023 – 2028 Agreement, but apply the contract under which the grievance arose.
Section 8. Sleeper Cab Operations
Unless specifically addressed in this section the provisions of the applicable supplemental agreement relating to sleeper cab operations remain in full force and effect.
- 64 -
Article 8, Section 8
A.Work Rules
The Local Union and the Company shall meet and negotiate dispatch and/or work rules. If no agreement is reached disputes shall be subject to the grievance machinery.
B.Team Classifications
1.“Bid Team Drivers” and “Bid Team Extra Board Drivers”
Team Drivers who are classified as bid destination drivers or bid team extra board drivers will be guaranteed a minimum of thirteen hundred (1300) miles round trip when dispatched. If the dispatch of a bid sleeper team is broken between A & B (1st dispatch the drivers will be paid no less than their original dispatch). If the broken dispatch results in more miles the drivers shall be paid their actual miles driven and work performed. There will be no free time at any point reached.
2.“Extra Board Team Drivers”
Teams who are classified as extra board drivers will receive a minimum of thirteen hundred (1300) miles round trip when dispatched.
3.Turning In The Yard Home Terminal (Non-Scheduled Teams)
When mutually agreed between the sleeper team and the Employer, sleeper teams may be allowed to turn in the yard at their home domicile provided the dispatch wheel is exhausted and/or there are no other teams rested and available for dispatch. When the Employer turns a sleeper team at their home domicile any delay in excess of one (1) hour shall be compensable.
The above referenced mileage guarantees are in addition to any other earnings after dispatch.
C.Dispatch Method
Sleeper cab operations shall be between the designated home terminal and a designated area and/or a destination terminal unless otherwise agreed. The A, B, C, dispatch principle shall apply.
- 65 -
Article 8, Section 8
All regular sleeper runs shall be posted for bid once each six (6) months unless otherwise agreed. The number of regular runs or teams in designated areas shall be determined by taking fifty percent (50%) of the average number of runs operated by sleeper teams between two (2) or more designated points for a period of six (6) months. Disputes over bids will be referred to the Sleeper Resolution Committee.
The sleeper trip must equal a minimum of thirteen hundred (1300) paid miles.
All sleeper trips are limited to one via on the return home dispatch, (B-A), (C-A), unless otherwise mutually agreed or as approved by the appropriate committee.
All sleeper teams must be sent to their home terminal on the third dispatch unless otherwise mutually agreed.
D.Laypoint and Layover
The layover provision of this section shall apply at only one away from home terminal, and all time spent at all other points touched on a round trip from the home terminal exclusive of meal time shall be paid for at the full hourly rate for each driver.
The layover point shall be the destination of the A-B dispatch and shall be designated on the driver’s original orders prior to the dispatch from the point of origin and shall remain the same whether or not the drivers reached that point. If the team does not reach the original dispatch point there shall be no free time.
Upon arrival at a team’s designated lay point, the Employer shall advise as soon as possible, but not later than thirty (30) minutes after the team signs-in, whether the team will be turned or put to bed.
In the event the team is put to bed, they shall be compensated at the straight-time hourly rate of pay from the time they signed in until the time they were so notified.
- 66 -
Article 8, Section 8
However, in the event of unforeseen circumstances (e.g., road closures; equipment breakdown; government declared emergency), the Employer may cancel a previously assigned dispatch prior to the expiration of the one hour free time and put the team to bed. In this circumstance, the team will be compensated at the straight time hourly rate of pay from the time they signed in until the time they were so notified. Failure by the Employer to make a load shall not be considered an unforeseen circumstance.
If the drivers are advised they are turning, the Company will have one-half (1/2) free hour at the laypoint and one (1) free hour at the home domicile in which to turn the drivers provided there are safe and sanitary shower facilities equipped with hot and cold water for showering. If the drivers are not dispatched within the above-mentioned one-half (1/2) or one (1) hour free time period after arrival they shall be paid for all time spent in excess at the applicable rate.
If the team is relieved of duty on arrival and signs for eight (8) hours off and then is recalled within four (4) hours, they shall be paid for all time spent.
Where sleeper teams are required to layover away from their home terminal, layover paid shall commence following the tenth (10th) hour after the end of the run. If the driver is held over the tenth (10th) hour the driver shall be guaranteed two (2) hours pay in any event for the layover time. If the driver is held over more than two (2) hours the driver shall receive layover pay for each hour up to eight (8) hours in the first eighteen (18) hours of layover period, commencing after the run ends. The same principle shall apply to each succeeding eighteen (18) hours, and layover pay shall commence after the tenth (10th) hour.
E.Abuse of Free Time
Whenever any employer arbitrarily abuses the free time allowed in this section, then this shall be considered a dispute and the same shall be subject to the grievance machinery.
- 67 -
Article 8, Section 8
F.Mark-Off Procedure For Non-Scheduled Sleeper Cab Drivers
In the event the Company and the Local Union are unable to agree to a mark-off procedure, the following shall apply unless the supplement provides otherwise.
1.For the purposes of time off, one thousand (1000) tractor miles equals one (1) sleeper trip. (for each driver)
2.After the completion of four (4) consecutive trips, the drivers will be entitled to forty-eight (48) hours off, plus an additional eight (8) hours rest. The drivers may waive the forty-eight (48) hours off.
3.After the completion of six (6) consecutive trips the drivers will be entitled to seventy-two (72) hours off, plus an additional eight (8) hours rest. Drivers entitled to such time off privileges may at their option, exercise time off privilege at the completion of either the sixth (6th), eighth (8th), or tenth (10th) trips. An extra board team that exercises their maximum time off after the eighth (8th) or tenth (10th) trip is subject to no more than fifteen percent (15%) of the active board off at one time.
4.Where drivers fail to exercise time off privilege after the tenth (10th) trip, they shall forfeit such time off and the cycle will revert back to subsection 2.
5.Time off privileges may be exercised only at the completion of the fourth (4th), sixth (6th), eighth (8th) or tenth (10th) trips upon the drivers returning home. An extra board team that exercises their maximum time off after the eighth (8th) or tenth (10th) trip is subject to no more than fifteen percent (15%) of the active board off at one time. A driver shall not be denied the time off in accordance with the fifteen percent (15%) rule more than once prior to receiving such time off.
6.The only exception to the above is that the Employer shall provide in the dispatch rules and/or procedures for thirty-six (36) consecutive hours off duty at the home terminal at least once a week
- 68 -
Article 8, Section 8
unless otherwise agreed to, provided the driver has been on the board and required to be available.
7.Where only one driver of an established team marks off for any reason, other than “9” below, he shall remain off until his partner returns to the home terminal, except as mutually agreed.
8.In those instances where an extra board driver makes a combination of single operation and sleeper operation trips each driver will earn one tour for each one thousand (1000) tractor miles while on a sleeper trip.
9.Bid team drivers must take their earned time off at the same time as outlined above.
10.Sleeper drivers are entitled to ten (10) hours off duty at their home domicile upon the completion of each round trip exclusive of the two (2) hour call.
G.Bedding and Linen
Bedding and fresh linen, excluding pillows, for sleeper cabs shall be furnished and maintained by the Employer in a clean and sanitary condition. Complaints with respect to width, depth, and condition of mattresses shall be subject to the grievance procedure. Upon expiration of current linen provider contracts, the drivers will be compensated seven dollars ($7.00) each per trip to furnish and maintain their linens. A trip is defined as beginning and ending at home domicile.
H.Sleeper Cab Equipment
All sleeper cab equipment must be provided with air conditioning and heating appliances in accordance with Article 16, Section 6 of this Agreement. In the event of mechanical failure of such air conditioning and heating appliances, repairs shall be made at the first point of repair enroute where qualified, certified service and parts are available. Drivers shall be paid for all time waiting for repairs to be made to heating appliances. In the event an air conditioning appliance becomes inoperable, the time necessary to complete the repairs cannot cause an unreasonable delay in the movement of
- 69 -
Article 8, Section 8
freight and therefore will be limited to four (4) hours, for which drivers will be paid. In the event parts and/or qualified, certified service are not available, necessary repairs shall be completed prior to the equipment being disp dispatched from the next scheduled point of dispatch.
I.Sleeper Cab Occupants
Only two (2) drivers shall be permitted in the sleeper cab equipment at any one time except in the case of emergency, an act of God, or where new type equipment is put into operation. In no event shall a master driver be in the cab in addition to the two (2) regular drivers for more than 300 miles or ten (10) hours.
J.Method of Dispatch At Foreign Domiciles
Foreign domiciled sleeper teams shall be placed on a common rotating wheel at the time they arrive at a foreign domicile and shall be dispatched off that wheel on a first-in first-out basis; provided however, a team may be dispatched out of rotation when receiving a direct dispatch back to their home domicile. Such direct dispatch may include a drop and pick enroute. When more than one team from a common home domicile is on the foreign wheel, the first team in shall be the team dispatched out of rotation.
Sleeper teams who are put to bed at a foreign domicile shall be dispatched in accordance with the procedure herein; provided however, it shall not be a violation or the basis of a runaround claim, when a foreign team, whose home domicile is common to that of another team who is in bed at the foreign domicile, has been pre-dispatched on a via through the foreign domicile enroute to their home domicile. A foreign team may not however, be dispatched from a home domicile to a foreign domicile and then back to their home domicile (A-B-A) when another team from the same home domicile is in bed at the foreign domicile.
K.Foreign Power Courtesy Dispatch
It shall not be a violation or the basis for a runaround when a sleeper team is dispatched on a via through a foreign domicile where other sleeper teams or single drivers are domiciled when continuing
- 70 -
Article 8, Section 8
in motion over their designated sleeper lane, or being dispatched to their home domicile.
L.National Sleeper Cab Grievance Committee
The parties shall establish a National Sleeper Committee composed of four (4) union representatives appointed by the Chairman of TNFINC and four (4) Employer representatives appointed by the Employer Chairman of the National Grievance Committee. The National Sleeper Committee shall establish rules of procedure to govern the manner in which proposed sleeper operations are to be heard, procedures for resolving sleeper issues and procedures for establishing prehearing guidelines. Any grievance concerning the application or interpretation of this section shall be referred to the National Sleeper Committee for resolution. If the National Sleeper Committee is unable to reach a decision on an interpretation or grievance, the issue will be referred to the National Grievance Committee.
ARTICLE 9. PROTECTION OF RIGHTS
Section 1. Picket Lines: Sympathetic Action
It shall not be a violation of this Agreement, and it shall not be cause for discharge, disciplinary action or permanent replacement in the event an employee refuses to enter upon any property involved in a primary labor dispute, or refuses to go through or work behind any primary picket line, including the primary picket line of Unions party to this Agreement, and including primary picket lines at the Employer’s places of business.
Section 2. Struck Goods
It shall not be a violation of this Agreement and it shall not be cause for discharge, disciplinary action or permanent replacement if any employee refuses to perform any service which his/her Employer undertakes to perform as an ally of an Employer or person whose employees are on strike and which service, but for such strikes, would be performed by the employees of the Employer or person on strike.
- 71 -
Article 9, Section 3
Section 3.
Subject to Article 32—Subcontracting, hereof, the Employer agrees that it will not cease or refrain from handling, using, transporting, or otherwise dealing in any of the products of any other Employer or cease doing business with any other person, or fail in any obligation imposed by the Motor Carriers Act or other applicable law, as a result of individual employees exercising their rights under this Agreement or under law, but the Employer shall, notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, when necessary, continue doing such business, including pickup or delivery to or from the Employer’s terminal and to or from the premises of a shipper or consignee.
Section 4.
The layover provision of the applicable Supplemental Agreement shall apply when the Employer knowingly dispatches a road driver to a terminal at which a primary picket line has been posted as a result of the exhaustion of the grievance procedure, or after proper notification of a picket line permitted by the collective bargaining agreement, or economic strikes occurring after the expiration of collective bargaining agreements, or to achieve a collective bargaining agreement. In such event and upon his/her request, a driver shall be provided first class public transportation to his/her home terminal, plus be paid a minimum of eight (8) hours or actual time spent while returning, whichever is greater. The Employer shall determine the mode of transportation to be utilized.
ARTICLE 10. LOSS OR DAMAGE
Section 1.
In the event loss, damage or theft of freight, equipment, materials, or supplies is incurred as a direct result of a proven willful gross negligent act by an employee in the performance of assigned work, when such act knowingly may result in such loss, damage or theft, the employee may be held responsible for such acts and may be required to assume liability for any such loss, damage or theft, in whole or in part. The term “willful, gross negligent acts” is intended to describe independent actions of any employee who knowingly
- 72 -
Article 10, Section 1
violates established rules or policies that, when adhered to, clearly prevent loss, damage or theft described herein. Employees shall not be held responsible or required to assume liability for loss or damage or theft unless clear proof of willful, gross negligence is shown. In no event will an employee be held responsible for, or required to assume any liability for any loss, damage or theft when performing assigned work in a manner as specifically instructed by a supervisor. This Article shall not be utilized in any manner to hold an employee liable for any loss or damage of equipment under any conditions or for any damage to cargo as a result of a vehicular accident.
Section 2.
Prior to an employee being charged with the responsibility and liability for any loss, damage or theft because of willful gross negligent acts on the part of the employee, a hearing shall be held with the Local Union, the employee and the Employer. Employees who are found to be liable and required to make restitution for such liability, shall not then be subject to any further disciplinary action. Any disputes between the parties may be referred to the grievance procedure of the applicable Area Supplemental Agreement and the ABF National Master Freight Agreement.
ARTICLE 11. BONDS AND INSURANCE
Section 1.
Should the Employer require any employee to give bond, cash bond shall not be compulsory, and any premium involved shall be paid by the Employer. The primary obligation to procure the bonds shall be on the Employer. If the Employer cannot arrange for a bond within ninety (90) days, it must so notify the employee in writing. Failure to so notify shall relieve the employee of the bonding requirement. If proper notice is given, the employee shall be allowed thirty (30) days from the date of such notice to make his/her own bonding requirements, standard premiums only on said bond to be paid by the Employer. A standard premium shall be that premium paid by the Employer for bonds applicable to all other of its employees in similar classifications. Any excess premium is to be paid by the employee. Cancellation of a bond after once issued shall not
- 73 -
Article 11, Section 1
be cause for discharge unless the bond is cancelled for cause which occurs during working hours, or due to the employee having given a fraudulent statement in obtaining said bond.
Every driver must maintain a valid commercial driver’s license and required endorsements and be covered by insurance. If the Employer cannot cover a driver under an existing fleet policy, the Employer will promptly apply to the state assigned risk-pool to provide any comparable coverage. During the pendency of the application and until insurance is obtained, the driver will not be terminated, but will be taken out of driving service. When any comparable insurance is obtained, the employee will be responsible for paying any excess over the standard charges.
Section 2. Corporate Owned Life Insurance
The Employer will not own and/or be the beneficiary of any life insurance policy on the life or lives of any members of the bargaining unit without obtaining the explicit authorization of the Teamsters National Master Freight Negotiating Committee and the individual affected employees.
ARTICLE 12. UNIFORMS
Before the Employer purchases uniforms, it must present a sample of the material for the uniforms to the Union for approval. If the sample material type is not used in the finished uniforms, the Union employees are under no obligation to wear the uniforms. The Union’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Employer agrees that if any employee is required to wear any kind of uniform as a condition of his/her continued employment, such uniform shall be furnished and maintained by the Employer, free of charge, at the standard required by the Employer. Said uniforms shall be made in the United States by union vendors, if possible, and will have the Teamster emblem appropriately applied and, as uniforms are replaced after July 25, 2018, an American flag on the left shoulder.
- 74 -
Article 12
The Employer shall replace all clothing, glasses, hearing aids and/ or dentures not covered by company insurance or worker’s compensation which are destroyed or damaged in a wreck or fire with company equipment.
The Employer has the right to establish and maintain reasonable standards for wearing apparel and personal grooming.
The following provisions shall govern the wearing of shorts, unless the Employer and Local Union has a prior existing practice:
During the period May 1, through September 30, employees shall be allowed to wear appropriate Employer approved polo shirts and shorts, subject to the guidelines set forth herein. Appropriate shorts shall be defined as walking or Bermuda style shorts with at least two (2) pockets and belt loops and which cannot be shorter than two (2) inches above the knee, properly hemmed at the bottom and of a conservative basic solid color, (black, blue, brown or green). Socks and appropriate foot wear must be worn at all times.
Short shorts, cut offs, unhemmed, athletic, gym, biking, spandex and calf length shorts shall not be allowed.
ARTICLE 13. PASSENGERS
No driver shall allow anyone, other than employees of the Employer who are on duty, to ride on his truck except by written authorization of the Employer, or except in cases of emergency arising out of disabled commercial equipment or an Act of God. No more than two (2) people shall ride in the cab of a tractor unless required by government agencies or the necessity of checking of equipment. This shall not prohibit drivers from picking up other drivers, helpers or others in wrecked or broken down motor equipment and transporting them to the first (1st) available point of communication, repair, lodging or available medical attention. Nor shall this prohibit the transportation of other drivers from the driver’s own company at a delivery point or terminal to a restaurant for meals.
- 75 -
Article 14, Section 1
ARTICLE 14. COMPENSATION CLAIMS
Section 1. Compensation Claims
(a)The Employer agrees to cooperate toward the prompt disposition of employee on-the-job injury claims. The Employer shall provide worker’s compensation protection for all employees even though not required by state law, or the equivalent thereof, if the injury arose out of or in the course of employment. No employee will be disciplined or threatened with discipline as a result of filing an on-the-job injury report. The Employer or its designee shall not visit an injured worker at his/her home, at a hospital or any location outside the employee’s home terminal without his/her consent.
(b)At the time an injury report is turned in, the Employer shall provide the injured employee with an information sheet briefly outlining the procedure for submitting a worker’s compensation claim to include the name, address and phone number of the company’s worker’s compensation representative and other pertinent information relative to claim payment.
(c)An employee who is injured on the job, and is sent home, or to a hospital, or who must obtain medical attention, shall receive pay at the applicable hourly rate for the balance of his/her regular shift on that day. An employee who has returned to his/her regular duties after sustaining a compensable injury who is required by the worker’s compensation doctor to receive additional medical treatment during his/her regularly scheduled working hours shall receive his/her regular hourly rate of pay for such time. Where not prohibited by state law, employees who sustain occupational injury or illness shall be allowed to select a physician of their own choice and shall notify the Employer in writing of such physician.
(d)Road drivers sustaining an injury while being transported in company-provided transportation for Company purposes at a layover terminal shall be considered as having been injured on the job.
(e)In the event that an employee sustains an occupational illness or injury while on a run away from his/her home terminal, the
- 76 -
Article 14, Section 1
Employer shall provide transportation by bus, train, plane, or automobile to his/her home terminal if and when directed by a doctor.
(f)The Employer agrees to provide any employee injured locally transportation at the time of injury, from the job to the medical facility and return to the job, or to his/her home if required.
(g)In the event of a fatality arising in the course of employment, while away from the home terminal, the Employer shall return the deceased to his/her home at the point of domicile.
(h)The Employer may publish reasonable safety rules and procedures and provide the Local Union with a copy. Failure to observe such reasonable rules and/or procedures shall subject the employee to disciplinary action in accordance with the disciplinary procedures in the applicable Supplemental Agreement. However, the time limitation relative to prior offenses shall be waived to permit consideration of the employee’s entire record of failure to observe reasonable safety rules and/or procedures resulting in lost time personal injuries. This provision does not apply to vehicular accidents.
When issuing progressive discipline under the terms and conditions of Article 14 Section 1(h), it is understood that the time limitation relative to prior offenses of failure to observe reasonable safety rules and/or procedures resulting in lost time injuries is waived and may be included in the disciplinary process.
However it is also understood that when the Employer issues progressive discipline, the employer shall not utilize prior discipline that is in excess of three (3) years old when issuing additional progressive discipline, unless the employee has shown a pattern of failure to observe reasonable safety rules and/or procedures resulting in lost time injuries.
Section 2. Modified Work
(a)The Employer may establish a modified work program designed to provide temporary opportunity to those employees who are unable to perform their normal work assignments due to a disabling
- 77 -
Article 14, Section 2
on-the-job injury. Recognizing that a transitional return-to work program offering both physical and mental therapeutic benefits will accelerate the rehabilitative process of an injured employee, modified work programs are intended to enhance worker’s compensation benefits and are not to be utilized as a method to take advantage of an employee who has sustained an industrial injury, nor are they intended to be a permanent replacement for regular employment.
An active employee, who is injured on the job, qualifies for workers’ compensation benefits and is subsequently laid off, will continue to receive compensation payments and benefits for the period provided by his/her supplement.
(b)Implementation of a modified work program shall be at the Employer’s option and shall be in strict compliance with applicable federal and state worker’s compensation statutes. Acceptance of modified work shall be on a voluntary basis at the option of the injured employee. However, refusal to accept modified work by an employee, otherwise entitled to worker’s compensation benefits, may result in a loss or reduction of such benefits as specifically provided by the provisions of applicable federal or state worker’s compensation statutes. Employees who accept modified work shall continue to be eligible to receive “temporary partial” worker’s compensation benefits as well as all other entitlements as provided by applicable federal or state worker’s compensation statutes.
Employees who need additional medical and/or physical therapy may go for such treatments during scheduled hours for modified work whenever practical and reasonable.
Employees who have been prescribed medications by a doctor where such medications prevent them from driving to and from work or where the treating physician certifies that the injury itself prevents the employee from driving to and from work, shall not be scheduled for modified duty.
(c)At facilities where the Employer has a modified work program in place, temporary modified assignments shall be offered in seniority order to those regular full time employees who are
- 78 -
Article 14, Section 2
temporarily disabled due to a compensable worker’s compensation injury and who have received a detailed medical release from the attending physician clearly setting forth the limitations under which the employee may perform such modified assignments. Once a modified work assignment is made and another person is injured, the second person must wait until a modified work opening occurs, regardless of seniority. All modified work assignments must be made in strict compliance with the physical restrictions as outlined by the attending physician. All modified work program candidates must be released for eight (8) hours per day, five (5) days per week. The Employer, at its option, may make a modified work offer of less than eight (8) hours per day where such work is expected to accelerate the rehabilitative process and the attending physician recommends that the employee works back to regular status or up to eight (8) hours per day by progressively increasing daily hours. A copy of any release for modified work must be given to the employee before the modified work assignment begins.
It is understood and agreed that those employees who, consistent with professional medical evaluations and opinion, may not be expected to receive an unrestricted medical release, or whose injury has been medically determined to be permanent and stationary, shall not be eligible to participate in a modified work program.
In the event of a dispute related to conflicting medical opinion, such dispute shall be resolved pursuant to established worker’s compensation law and/or the method of resolving such matters as outlined in the applicable Supplemental Agreement. In the absence of a provision in the Supplemental Agreement, the following shall apply:
When there is a dispute between two (2) physicians concerning the release of an employee for modified work, such two (2) physicians shall immediately select a third (3rd) neutral physician within seven (7) days, who shall possess the same qualifications as the most qualified of the two selecting physicians, whose opinion shall be final and binding on the Employer, the Union and the employee. In the event the availability of a qualified physician is in question, the Local Union and the Company shall resolve such matter by selecting the third (3rd) physician whose opinion shall be final and
- 79 -
Article 14, Section 2
binding. The expense of the third (3rd) physician shall be equally divided between the Employer and the Union. Disputes concerning the selection of the neutral physician or back wages shall be subject to the grievance procedure.
For locations where the Employer intends to implement a modified work program or has a modified work program in place, the Local Union shall be provided with a copy of the current form(s) being used for employee evaluation for release and general job descriptions. This information shall be general in nature, not employee specific.
When a modified work assignment is made, the employee shall be provided with the hours and days he/she is scheduled to work as well as the nature of the work to be performed in writing. A copy of this notice shall also be submitted to the Local Union.
An employee who is placed in a modified work position may be subject to medical evaluation(s) by a physician selected by the Employer to determine if the modified work being performed is accelerating the rehabilitative process as anticipated by Section 2 above. In the event such medical evaluation(s) determine that the rehabilitative process is not being accelerated, the employee shall have the right to seek a second opinion from a physician of his choosing. Any disputes regarding conflicting medical claims shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions outlined above. The employee may be removed from the modified work program based upon final medical findings under this procedure. Employees so removed shall not have their worker’s compensation benefits affected because of such removal. In the event the employee’s temporary disability worker’s compensation benefit is subject to reduction by virtue of an applicable Federal or State statute, the Employer shall pay the difference between the amount of the reduced temporary worker’s compensation benefit to which the employee would be entitled.
(d)Modified work shall be restricted to the type of work that is not expected to result in a re-injury and which can be performed within the medical limitations set forth by the attending physician. In the event the employee, in his/her judgment, is physically unable to perform the modified work assigned, he/she shall be either
- 80 -
Article 14, Section 2
reassigned modified work within his/her physical capabilities or returned to full “temporary total” worker’s compensation benefits. In the event a third (3rd) party insurance carrier refuses to reinstate such employee to full temporary total disability benefits, the Employer shall be required to pay the difference between the amount of the benefit paid by such third (3rd) party insurer and full total temporary disability benefits. Determination of physical capabilities shall be based on the attending physician’s medical evaluation. Under no conditions will the injured employee be required to perform work at that location subject to the terms and conditions of the ABF National Master Freight Agreement or its Area Supplemental Agreements. Prior to acceptance of modified work, the affected employee shall be furnished a written job description of the type of work to be performed.
(e)The modified workday and workweek shall be established by the Employer within the limitations set forth by the attending physician. However, the workday shall not exceed eight (8) hours, inclusive of coffee breaks where applicable and exclusive of a onehalf (1/2) hour meal period and the workweek shall not exceed forty (40) hours, Monday through Friday, or Tuesday through Saturday, unless the nature of the modified work assignment requires a scheduled workweek to include Sunday. Whenever possible, the Employer will schedule modified work during daylight hours, Monday through Friday, or during the same general working hours and on the same workweek that the employee enjoyed before he/ she became injured. In the case of an employee whose workdays and/or hours routinely varied, the Employer will schedule the employee based on the availability of the modified assignment being offered. Any alleged abuse of the assignment of workdays and work hours shall be subject to the grievance procedure.
(f)Modified work time shall be considered as time worked when necessary to satisfy vacation and sick leave eligibility requirements as set forth in the ABF National Master Freight Agreement and/or its applicable Area Supplemental Agreements. In addition to earned vacation pay as set forth in the applicable Area Supplemental Agreements, employees accepting modified work shall receive prorated vacation pay for modified work performed based on the
- 81 -
Article 14, Section 2
weekly average modified work pay. The only time modified work is used in prorating vacation is when the employee did not qualify under the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
Holiday pay shall first be paid in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Supplemental Agreement as it relates to on-the-job injuries. Once such contractual provisions have been satisfied, holidays will be paid at the modified work rate which is the modified work wage plus the temporary partial disability benefit.
Sick leave and funeral leave taken while an employee is performing modified work will be paid at the modified work rate, which is the modified work wage plus the temporary partial disability benefit. Unused sick leave will be paid at the applicable contract rate where the employee performed modified work and qualified for the sick leave during the contract year.
(g)The Employer shall continue to remit contributions to the appropriate health & welfare and pension trusts during the entire time period employees are performing modified work. The payment of health & welfare and pension contributions while the employee is on modified work is not included in the health & welfare and pension contributions required by the Supplement when an employee is off work on worker’s compensation. Continuation of such contributions beyond the period of time specified in the Supplemental Agreement for on-the-job injury shall be required. Provisions of this Section shall not be utilized as a reason to disqualify or remove an employee from the modified work program.
(h)Employees accepting modified work shall receive temporary partial benefits as determined by each respective state worker’s compensation law, plus a modified work wage when added to such temporary partial benefit, shall equal not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of forty (40) hours’ pay he/she would otherwise be entitled to under the provisions of the applicable Area Supplemental Agreement for the first six (6) months from the date the modified work assignment commences. After this initial six (6) month period, the percentage shall increase to ninety percent (90%) for the duration of each individual modified work assignment. The
- 82 -
Article 14, Section 2
Employer shall not refuse to assign modified work to employees based solely on such employees reaching the ninety percent (90%) wage level. Such refusal shall be considered an abuse of the program and shall be subject to the grievance procedure. Modified work assignments beginning or ending within a workweek shall be paid on a prorated basis; one (1) day equals one-fifth (1/5th).
(i)Employees accepting modified work shall not be subject to disciplinary action provisions of the Supplemental Agreements unless such violation involves an offense for which no prior warning notice is required under the applicable Supplemental Agreement (Cardinal Sins). Additionally, the provisions of Article 35, Section 3(a), shall apply.
(j)Alleged abuses of the modified work program by the Employer and any factual grievance or request for interpretation concerning this Article shall be submitted directly to the Regional Joint Area Committee. Proven abuses may result in a determination by the National Grievance Committee that would withdraw the benefits of this Article from that Employer, in whole or in part, in which case affected employees shall immediately revert to full worker’s compensation benefits.
Section 3. Workers Compensation Pay Dispute
Should an employee have a undisputed pay claim concerning the established state worker compensation amount required by Law, the Employer will provide each individual an emergency dispute phone number which will be operational twenty four (24) hours, seven (7) days a week. The Employer’s Work Compensation Manager will have authority to make immediate payment. The pay shortage will be reconciled by check delivered by express overnight mail within twenty four (24) hours of the call. If the disputed pay is not received within the twenty-four hour period, an eight (8) hour penalty will be paid the employee for every day until the pay is received.
Section 4. Americans with Disabilities Act
The Union and the Employer recognize their obligations under the Americans with Disabilities Act. It is agreed that the Employer shall determine whether an employee is a qualified individual with
- 83 -
Article 14, Section 4
a disability under the ADA and, if so, what reasonable accommodations, if any, should be provided. In the event that the Employer determines that a reasonable accommodation is necessary, the Employer shall notify the Local Union before providing the reasonable accommodation to a qualified bargaining unit employee to ensure that the reasonable accommodation selected by the Employer does not impact another employee’s seniority or other contract rights.
Any dispute over whether the Employer complied with its duty to notify the Local Union before implementing a proposed reasonable accommodation or whether providing the reasonable accommodation violates any employee’s rights under any other provision of the ABF NMFA shall be subject to the grievance procedure. Disputes over whether the Employer has complied with its legal requirements under the ADA, including the ADA requirements to provide a reasonable accommodation, however, shall not be subject to the grievance procedure.
ARTICLE 15. MILITARY CLAUSE
Employees in service in the uniformed services of the United States, as defined by the provisions of the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act (USERRA), Title 38, U.S. Code Chapter 43, shall be granted all rights and privileges provided by USERRA and/or other applicable state and federal laws. This shall include continuation of health coverage to the extent required by USERRA, and continuation of pension contributions for the employee’s period of service as provided by USERRA. Employee shall be subject to all obligations contained in USERRA which must be satisfied for the employees to be covered by the statute.
In addition to any contribution required under USERRA, the Employer shall continue to pay health & welfare contributions for regular active employees involuntarily called to active duty status from the military reserves or the National Guard for military-related service, excluding civil domestic disturbances or emergencies. Such contributions shall only be paid for a maximum period of eighteen (18) months.
- 84 -
Article 16, Section 1
ARTICLE 16. EQUIPMENT, SAFETY AND HEALTH
Preamble
It is agreed that all parties covered by this Agreement shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local regulations pertaining to worker safety and health and subjects covered by Article 16. Failure to do so shall be subject to the grievance procedure, in accordance with Articles 7 and 8 of the ABFNMFA, and any other remedies prescribed by law after the procedures contained in this Agreement are exhausted. Class A casual mechanics will not be allowed to sign off safety related write ups.
Section 1. Safe Equipment
The Employer shall not require employees to take out on the streets or highways any vehicle that is not in a safe operating condition, including, but not limited to, equipment which is acknowledged as overweight or not equipped with the safety appliances prescribed by law. It shall not be a violation of this Agreement or basis for discipline where employees refuse to operate such equipment unless such refusal is unjustified.
It shall also not be a violation of this Agreement or considered an unjustified refusal where employees refuse to operate a vehicle when such operation constitutes a violation of any federal rules, regulations, standards, or orders applicable to commercial motor vehicle safety or health, or because of the employee’s reasonable apprehension of serious injury to himself/herself or the public due to the unsafe condition of such equipment. The unsafe conditions causing the employee’s apprehension of injury must be of such nature that a reasonable person, under the circumstances then confronting the employee, would conclude that there is a bona fide danger of an accident, injury, or serious impairment of health, resulting from the unsafe condition. In order to qualify for protection under this provision, the employee must have sought from the Employer, and have been unable to obtain, correction of the unsafe condition.
- 85 -
Article 16, Section 1
All equipment which is refused because it is not mechanically sound or properly equipped shall be appropriately tagged so that it cannot be used by other employees until the maintenance department has adjusted the complaint. After such equipment is repaired, the Employer shall place on such equipment an “ok” in a conspicuous place so the employee can see the same.
Section 2. Dangerous Conditions
Under no circumstances will an employee be required or assigned o engage in any activity involving dangerous conditions of work, or danger to person or property or in violation of any applicable statute or court order, or in violation of a government regulation relating to safety of person or equipment.
The term “dangerous conditions of work” does not relate to the type of cargo which is hauled or handled.
If the “ABS” warning indicator is activated prior to a dispatch at a shop location, the tractor will be repaired or switched out. If it occurs “on-route” it shall be remedied at the next shop location.
Section 3. Accident Reports
Any employee involved in any accident or cargo spill incident, involving any hazardous or potentially polluting product, shall immediately report said accident or spill incident and any physical injury sustained. When required by his/her Employer, the employee, before starting his/her next shift, shall make out an accident or incident report in writing on forms furnished by the Employer and shall turn in all available names and addresses of witnesses to the accident or incident. The employee shall receive a copy of the accident or incident report that he/she submits to his/her Employer. Failure to comply with this provision shall subject such employee to disciplinary action by the Employer.
Section 4. Equipment Reports
Employees shall immediately, or at the end of their shift, report all defects of equipment.
- 86 -
Article 16, Section 4
(a)Such reports shall be made on a suitable form furnished by the Employer and shall be made in multiple copies, one (1) copy to be retained by the employee and one (1) copy to be made available for inspection by the next driver operating the unit. Such copy will remain in the truck. Any alleged violation of the above shall not be cause for refusal of the equipment, but shall be subject to the grievance procedure. The Employer shall not ask or require any employee to take out equipment that has been reported by any other employee as being in an unsafe operating condition until the same has been repaired or is certified by a mechanical department that no repairs are needed and the unit is safe to drive.
(b)When the occasion arises where an employee gives written report on forms in use by the Employer of a vehicle being in an unsafe working or operating condition and receives no consideration from the Employer, he/she shall take the matter up with the officers of the Union who will take the matter up with the Employer. However, in no event shall an employee be required to take out on the streets or highways a vehicle that is not in a safe operating condition or in violation of any federal rules, regulations, standards, or orders applicable to commercial motor vehicle safety as provided in Section 1 of this Article.
Section 5. Qualifications on Equipment
If the Employer or government agency requests a regular employee to qualify on equipment requiring a classified or special license, or in the event an employee is required to qualify (recognizing seniority) on such equipment in order to obtain a better job opportunity with his/her Employer, the Employer shall allow such regular employee the use of the equipment so required in order to take the examination on the employee’s own time.
Costs of such license required by a government agency will be paid for by the employee.
Once obtained an employee must maintain his/her commercial driver’s license with required endorsements unless disqualified by regulatory mandate or documented medical disability.
- 87 -
Article 16, Section 5
An employee unable to successfully pass the DOT Commercial Driver’s License (CDL) examination will be allowed to take a leave of absence for a period not to exceed two (2) years without loss of seniority. The employee will be given work opportunities ahead of casuals to perform non-CDL required job functions. Such employee shall be allowed to claim any open non-CDL bid his/her seniority will allow. This bidding provision shall not apply to combination facilities with the exception of locations that have an established practice or agreement providing for disqualified employees to bid on non-CDL positions.
Section 6. Equipment Requirements
(a)All tractors must be equipped as necessary to allow the driver to safely enter and exit the cab, and hook and unhook the air hoses. All equipment used as city peddle trucks, and equipment regularly assigned to peddle runs, must have steps or other similar device to enable drivers to get in and out of the body. All twin trailers used in LTL pick-up and delivery operation with roll up doors purchased after April 1, 1985 shall be equipped with a hand hold and a DOT bumper which may serve as a step.
All equipment purchased, ordered, and/or introduced to the Pickup and Delivery operations after April 1, 2003 will be equipped with air-conditioning and will be maintained in proper operating condition throughout the year. The Company will not exceed two weeks in making necessary air conditioning repairs during this period. It shall not be a violation of this section to operate any unit while waiting for repairs.
(b)The Employer shall install heaters and defrosters on all trucks and tractors.
(c)There shall be first-line tires on the steering axle of all road and local pick-up and delivery power units.
(d)All road equipment regularly assigned to the fleet shall be equipped with an air-ride seat on the driver’s side. Such equipment shall be maintained in reasonable operating condition. All new air
- 88 -
Article 16, Section 6
ride seats shall oscillate and have an adjustable lumbar support, height, backrest and seat tilt.
(e)Tractors added to the road fleet and assigned to road operations on a regular basis, whether newly manufactured or not newly manufactured, shall be air conditioned.
(f)When the Employer weighs a trailer, the over-the-road driver shall be furnished the resulting weight information along with his/ her driver’s orders.
(g)All company trailers shall be marked for height.
(h)No driver shall be required to drive a tractor designed with the cab under the trailer.
(i)All road and city equipment shall have a speedometer operating with reasonable accuracy. Pending the final ruling regarding the speed limiter proposal filed by the FMSCA, law permitting. the company agrees that starting thirty days after ratification of this agreement all equipment for the road fleet shall be adjusted and/or specified with the manufacturer’s maximum road speed of seventy (70) miles per hour, notwithstanding any other agreement or understanding.
(j)The following minimum measurements for fuel tank placement shall apply to tractors added to the fleet after March 1, 1981, with the understanding that there shall be no retrofit of equipment currently in use: (1) front of fuel tank to rear of front tire-not less than 4 inches; (2) rear of fuel tank to front of duals-not less than 4 inches; (3) bottom of fuel tank to ground-provide clearance not less than 7.5 inches, measured on a flat surface; and (4) all fuel tank measurements as stated herein include brackets, return lines, etc. in determining clearance.
Any alleged violation of the above requirements shall not be cause for refusal of the equipment, but shall be subject to the grievance procedure as a safety and health issue.
(k)The following shall apply to shock absorbers on tractor front axles with the purchase of newly manufactured tractors which are
- 89 -
Article 16, Section 6
placed in service after March 1, 1981, and with the understanding that there shall be no retrofit of equipment currently in use: Where the manufacturer recommends and provides shock absorbers as standard equipment with the tractor front suspension assembly, properly maintained shocks on such new equipment shall be considered as a necessary and integral part of that assembly.
Where the manufacturer does not recommend and provide shock absorbers as standard equipment with the tractor front suspension assembly, shocks shall not be considered as a necessary or integral part of that suspension system.
Any alleged violation of the above, including maintenance of existing equipment, shall not be cause for refusal of equipment but shall be subject to the grievance procedure as a safety and health issue.
(l)(1) The following shall apply for the minimum interior dimensions of the sleeper berths on newly manufactured over-the-road tractors purchased and placed in service after January 1, 1987.
a.Length—80 inches; b. Width—34 inches; and, c. Height—24 inches.
It is understood that a “manufacturing tolerance of error” of one inch (1”) is permissible, provided the original specifications were in conformity with the above recommended dimensions. It is understood that there shall be no retrofit of equipment currently in service.
(2)Interior cab dimensions. Effective January 1, 1988, the Employer, in placing orders for newly manufactured over-the-road tractors, shall request of the manufacturer in writing that there will be compliance with as many of the following October, 1985 SAE recommended practices as possible: J941-E, J1052, J1521, J1522, J1517, J1516, and J1100. The carrier, upon request, will furnish proof to the National Safety and Health Committee that a request was made to the manufacturer for compliance with the aforementioned SAE recommended practices.
- 90 -
Article 16, Section 6
(m)The Employer and the Union recognize the need for safe and efficient twin-trailer operations. Accordingly, the parties agree to the following:
(1)The Employer shall make available to all drivers involved in the twin-trailer operations training in the proper procedures for the safe hooking and unhooking of dollies and jiff-lox. Upon request, the Company will furnish to the Union a copy of their training program.
(2)Dollies and jiff-lox shall be counter-balanced or equipped with a crank-down wheel to support the weight of the dolly tongue or jiff-lox. A handle will also be provided on the tongue of the dolly or jiff-lox and shall be maintained.
(3)A tractor equipped with a pintle hook will be made available to drivers required to drop and hook twin trailers or triples at closed terminals.
The Employer shall make a bona fide attempt to make a telephone available for the driver at closed terminals during the trailer switch.
(4)Whenever possible, the Company will hook up the heaviest trailer in front in twin-trailer operations. In those instances where it is not possible because of an intermediate drop of less than one hundred and fifty (150) miles or scaling of the drive axle, the driver after driving the unit at any point on the trip, determines, at his/her sole discretion, the unit does not handle properly, may have the Company switch the unit or authorize the driver to switch the unit and be paid for such time.
(n)(1) There will be a moratorium on the purchase of diesel powered forklifts and sweepers.
(2)It shall be standard work practice that every diesel-powered sweeper shall be shut off whenever the operator leaves the seat. Under no circumstances shall diesel-powered sweepers be allowed to idle when not attended.
- 91 -
Article 16, Section 6
(3)Diesel-powered sweepers shall be tuned and maintained in accordance with schedules recommended by their manufacturers. The Employer shall provide copies of such recommendations to the Union upon request.
(4)Improperly maintained diesel-powered sweepers may produce visible emissions after start-up. Therefore, any such diesel powered sweeper that is found to be smoking shall be taken out of service as soon as possible until repairs are made and that condition corrected.
(5)The Employer agrees to cooperate with those government and/ or mutually agreed private agencies in such surveys or studies designed to analyze the use and operation of diesel-powered sweepers and diesel-powered sweeper emissions.
(o)As of July 1, 1988, as new equipment is ordered or existing equipment requires brake lining replacement, all brake linings shall be of non-asbestos material where available and certifiable.
(p)Slack adjuster equipment (snubbers) used in multiple trailer operations, whether on the trailers or on the converters, shall be maintained in proper working order. However, it shall not be a violation of this provision for the unit to be pulled to the next point of repair if the snubber is inoperative.
(q)Converter dollies may be pulled on public roads by bobtail tractors if all of the following conditions are met:
(1)Tractors used in this type of operation shall have a pintle hook installed which has the proper weight capacity and is designed for highway use;
(2)Neither supply nor control air lines are to be connected to the converter dolly when being pulled by a bobtail tractor, and the tractor protection valve shall be set in the normal bobtail position;
(3)After October 1, 1991, tractors used to pull converter dollies bobtail must be equipped with a type of bobtail proportioning valve (BPV) in the tractor braking system, unless equipped with ABS;
- 92 -
Article 16, Section 6
(4)It is further agreed such configuration must comply with state and federal law.
(r)All newly manufactured road tractors regularly assigned to the fleet after July 1, 1991, shall be equipped with heated mirrors. All road tractors ordered after April 1, 2003 shall be equipped with a power mirror on the curbside. However, it shall not be a violation of this provision for the tractor to be dispatched to the next Company point of repair if the heated and/or power mirror is inoperative.
(1)All new diesel yard tractors shall be equipped with vertical exhaust stacks. All new diesel road and city tractors shall be equipped with horizontal exhaust systems that meet regulatory and FMCSA requirements as specified by the equipment manufacturers.
(2)All road and city tractors shall be equipped with large spot mirrors (6” minimum) on both sides of the tractor by January 1, 1995.
(3)All road tractors and switching equipment shall be equipped with an operable light of sufficient wattage on the back of the cab.
(4)All new road and city equipment shall have operable sun visors.
(5)Seats on forklifts and sweepers shall be maintained in good repair. Forklifts purchased after July 25, 2018 shall include seat suspension (spring type suspension underneath the seat), incline and a mechanism to slide the seat backwards and forward.
(6)On all road and city tractors, the cab door locks shall remain operable and be properly maintained. Both parties agree that the Employer will have reasonable time to repair the locks.
(7)The Employer shall repair inoperable door locks on linehaul tractors that are reported on a driver vehicle inspection report. The Employer shall perform such repairs at the first Employer maintenance location.
(s)All newly manufactured city tractors regularly assigned to the city pickup and delivery operation after July 1, 1991, shall be equipped with power steering and an air-ride seat on the driver’s side.
- 93 -
Article 16, Section 6
(1)All new road and yard equipment shall have power steering.
(2)All new forklifts and sweepers shall be equipped with power steering.
(t)All hand trucks and pallet jacks shall be maintained in good repair.
(u)All portable and mechanical dock plates shall be maintained in good working condition.
(v)The parties will maintain a safe and healthy working environment in sleeper operations. The parties agree to establish a committee composed of four (4) members each to review the comfort and/or safety aspects of sleeper berths pertaining to ride. Such committee shall meet by mutual agreement of the Co-chairmen as to time and place. The committee shall confer with appropriate representatives of equipment manufacturers and/or other experts on this subject as may be available. The intent of the committee is to identify any problems with the comfort and/or safety aspects of sleeper berths pertaining to ride that may exist, and through its deliberations with the manufacturers and/or other experts, develop ways and means to correct such situations. The committee shall report its findings and make recommendations to the National Grievance Committee.
(1)All new sleeper tractors purchased or leased after February 8, 1998, shall, at a minimum, be equipped with the manufacturer’s original equipment standard dual heat/air conditioning systems. This is not intended to preclude the Company from purchasing newer technology on future purchases, should such become available prior to the expiration of this Agreement.
(2)Bunk restraint strap/net buckles on sleeper equipment shall be mounted on the entrance side of the sleeper berth by April 1, 1995.
(3)New sleeper equipment purchased on or after April 1, 1995, shall be equipped with a power window on the passenger’s side of the cab that is operable from the driver’s side of the cab.
- 94 -
Article 16, Section 6
(4)All sleeper cabs added to the Employer’s fleet after April 1, 2008 will be walk-in sleeper berths with at least the following dimensions:
The measurement of 15-3/4 inches from the front of the mattress to the closed sleeper curtain, at any point across the cab, shall apply for the minimum interior walk-in dimension on newly manufactured over-the-road sleeper tractors ordered after April 1, 2008. It is understood that the contractual width of a sleeper mattress is 34 inches when determining the 15-3/4 inches from the front of the mattress to the sleeper curtain.
All walk-in sleeper units introduced into operation after April 1, 2008 will have a minimum sleeper berth height of 65 inches from the floor to interior ceiling of the sleeper berth. It is also understood that the entrance opening into the sleeper berth area will be a minimum of 64 inches.
This will not apply to triple runs as the length now prohibits. However, if and when it becomes legal to run walk-in sleepers on triple lanes, all new equipment ordered after that effective date will be equipped with walk-in sleeper berths.
(5)All sleeper tractors introduced into Employer linehaul operations after April 1, 2008 will be equipped with an engine and/or exhaust brake. The parties understand that a unit with an inoperable engine brake system will not be considered out of service. Repairs will be performed at the team’s home terminal at the end of that team’s tour.
(6)All sleeper tractors will be set so that the unit will continue to idle, except if (a) federal, state, or local laws or regulations require the Employer to limit or eliminate tractor idle time or (b) the unit is equipped with an auxiliary power pack that provides heat and air conditioning to the sleeper berth area.
(w)Employee will not be required to climb on unguarded trailer roofs for snow removal.
- 95 -
Article 16, Section 6
(x)At least one vent on the sleeper to open front or back.
(y)The Employer shall repair inoperable air conditioning systems on Employer city tractors within fourteen (14) days of written notification from an employee or the Local Union that the air conditioning system on a particular city tractor is inoperable.
(z)All linehaul tractors introduced into Employer linehaul operations after April 1, 2008 will be equipped with a cab filter system that is designed and available from the tractor’s manufacturer.
(aa)The Employer understands tractor interiors should be maintained in a clean condition so units are safe to operate. Concerns about the cleanliness of tractor interiors must first be raised and reviewed at the local level. In the event the parties are unable to resolve the issue locally, the parties shall refer the issue to the Employer’s V.P. or Equipment Services for resolution.
(bb)New trailer jockeys or hostling tractors put into service after the effective date of this agreement will be equipped with power mirrors on the right-hand side. Effective with ratification of this agreement, any new trailer iockeys or hostling tractors added to the fleet will be equipped with air conditioning. Any trailer jockeys or hostling tractors newly assigned to the specified states or locations below in List 1 after March 31, 2018, will be equipped with air conditioning and will be maintained in proper operating condition throughout the year. The Company will not exceed two weeks in making necessary air conditioning repairs. It shall not be a violation of this section to operate any unit while waiting for repairs.
States or locations: Alabama, Arkansas, Arizona, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, New Mexico, Nevada, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Long Beach, CA, Pico Rivera, CA, and San Bernardino, CA.
The Company and the union shall meet periodically to discuss the feasibility of additional locations.
- 96 -
Article 16, Section 6
(cc)New forklifts for use in the U-Pack operations purchased after July 25, 2018 will be all-terrain forklifts and have flashing strobe light and all flatbeds are to be equipped with four (4) orange cones.
(dd)Forklift seats shall have sufficient seat cushion as well as spring suspension system under the seat. Forklift seats also shall have incline and decline capability. Forklift seats should also be adjustable and able to slide back and forth. This section shall apply to forklifts order after ratification of the agreement.
(ee)Rain gear and gloves shall be available for flatbed drivers upon request.
Section 7. National Safety, Health & Equipment Committee
The Employer and the Union shall continue the National Safety, Health & Equipment Committee. Such Committee shall be comprised of qualified representatives to consider safety, health and equipment issues. The Committee shall consult among themselves and/or with appropriate government agencies, state and federal, on matters involving all aspects of trucking operations safety and health and issues related to equipment safety. Such Committee shall convene on a regular basis, with an agenda to be agreed to by the respective chairmen.
Any grievance arising under this Article shall be processed through the Regional Joint Area level in accordance with rules and procedures agreed to by the National Safety, Health &Equipment Committee and approved by the National Grievance Committee.
Section 8. Hazardous Materials Program
Parties must update the Hazardous Materials Program guidelines with the understanding that the Union and the Employer will revise the hazardous materials program and address only the mandated requirements.
- 97 -
Article 16, Section 9
Section 9. Union Liability
Nothing in this Agreement or its Supplements relating to health, safety or training rules or standards shall create any liability or responsibility on behalf of the Union for any job-related injury or accident to any employee or any other person. Further, the Employer will not commence legal action against the Union as a result of the Union’s negotiation of safety standards contained in this Agreement or failure to properly investigate or follow-up Employer compliance with those safety standards.
Section 10. Government Required Safety & Health Reports
The Employer shall provide, upon written request by the Local Union, a copy of any occupational incident report that is required to be filed with a federal government agency on safety and health subjects addressed by Article 16 only. Such reports shall be free of charge for one (1) copy.
Employees and authorized Union representatives shall have access to written occupational safety and health programs. Upon request, the Employer shall provide one (1) copy of the programs to the authorized Union representative free of charge.
Section 11. Facilities
Dock floors shall be maintained in good repair and reasonably free from potholes.
Yards shall be maintained reasonably free from potholes and reasonably effective dust control measures shall be implemented as necessary.
Breakrooms and storage areas for linens, mattresses and individual towels shall be maintained in a sanitary condition.
Restrooms and showers shall be maintained in a sanitary condition. Showers, where provided, shall have body soap or other appropriate cleansing agents and clean individual towels. The requirement
- 98 -
Article 16, Section 11
to provide a shower which is maintained in a sanitary condition is not satisfied by the availability of a Hazmat shower.
The Employer agrees to maintain clean restrooms and break rooms on a regular basis throughout the day. All restrooms and break rooms facilities shall be maintained and kept in proper working order.
Suitable windshield/window cleaning materials shall be available to include a long handled brush/squeegee.
ARTICLE 17. PAY PERIOD
The Joint Area Committee or the National Grievance Committee and the Employer may, by mutual agreement, waive the provisions of Local Supplements dealing with pay periods upon a satisfactory showing of necessity by the Employer, provided such waiver is not a violation of a state or federal law or regulation.
Timely Pay For Drivers
The Employer will make every effort to accommodate drivers, who are away from their home terminal at the conclusion of a pay period, to ensure that those drivers are paid on a timely basis.
Pay Period
Employees shall be paid weekly or bi-weekly in accordance with past practice. The payday for all employees shall be Friday. Pay stubs or paper checks will be available on payday at the end of the employee’s work shift.
If for reasons beyond the Employer’s control, such as weather delays, express mail failure, etc. an employee’s paycheck does not arrive at the employee’s facility by payday, the employee will be paid on that day by station draft.
In the event of a verifiable pay shortage of seventy-five dollars ($75.00) or more, the Employer shall correct the pay shortage by direct deposit or station draft within two (2) business days (excluding
- 99 -
Article 17
Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays) following the employee notifying the Company in writing. Failure to correct as described will result in the employer paying a penalty of eight (8) hours per day for each business day (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and holidays) until corrected. Supplements or local practices providing greater protections for the employee shall prevail.
ARTICLE 18. OTHER SERVICES
In the event the Employer, party to this Agreement, may require the services of employees coming under the jurisdiction of this Agreement in a manner and under conditions not provided for in this Agreement, then and in such instances the Local Union and the Employer concerned may negotiate such matters for such specific purposes, subject to the approval of the Multi-Region Change of Operations Committee.
ARTICLE 19. POSTING
Section 1. Posting of Agreement
A copy of this Agreement shall be posted in a conspicuous place in each garage and terminal.
Section 2. Union Bulletin Boards
The Employer agrees to provide suitable space for the union bulletin board in each garage, terminal or place of work. Postings by the Union on such boards are to be confined to official business of the Union.
All Union bulletin boards must be glass encased and the steward and Business Agent given a key. The Employer shall have 90 days to comply.
- 100 -
Article 20, Section 1
ARTICLE 20. UNION AND EMPLOYER COOPERATION
Section 1. Fair Day’s Work for Fair Day’s Pay
The parties agree at all times as fully as it may be within their power to cooperate so as to protect the long-range interests of the employees, the Employer, the Union and the general public served by the trucking industry.
The Union and the Employer recognize the principle of a fair days work for a fair days pay; that jobs and job security of employees working under this Agreement are best protected through efficient and productive operations of the Employer and the trucking industry; and that this principle shall be recognized in the administration of this Agreement and its Supplements and the resolution of all grievances thereunder.
Section 2. Joint Industry Development Committee
The parties recognize that the unionized LTL industry is losing market share and jobs to competitors. The parties recognize that it is in the interest of the Union and the Employers to return the LTL industry to health and to foster its growth. Only if the industry prospers and grows will the industry’s employees, whom the Union represents, achieve true job and economic security. Only if the industry prospers and grows will the industry have access to the resources it needs to capitalize and be competitive.
Recognizing that returning the industry to health should be a cooperative, long-term effort, the Teamsters National Freight Industry Negotiating Committee (“TNFINC”) and the Employer agree to establish a Joint Industry Development Committee to serve as a vehicle for this effort. The purpose of the Committee will be to perform the following tasks: address the principles of an intermodal truckload agreement as a means of capturing new market and creating additional city/P&D jobs; develop data to evaluate and monitor industry and competitor productivity, costs and operations; catalogue, compare and evaluate work rules, practices and procedures among the various ABF NMFA supplements and the Employer;
- 101 -
Article 20, Section 2
make joint recommendations to the parties about any changes in the ABF NMFA and its supplements that the Committee believes should be considered in the next round of negotiations for the new ABF NMFA; solicit grants for joint activities that benefit the industry and its bargaining unit employees, such as driver training schools; and monitor pending legislation and executive action on the national, state and local level that may affect the welfare of the industry and, where appropriate, jointly recommend actions that further the interests of the industry and its bargaining unit employees and jointly present the views of the Joint Committee to legislative and executive bodies.
The Committee shall operate as a labor-management committee within the meaning of Section 302(c)(9) of the LMRA, as amended, established and functioning so as to fulfill one or more of the purposes set forth in Section 6(c)(2) of the Labor Management Cooperation Act of 1978. The Committee shall have the full support of both the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and the Employer in the Committee’s efforts to identify problems, formulate plans to solve those problems and, where appropriate, conduct joint activities designed to implement the plans.
The Chairman of TNFINC will appoint five (5) Union representatives to the Joint Committee. The Employer will appoint five (5) Employer representatives to the Joint Committee. Appointments to the Joint Committee will be made in a manner to assure that there are persons serving who are familiar with the full range of operations undertaken by the Employer under all supplemental agreements. The Joint Committee shall meet at least quarterly and may appoint continuing subcommittees to carry out specific tasks. The Union and Employer representatives to the Joint Committee will establish procedures for the operation of this Committee.
Section 3. Benefits Joint Committee
The Union and the Employers will establish a Benefits Joint Committee to review the provision of health & welfare and pension benefits to employees covered by this Agreement. This Committee is charged with the critical responsibility of ensuring that employee health & welfare and pension benefits are made available to
- 102 -
Article 20, Section 3
employees covered by the terms of the ABF NMFA in a secure and cost efficient manner. It is anticipated that this Committee shall serve as a source of continuing study regarding the most efficient manner of providing benefits to covered employees. The Union and the Employers will establish procedures for the operation of this Committee. The Committee will make periodic reports and recommendations to TNFINC and the Employer.
Section 4. New Business/Job Creation Opportunities
The parties recognize that there may be new job opportunities in Article 20, Section 2 markets and/or services not currently performed under the Agreement. During the term of the Agreement, the Employer may propose to TNFINC a new business opportunity which would increase Teamster jobs. The Employer’s proposal to TNFINC must contain a detailed description of the proposed new business opportunity and the specific protections to ensure that the proposal will not impact bargaining unit employees. In no event shall the Employer’s new business opportunity proposal have an adverse impact on existing bargaining unit employees, the work performed by the bargaining unit, or violate any of the bargaining unit employees’ contract rights. The Employer’s proposal must be approved by TNFINC and by the Union Supplemental Negotiating Committees and Local Unions in the Supplemental Areas where the proposed new business opportunities exist.
ARTICLE 21. UNION ACTIVITIES
Any employee, member of the Union, acting in any official capacity whatsoever shall not be discriminated against for his/her acts as such officer of the Union so long as such acts do not interfere with the conduct of the Employer’s business, nor shall there be any discrimination against any employee because of Union membership or activities.
A Union member elected or appointed to serve as a Union official shall be granted a leave of absence during the period of such employment, without discrimination or loss of seniority rights, and without pay.
- 103 -
Article 21
An employee elected or appointed to serve as a government representative shall be granted a leave of absence during the period of such employment without discrimination or loss of seniority but without pay.
ARTICLE 22. OWNER-OPERATORS
In the event the Employer employs employee owner-operators, the Employer will negotiate the wages, benefits and working conditions for these owner-operators with TNFINC.
ARTICLE 23. SEPARATION OF EMPLOYMENT
The Employer must mail earnings to discharged employees by certified mail the next business day, unless the employee is paid by direct deposit. The foregoing shall not apply to unused vacation, unless required otherwise by law. Vacation pay for which the discharged employee is qualified shall be paid no later than the first (1st) day following final determination of the discharge.
Upon a permanent terminal closing and/or cessation of operations, the Employer shall pay all money due to the employee during the first (1st) payroll department working day following the date of the terminal closing and/or cessation of operations.
Failure to comply shall subject the Employer to pay liquidated damages in the amount of eight (8) hours’ pay for each day of delay. Upon quitting, the Employer shall pay all money due to the employee on the next regular payday for the week in which the resignation occurs.
ARTICLE 24. INSPECTION PRIVILEGES AND EMPLOYER AND EMPLOYEE IDENTIFICATION
No employee will be required to have their driver’s license reproduced in any manner except by their employer, law enforcement agencies, government facilities and facilities operating under government contracts that require such identification to enter the facility.
- 104 -
Article 24
Authorized agents of the Union shall have access to the Employer’s establishment during working hours for the purpose of adjusting disputes, investigating working conditions, collection of dues, and ascertaining that the Agreement is being adhered to; provided, however, there is no interruption of the firm’s working schedule.
Company representatives, if not known to the employee, shall identify themselves to employees prior to taking disciplinary action.
Safety or other company vehicles shall be identified when stopping company equipment.
The Employer agrees to supply company identification to minimize the problem of having to use their personal identification. Company identification will be issued upon hire and updated as needed for employees.
Employees may be required to show their driver’s license and Company identification to customers, and allow the customer to copy or otherwise reproduce their Company identification only and not the driver’s license. The Company identification will not have personal information on it such as home address or social security number.
ARTICLE 25. SEPARABILITY AND SAVINGS CLAUSE
If any article or section of this Agreement or of any Supplements thereto should be held invalid by operation of law or by any tribunal of competent jurisdiction, or if compliance with or enforcement of any article or section should be restrained by such tribunal pending a final determination as to its validity, the remainder of this Agreement and of any Supplements thereto, or the application of such article or section to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it has been held invalid or as to which compliance with or enforcement of has been restrained, shall not be affected thereby.
- 105 -
Article 25
In the event that any article or section is held invalid or enforcement of or compliance with which has been restrained, as above set forth, the parties affected thereby shall enter into immediate collective bargaining negotiations after receipt of written notice of the desired amendments by either Employer or Union for the purpose of arriving at a mutually satisfactory replacement for such article or section during the period of invalidity or restraint. There shall be no limitation of time for such written notice. If the parties do not agree on a mutually satisfactory replacement within sixty (60) days after receipt of the stated written notice, either party shall be permitted all legal or economic recourse in support of its demands notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary.
ARTICLE 26. TIME SHEETS, TIME CLOCKS, VIDEO CAMERAS, AND COMPUTER TRACKING DEVICES
Section 1. Time Sheets and Time Clocks
In over-the-road or line operations, the Employer shall provide and require the employee to keep a time sheet or trip card showing the arrival and departure at terminal and intermediate stops and cause and duration of all delays, time spent loading and unloading, and same shall be turned in at the end of each trip. Upon conversion to electronic time keeping devices, including Electronic Time clocks (ETC), Electronic Logging Devices (ELD) or other devices developed, over-the-road employees shall be required to use the electronic devices to show beginning of tour, departure, arrival, intermediate stops, delays, time spent loading or unloading, all work performed during a tour of duty and end of tour as instructed by the Employer. Employees shall have access to payroll information entered electronically. Employees shall be trained on the use of electronic time keeping devices and nothing in this provision shall reduce any paid for time.
Employees shall punch their own timecards. Employees shall scan their own Identification Badges in lieu of timecards when an Electronic Time Clock (ETC) is used.
- 106 -
Article 26, Section 1
The Employer shall maintain sign-in and sign-out records at terminals. All road drivers must record their name, home domicile, origin, destination and arrival and/or departure times. The Employer shall make available upon the written request of a Local Union information regarding the destination of loads and/or where loads were loaded within the time limits set forth in the grievance procedure.
The Employer may substitute updated time recording equipment for timecards and time sheets. However, a paper trail shall be maintained.
The Employer may computerize the sign-in and sign-out records. However, at all times, the Union shall have reasonable access to a paper record of the sign-in and sign-out records.
Section 2. Use of Video Cameras for Discipline and Discharge
The Employer shall not install or use video cameras in areas of the Employer’s premises that violate the employee’s right to privacy such as in bathrooms or places where employees change clothing or provide drug or alcohol testing specimens.
Furthermore, the Company agrees that it will not, for the purpose of monitoring or recording in cab activity, or any other purpose, use inward facing cameras, audio recorders, body sensors, or biometric technology in vehicles operated by bargaining unit employees.
In vehicles that are equipped with inward facing cameras, such equipment shall be covered or otherwise rendered inoperable and will not be used for monitoring or recording in cab activity.
Section 3. Audio, Video and Computer Tracking Devices
The Employer may use video, still photos derived from video, electronic tracking devices and/or audio evidence to discipline an employee without corroboration by observers if the employee engages in conduct such as falsification of logs, records, claims for compensation and other documents, theft of time or property, vandalism, or
- 107 -
Article 26, Section 3
physical violence for which an employee could be discharged without a warning letter. As used in this section “theft of time” shall not include inadvertent and immaterial extensions of break time and lunch periods. If the information on the video, still photos, electronic tracking devices and/or audio recording is to be utilized for any purpose in support of a disciplinary or discharge action, the Employer must provide the Local Union, prior to the hearing, an opportunity to review the evidence used by the Employer.
ARTICLE 27. EMERGENCY REOPENING
In the event of war, declaration of emergency, imposition of mandatory economic controls, the adoption of national health care or any congressional or federal agency action which has a significantly adverse effect on the financial structure of the trucking industry or adverse impact on the wages, benefits or job security of the employees, during the life of this Agreement, either party may reopen the same upon sixty (60) day’s prior written notice and request renegotiation of the provisions of this Agreement directly affected by such action.
Upon the failure of the parties to agree in such negotiations within the subsequent sixty (60)-day period, thereafter, either party shall be permitted all lawful economic recourse to support its request for revisions. If governmental approval of revisions should become necessary, all parties will cooperate to the utmost to attain such approval. The parties agree that the notice provided herein shall be accepted by all parties as compliance with the notice requirements of applicable law, so as to permit economic action at the expiration thereof.
ARTICLE 28. SYMPATHETIC ACTION
In the event of a labor dispute between the Employer, party to this Agreement, and any International Brotherhood of Teamsters Union, parties to this or any other International Brotherhood of Teamsters’ Agreement, during the course of which dispute such Union engages in lawful economic activities which are not in violation of this or such other Agreement, then any other affiliate of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, having an agreement with such Employer
- 108 -
Article 28
shall have the right to engage in lawful economic activity against such Employer in support of the above first-mentioned Union notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the International Brotherhood of Teamsters’ Agreement between such Employer and such other affiliate, with all of the protection provided in Article 9.
ARTICLE 29. SUBSTITUTE SERVICE
Section 1. Piggyback Operations
(a)The Employer shall not use piggyback over the same route where the Employer has established relay runs or through runs except to move overflow freight or as otherwise provided in Section 3 herein.
(b)It is recognized and agreed that there were two distinct and separate types of rail operations in effect on April 1, 1994: (1) the use of rail to move overflow freight; and (2) approved and/or agreed to rail operations. Accordingly, the provisions of this Section 1 shall apply in its entirety to the overflow rail operations. This Section 1 shall only apply to the approved and/or agreed to rail operations to the extent it has been historically applied prior to April 1, 1994.
If a driver is available (which includes the two (2)-hour period of time prior to end of his/her rest period) at point of origin when a trailer leaves the yard for the piggyback ramp, such driver’s runaround compensation shall start from the time the trailer leaves the yard. Available regular drivers at relay points shall be protected against runarounds if a violation occurred at the point of origin.
If the Employer does not have an over-the-road domicile at the point of origin, the Employer shall protect against runaround the available drivers at the first relay point over which the freight would normally move had it not been placed on the rail. Available regular drivers at relay points shall be protected against runaround if a violation occurred at the first relay point.
The Employer shall not reduce or fail to increase the road driver complement, including the addition of equipment, at the point of
- 109 -
Article 29, Section 1
origin for the purpose of creating an overflow of freight to avoid the application of this Section.
(c)When the Employer utilizes Piggyback operations as a substitute service to deliver overflow loads and such substitute service is matched in both directions (East to West and West to East or North to South and South to North), it is understood and agreed by the parties that the Employer will be required to add a sufficient number of employees and the necessary amount of equipment to move trailers over the road when the volume of matched loads reaches a level to insure efficient utilization of equipment and regular work opportunity for the added employees.
It is the intent of the parties in this Section 1 to maximize the movement of freight over the Employer’s established relay runs, thereby minimizing the use of substitute service.
The record keeping requirement set out in Section 2 below will provide the Union with the basis of monitoring the use of such piggyback operation.
(d)The Employer agrees the non-employee owner-operators, birdy-back, fishy-back and barge operations will not be used over the same routes where the Employer has established relay runs during the term of this Agreement.
Section 2. Maintenance of Records
(a)Trailers piggybacked as a substitute service as provided in Section 1 are to be signed in and signed out on the regular dispatch sheet in road operations, and where there are no road operations sign-in and sign-out sheets shall be maintained at an appropriate location, including trailers taken to and from the rail yard by city employees. These sheets will be made available, upon request, to the drivers for a period of thirty (30) days. The Employer shall report in writing on a monthly basis to the Local Union at the rail origin point, or in cases where there are no drivers domiciled at the rail origin point to the Local Union at the first driver relay point affected, the number of trailers put on the rail at the rail origin point. The Employer shall also report the origin, destination, trailer/
- 110 -
Article 29, Section 2
load number, trailer weight and the time the trailer/load leaves the Employer’s yard for the rail yard. The time limits set forth in the Supplemental Agreement for filing claims based upon the monthly report shall commence to run upon the receipt of the report by the Local Union.
(b)With regard to use of substitute service as provided in Section 1, full and complete records of handling, dispatch and movement of such units system-wide shall be kept by the Employer and a report, which will include the date of all outbound rail movement, all points of origin and destination, all trailer numbers and the name of each railroad/routing, shall be sent on a quarterly basis to the office of the National Freight Director and the affected Area Regional Freight Director.
Where inspection of the records indicates that piggyback is being used as a substitute for road operations, as defined in Section 1 of this Article, over an established relay, rather than handling overflow traffic, the grievance procedure may be invoked at the appropriate Regional Joint Area Committee by the Regional Freight Coordinator or the office of the National Freight Director to provide a reasonable remedy for the improper usage of piggyback, including the revocation of the use of substitute service, for repeated violations over such relay.
(c)With regard to trailers moved on rail as an approved intermodal operations set forth in Section 3, the Employer shall report in writing on a monthly basis to each Local Union affected, the number of trailers put on the rail at the rail origin points of the approved intermodal operations. The Employer shall also report the origin, destination, trailer/load number, trailer weight and the time the trailer/ load leaves the Employer’s yard for the rail yard.
In addition, the Employer shall, on a quarterly basis, send to the office of the National Freight Director a report containing the total intermodal rail miles under the same methodology as was traditionally reported on line 6 of the Bureau of Transportation Statistics (BTS) Schedule 600 annual report and the total miles under the
- 111 -
Article 29, Section 2
same methodology as was traditionally reported on line 7 of the BTS Schedule 600 annual report.
(d)With regard to the use of a PTS carrier as provided in Section 6, the Employer shall report in writing on a monthly basis to each Local Union affected, the number of trailers tendered to any PTS carrier. The Employer also shall report the origin, destination, trailer/load number, trailer weight and the time the trailer/load leaves the Employer’s yard.
In addition, the Employer shall, on a quarterly basis, send to the office of the National Freight Director a report containing the total number of miles the Employer utilized any PTS carrier consistent with the requirements of Article 29, Section 6.
Section 3. Intermodal Service
(a)The parties recognize that in 1991, Congress passed the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 and declared the policy of the United States to be one of promoting the development of a national intermodal transportation system consisting of all forms of transportation in a unified, interconnected manner. The parties have, therefore, entered into this Agreement to enhance the Employer’s opportunities to secure the benefits which flow from this national policy of encouraging intermodal transportation, including long-term stable and secure employment. At the same time, the parties recognize the need to minimize and provide for the impact which intermodal operations may have on certain employees covered by this Agreement.
(b)Use of Intermodal Service
1.Subject to the conditions set forth hereinafter, the Employer may establish a new intermodal service over the same route where the Employer has established relay runs or through runs.
Present relay or through operations may not be reduced, modified or changed in any other manner as the result of the implementation of a new intermodal service until such time as the proposed intermodal operation has been approved by the National Intermodal
- 112 -
Article 29, Section 3
Committee. The Employer shall submit to the National Intermodal Committee an application for approval which shall identify the road operation(s) the intended intermodal service will reduce and/ or eliminate; a list identifying the name and seniority date of each driver affected by the intended intermodal service(s); and a list by domicile of each of the road drivers openings available.
In the event the National Intermodal Committee is unable to agree on whether or not the Employer’s proposed intermodal operations meet the criteria set forth below, the proposed operation shall not be approved until such time as those issues are resolved. This provision shall not be utilized as a method to delay and/or deny a proposed intermodal operation when the criteria set forth below have been clearly satisfied.
(a)There shall be no more than two (2) intermodal changes approved during the term of this Agreement; and
(b)No more than ten (10) percent of the Employer’s total active road driver seniority list as of April 1, 1998 shall be affected by the intermodal changes approved during the term of this Agreement.
In the event a proposed intermodal operation also includes the transfer of work that is subject to the provisions of Article 8, Section 6, the proposed intermodal operations and the transfer of work subject to Article 8, Section 6, may be heard by a combined National Intermodal/Change of Operations Committee on a joint record, and the seniority rights of all affected employees shall be determined by Article 29, Section 3 95 such Committee, which shall have the authority granted in Article 8, Section 6(g).
2.An approved intermodal operation that provides service over established relay and/or through operations shall include protection for all bid drivers during each dispatch day and all extra board drivers during each dispatch week at each of the affected domiciles.
For purposes of determining the weekly protection for extra board drivers, the affected driver’s average weekly earnings during the
- 113 -
Article 29, Section 3
previous four (4) week period in which the driver had normal earnings shall be considered the weekly protection when violations occur.
3.When transporting any shipment by intermodal service within the Employer’s terminal network, the Employer shall utilize its drivers subject to the applicable respective area supplemental agreements to pickup such shipments from the shipper at point of origin and/or the Employer’s terminal and deliver them to the applicable intermodal exchange point. The Employer also shall use its drivers to deliver intermodal shipments to the consignee or the Employer’s terminal. A driver may be required to drive through other terminal service areas to the intermodal exchange point to pickup and deliver intermodal shipments without penalty.
4.Total intermodal rail miles using the same methodology included on line 303 of Schedule 300 of the BTS Annual Report shall not exceed 24percent (total combined rail and PTS) of the Employer’s total miles as reported during any calendar year. In the event intermodal rail miles exceed this 24 percent maximum, the Employer shall be required to remove an appropriate amount of freight from the rail and add a corresponding number of drivers at each affected domicile.
The National Intermodal Committee shall establish rules and guidelines that will allow the Union the opportunity to verify and audit the Employer’s reports. In the event the Union establishes through the grievance procedure that an Employer has falsified the BTS reports in order to increase the maximum amount of intermodal rail miles permitted under this Article, the remedy for such a violation shall include a cessation of the Employer’s affected intermodal service until such time as the issue has been resolved to the satisfaction of the Union.
In the event the BTS rail and/or line haul miles reporting requirements are modified and/or eliminated, the parties will meet to develop a substitute reporting procedure consistent with those of the BTS.
- 114 -
Article 29, Section 3
(c)Job Protection for Current Road Drivers
1.Rail operations that are subject to the provisions of Section 1(b) above shall not result in the layoff or involuntary transfer of any driver at any affected road driver domicile.
2.During the term of this Agreement, the Employer shall be permitted no more than two (2) Intermodal Changes whereby the Employer may reduce and/or eliminate existing road operation(s) through the use of intermodal service. It is specifically agreed that a total of no more than ten (10) percent of the Employer’s total active road driver seniority list as of April 1, 2003, shall be affected by the Intermodal Changes during the term of this Agreement.
Any road driver who is adversely affected by an approved Intermodal Operation and would thereby be subject to layoff, or who is on layoff at an affected domicile at the time an Intermodal Operation is approved, shall be offered work opportunity at other road driver domiciles within the Employer’s system. The Employer shall include in its proposed Intermodal Operations specific facts that adequately support the Employer’s claims that there will be sufficient freight to support the work opportunities the Employer proposes at each gaining domicile. In the event there is more than one (1) domicile involved, the drivers adversely affected shall be dovetailed on a master seniority list and an opportunity to relocate shall be offered on a seniority basis, subject to the provisions of Article 8, Section 6. The “hold” procedures set forth in Article 8, Section 6 of the ABF NMFA shall be applicable. Where the source of the proposed work opportunity is presently being performed by bargaining unit employees over the road, the Employer shall be required to make reasonable efforts to fill the offered positions as set forth in Article 8, Section 6(d)(6).
Drivers who relocate under this provision shall be dovetailed on the applicable seniority list at the domicile they bid into. Health & welfare and pension contributions shall be remitted in accordance with the provisions of Article 8, Section 6(a) and moving and lodging shall be paid in accordance with Article 8, Section 6(c) of the ABF NMFA.
- 115 -
Article 29, Section 3
It is understood and agreed that the intent of this provision is to provide the maximum job security possible to those drivers affected by the use of intermodal service. Therefore, the number of drivers on the affected seniority lists at rail origin points at the time an intermodal change becomes effective shall not be reduced during the term of this Agreement other than as may be provided in subsequent changes of operations. Drivers on the affected seniority lists at gaining domiciles at the time an intermodal change becomes effective, shall not be permanently laid off during the term of this Agreement.
The senior driver voluntarily laid off at an intermodal losing domicile will be restored to the active board each time foreign drivers or casuals (where applicable) make ten (10) trips (tours of duty) within any thirty (30) calendar day period on a primary run of such domicile, not affected by a Change of Operations.
For the purposes of this Section, short-term layoffs (1) that coincide with normal seasonal freight flow reductions that are experienced on a regional basis and that include a reduction in rail freight that corresponds to the reduction in truck traffic, or (2) that are incidental day-to-day layoffs due to reasons such as adverse weather conditions and holiday scheduling, shall not be considered as a permanent layoff. Layoffs created by a documented loss of a customer shall not exceed thirty (30) days. Any layoff for reasons other than as described above shall be considered as a permanent layoff. The Employer shall have the burden of proving that a layoff is not permanent.
In order to ensure that the work opportunities of the drivers at the gaining domiciles are not adversely affected by the redomiciling of drivers, the bottom twenty-five percent (25%) of the drivers at a gaining domicile shall not have their earnings reduced below an average weekly earnings of one thousand dollars ($1,000) . This one thousand dollars ($1,000) average wage guarantee shall not start until the fourth (4th) week following the implementation of the approved Intermodal Change of Operation.
It is not the intent of this provision to establish a one thousand dollars ($1,000) per week as an artificial base wage but rather a minimum guarantee. This provision shall not preclude the short-term
- 116 -
Article 29, Section 3
layoffs as defined above. The Employer shall have the burden of proving that drivers at the gaining domiciles have not had their work opportunities adversely affected by the redomiciling of drivers.
The one thousand dollars ($1,000) average wage guarantee shall be determined based on the average four (4) weeks earnings of each active protected driver on the bottom twenty-five percent (25%) of the seniority roster. When the earnings of any active protected driver in the bottom twenty-five percent (25%) of the seniority roster totals less than four thousand dollars ($4,000 during each four (4) week period, the driver shall be compensated for the difference between actual earnings and four thousand dollars ($4,000) .
The four (4) week average shall be calculated each week on a “rolling” basis. A “rolling” four (4) week period is defined as a base week and the previous three consecutive weeks. Where the Employer makes a payment to an employee to fulfill the guarantee, the amount paid shall be added to the employee’s earnings for the base week of the applicable four (4) week period and shall be included in the calculations for subsequent four (4) week “rolling” periods to determine whether any further guarantee payments to the employee are due.
Time not worked shall be credited to drivers for purposes of computing earnings in the following instances:
a.Where a driver is offered a work opportunity that the driver has a contractual obligation to accept, and the driver elects not to accept such work, the driver shall have an amount equal to the amount of the wages such work would have generated credited to such driver for purposes of determining the one thousand dollars ($1,000) average wage guarantee.
No driver shall be penalized by having contractual earned time off credited for purposes of determining the one thousand dollars ($1,000) average wage guarantee. However, where a driver takes earned time off in excess of forty-eight (48) hours during any work week, that work week shall be excluded from the rolling four (4) week period used to determine the one thousand dollars ($1,000) average wage guarantee.
- 117 -
Article 29, Section 3
b.Where a driver uses a contractual provision to refuse or defer work so as to knowingly avoid legitimate work opportunity and therefore abuse the one thousand dollars ($1,000) average wage guarantee, the driver shall have an amount equal to the amount of the wages such work would have generated credited to such driver for purposes of determining the one thousand dollars ($1,000) average wage guarantee.
Nothing in this subsection applies to or shall be construed to limit claims by any driver on the seniority roster at a gaining domicile alleging that the driver’s work opportunity was adversely affected following the implementation of the Intermodal Change of Operations because of the Employer’s failure to provide adequate work opportunities for existing and redomiciled drivers. However, after the point that the Employer has provided adequate work opportunities for protected drivers (existing and redomiciled), the wage protection for active drivers in the bottom twenty-five percent (25%) of the seniority roster shall be limited to the one thousand dollars ($1,000) guarantee.
As soon as a factual determination has been made that a driver in the bottom twenty-five percent (25%) of the seniority roster is entitled to the one thousand dollars ($1,000) average wage guarantee, the driver’s claim shall be paid. All other types of claims that the driver’s work opportunities have been adversely affected shall be held in abeyance until determined through the intermodal grievance procedure.
Section 4. National Intermodal Committee
The parties shall establish a National Intermodal Committee composed of four (4) Union representatives appointed by the Union Chairman of the National Grievance Committee and four (4) Employer representatives appointed by the Employer Chairman of the National Grievance Committee. In the event a proposed intermodal operation includes the transfer of work subject to the provisions of Article 8, Section 6, the National Intermodal Committee shall then be considered as a combined National Intermodal/Multi-Region Change of Operations Committee with the authority to resolve all seniority issues in accordance with the authority granted by Article 8, Section 6(g).
- 118 -
Article 29, Section 4
The National Intermodal Committee shall establish rules of procedure to govern the manner in which proposed intermodal operations are to be heard, procedures for resolving intermodal issues and procedures for establishing pre-hearing guidelines.
Any grievance concerning the application or interpretation of Article 29, Section 2(c) or concerning any issues that may arise from an approved intermodal operation provided for in this Section 3, shall be first referred to the National Intermodal Committee. If the National Intermodal Committee is unable to reach a decision on an interpretation or grievance, the issue will be referred to the National Grievance Committee.
Section 5.
The Employer is prohibited from using rail as a subterfuge to transport freight by truck, driven by those outside of the bargaining unit. To this end, all loads tendered to the railroad shall be tendered by the Employer using bargaining unit employees at the point where the load is to be placed on the rail. Once tendered to the railroad, a load may not be transferred to non-bargaining unit personnel for transport by truck except in bona fide emergencies beyond the control of the Employer and/or the railroad. Such emergencies shall not include the Employer tendering loads to the railroad when the Employer knows or should know the load will not meet the scheduled departure time of the train and the railroad then transports the load by truck. The parties agree that this Subsection shall not apply to the Employer’s existing rail operations, that have otherwise been permitted prior to February 8, 1998, by written agreement of the parties, or through a grievance decision. The parties further agree that nothing in this Subsection shall be construed to limit or otherwise affect the railroads movements of loads within the metropolitan area between railroads or between tracks. This provision shall apply to all rail activities permitted under this Article.
Section 6. Purchased Transportation
The undersigned parties have reached agreement regarding Purchased Transportation Service (PTS) and outline the following understandings with reference to the operation/employee protection
- 119 -
Article 29, Section 6
of this Section. This Section is intended to permit a limited use of PTS for over-the-road transportation only. Nothing in this Section is intended to permit the use of PTS for any other operation (i.e. P & D, Local Cartage, current intermodal, drayage, or shuttle operations etc.). Article 29 of the ABF NMFA remains in effect except as specifically provided for in this Section.
Any disputes regarding PTS will be referred to the ABF National PTS Committee consisting of an equal number of representatives from the Union and the Company for resolution. Any failures to resolve the dispute will be referred to the National Grievance Committee.
2)All road drivers will be protected from layoff directly caused by the use of purchased transportation. Protection will apply to drivers at locations with single line seniority if they transfer to the road board from the local cartage board..
3)For locations with separate seniority lists that have transferability from local cartage to the road board provided for in an existing supplemental agreement, protection will apply based on their bidding seniority date and the supplemental seniority application.
4)Notwithstanding anything in the ABF NMFA to the contrary, the Employer shall be permitted to utilize companies for over-the-road purchased transportation substitute service. The maximum amount of over-the-road purchased transportation shall be limited to 5% (for the length of this agreement), of the Employer’s total miles under the same methodology as was traditionally reported on line 301 of Schedule 300 of the DOT/FMCSA Annual Report during any calendar year. In conjunction with using over-the-road purchase transportation providers, the Company’s total combined intermodal rail miles and purchased transportation miles shall not exceed 24% of the Company’s total miles during any calendar year.
5)It is agreed that any purchased transportation provider utilized under this Section shall be permitted to only make pick-ups at an ABF customer, and drop and pickup trailers at the Employer’s terminal locations, but shall be required to do so in areas of the terminal specifically designated for such exchange. Freight picked up at
- 120 -
Article 29, Section 6
a customer location by purchased transportation shall be delivered to the nearest ABF facility(s) that can effectuate the efficient integration of the product into the ABF system.
6)If a driver is available (which includes the two (2)-hour period of time prior to end of his/her rest period) at point of origin when the trailer leaves the terminal or customer yard via purchased transportation, such driver’s runaround compensation shall start from the time the trailer leaves the yard. Available drivers at relay points shall be protected against runarounds if a violation occurred at the point of origin. If the Employer does not have an over-the-road domicile at the point of origin, the Employer shall protect the employees against runaround of the available drivers at the first relay point over which the freight would normally move had it not been placed on purchased transportation. Available drivers at relay points shall be protected against runaround if a violation occurred at the first relay point. Runaround protection will be equal to the number of PTS drivers used; i.e. for each PTS used one aggrieved driver will be protected regardless of the dispatch system used at the affected terminal.
7)In the event a Union carrier becomes available to the Company and said carrier is cost competitive and equally qualified, the Company will give such carrier first and preferred opportunity to bid on purchased transportation business. The Employer shall provide to TNFINC an up-to-date list of purchased transportation providers utilized within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar quarter. In the event a PTS provider repeatedly violates the conditions established under this Section the Union shall have the ability to remove the carrier from future PTS utilization.
8)The Employer shall report in writing on a monthly basis to each Local Union affected, the number of trailers tendered to any purchased transportation provider. The Employer also shall report the carrier’s name (including DOT number), origin, destination, trailer/ load number, tractor number, trailer weight and the time the trailer/ load leaves the Employer’s yard. In addition, the Employer shall, on a quarterly basis, unless otherwise required, send to the office of the National Freight Director a report containing all of the above indicated
- 121 -
Article 29, Section 6
information in addition to the total number of miles the Employer utilized with purchased transportation, inclusive of the type of PTS utilized, including whether the purpose was for avoiding empty miles, overflow or one-time business opportunities such as product launches.
9)All new business opportunities (such as product launches) and purchased transportation to avoid empties shall count toward the maximum amount of purchased transportation. In the event of product launches, the Company will notify TNFINC within twenty-four (24) hours of being awarded the business and will provide an overview of the PTS service being utilized in the business opportunity. In the event it is necessary to temporarily exceed the limits outlined in this agreement to further accommodate a business opportunity, such request shall be made directly to TNFINC.
10)To preserve and/or grow existing road boards, each time the Company uses purchased transportation providers out of the same terminal and/or to run over the top of linehaul domicile terminal locations and/or relay domiciles, said dispatches shall be counted as supplemental or replacement runs, as applicable, for purposes of calculating the requirement to add new employees to the road board. The formula for recalling or adding employees to the affected road board shall be thirty (30) supplemental runs in a sixty (60) day period. The only two exceptions to this condition are (a) onetime business opportunities (such as product launches), and (b) runs to avoid empties.
11)On a monthly basis and until as otherwise agreed to, the Company will identify by name and number all dispatch and/or manifest lanes that have been identified as and designated as “empty lanes” eligible for PTS to include the number and percentage of empty miles currently on the two-way traffic lane. Such business and operational information as required by this Section shall be provided to the National Freight Division on a confidential basis and will only be reviewed by TNFINC to ensure compliance with the provisions of this Section.
12)All purchased transportation carriers shall sign-in/sign-out when arriving or departing from service centers.
- 122 -
Article 29, Section 6
13)Regardless of any additional restrictions on the use of PTS, the Company shall not use PTS out of any location if any road drivers at that location are on layoff or not receiving the equivalent of a forty (40) hour guarantee in that location.
14)In locations where the Company is using PTS and/or rail, the Company shall continue hiring efforts for road drivers as provided for in paragraph 10 above.
ARTICLE 30. JURISDICTIONAL DISPUTES
In the event that any dispute should arise between any Local Unions, parties to this Agreement or Supplements thereto, or between any Local Union, party to this Agreement or Supplements thereto and any other Union, relating to jurisdiction over employees or operations covered by such Agreements, the Employer and the Local Unions agree to accept and comply with the decision or settlement of the Unions or Union bodies which have the authority to determine such dispute, and such disputes shall not be submitted to arbitration under this Agreement or Supplements thereto or to legal or administrative agency proceedings. Pending such determination, the Employer shall not be precluded from seeking appropriate legal or administrative relief against work stoppages or picketing in furtherance of such dispute.
ARTICLE 31. SINGLE EMPLOYER, MULTI-UNION UNIT
The parties agree to become a single-employer, multi-union bargaining unit established by this ABF National Master Freight Agreement, and to be bound by the interpretations and enforcement of this ABF National Master Freight Agreement and Supplements thereto.
- 123 -
Article 32, Section 1
ARTICLE 32. SUBCONTRACTING
Section 1. Work Preservation
For the purpose of preserving work and job opportunities for the employees covered by this Agreement, the signatory Employer agrees that no operation, work or services of the kind, nature or type covered by, or presently performed by, or hereafter assigned to, the collective bargaining unit by the signatory Employer will be subcontracted, transferred, leased, diverted, assigned or conveyed in full or in part (hereinafter referred to as “divert” or “subcontract”), by the Employer to any other plant, business, person, or non-unit employees, or to any other mode of operation, unless specifically provided and permitted in this Agreement.
In addition, the signatory Employer agrees that it will not, as hereinafter set forth, subcontract or divert the work presently performed by, or hereafter assigned to, its employees to non-employee owner-operators or other business entities owned and/or controlled by the signatory Employer, or its parent, subsidiaries or affiliates.
Section 2. Diversion of Work—Parent or Subsidiary Companies
The parties agree that for purposes of this Article it shall be presumed that a diversion of work in violation of this Agreement occurs when work presently and regularly performed by, or hereafter assigned to, employees of the signatory Employer has been lost and the lost work is being performed in the same manner (including transportation by owner-operators and independent contractors) by an entity owned and/or controlled by the signatory Employer, its parent, or a subsidiary, including logistics companies, within one hundred twenty (120) days of the loss of the work. The burden of overcoming such presumption in the grievance procedure shall be upon the Employer.
Section 3. Subcontracting
The Employer may subcontract local cartage work, including pickups and deliveries, when all regular employees at a particular location are either working, have been offered work or are scheduled to work, except that in no event shall road work presently performed or
- 124 -
Article 32, Section 3
runs established during the life of this Agreement be farmed out. No dock work shall be farmed out except for existing situations established by agreed-to past practices. Overflow loads may be delivered pursuant to the provisions of Article 29. Loads may also be delivered by other agreed-to methods or as presently agreed to. Other persons performing subcontracted work which is permitted herein shall receive no less than the equivalent of the economic terms and conditions of this Agreement and the applicable Supplement.
The signatory Employer shall maintain records identifying persons performing subcontracted work permitted by this Agreement. Said records shall be made available for inspection by the Local Union(s) in the locality affected by such subcontract work.
The normal, orderly interlining of freight for peddle on occasional basis, where there are parallel rights, and when not for the purpose of evading this Agreement, may be continued as has been permitted by past practice provided it is not being done to defeat the provisions of this Agreement.
Section 4. Expansion of Operations
(a)Adjoining Over-The-Road and Local Cartage
It is understood and agreed that the provisions of the ABF National Master Freight Agreement shall be applied, without evidence of union representation of the employees involved, to all subsequent additions to, and extensions of, current over-the-road or local cartage operations which adjoin and are controlled and utilized as part of such current operations of the signatory Employer, or any other entity, not operated wholly independently of the signatory Employer within the meaning of Article 3, Section 1 (a). In this regard, the parties agree that newly-established terminals and consolidations of terminals which are controlled and utilized as part of a current operation will be covered by the ABF National Master Freight Agreement and applicable Overthe-Road and Local Cartage Supplemental Agreements.
(b)New Pick-Up and Delivery Adjoining Current Operations
It shall not, however, be a violation of this Article if, during the term of this Agreement, the Employer commences pick-up and
- 125 -
Article 32, Section 4
delivery operations which adjoin and are controlled and utilized as part of such current operations with other than its own employees when there is insufficient business to economically justify the establishment of its own employer-operated pick-up and delivery service. However, the above exception shall thereafter terminate when sufficient economic justification develops so as to warrant the establishment and maintenance of the terminal operation by the Employer, in which event, the Employer shall institute a pick-up and delivery operation or continue such operations with companies which maintain wage standards established by this Agreement in the area where the work is conducted. This exception shall not apply in any circumstance where the Employer is presently engaged in pick-up and delivery operations either through his own terminal or through companies which maintain such wage standards.
(c)Non-Adjoining Pick-Up and Delivery Operations
The parties further agree that with respect to all subsequently established over-the-road and local cartage operations and terminals of the signatory Employer which do not adjoin, but are utilized and controlled as part of, current over-the-road and local cartage operations, the provisions of Article 2, Section 3(a) shall govern so that when a majority of the eligible employees of the signatory Employer performing work at that location execute a card authorizing a signatory Local Union to represent them as their collective bargaining agent at the terminal location, then, such employees shall automatically be covered by this Agreement and the applicable Supplemental Agreements.
(d)Operations permitted by Article 29, and not in violation of any other provisions of this Agreement, are not to be considered as extensions of current operations within the meaning of Section 4.
Section 5. New Business Opportunities
For the purpose of preserving work and job opportunities, the National Grievance Committee may define the circumstances and adopt procedures by which the Employer and a Local Union, parties to this Agreement, may in compliance therewith enter into a
- 126 -
Article 32, Section 5
Special Circumstance Agreement which does not meet the standards provided herein.
In order to preserve work and increase job opportunities, the Company may utilize third parties for final mile deliveries of special freight. These deliveries are limited to “room of choice”, “white glove” assembly, and installation services inside addresses that are above and beyond the normal scope of service provided by ABF. The third-party carriers in this regard shall not perform any dock work or loading/ unloading at any ABF terminal or station (“service center”). Bargaining unit employees shall continue to perform all “curbside” or “to the threshold” deliveries of such freight when that is the destination. The purpose of this paragraph is to allow the Company to obtain and hold new business accounts that result in a net gain of work opportunities for the unit. This paragraph shall not result in the layoff of bargaining unit employees. On a monthly basis, the Company shall provide the local union with a list of shippers that fall under this paragraph. Also, all delivery bills for these “inside” deliveries shall specify that it is inside “white glove service” work.
Section 6.
MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING ON ARTICLE 32—SUBCONTRACTING
During negotiations for the National Master Freight Agreement to replace the Agreement which is scheduled to expire on March 31, 2003, the parties discussed employer subcontracting under Article 32 of the NMFA. As a result of these discussions, the parties agreed to the following understandings and clarifications as to the intent of the work preservation, diversion of work, and subcontracting provisions of Article 32:
A.It is a violation of Article 32 to use vendors to perform work, other than overflow, of the kind, nature, or type currently or previously performed by bargaining unit employees. For example, it is a violation of Article 32 for the size of the bargaining unit to decrease by attrition and the Employer not replace the employees while using vendors to perform work of the kind, nature, or type previously
- 127 -
Article 32, Section 6
performed by that bargaining unit. Bargaining unit work of the kind, nature, or type includes any pick-up or delivery of freight, dockwork, clerical, or maintenance work functions performed by the bargaining unit under the Agreement.
B.Although Article 32 permits the Employer to subcontract overflow work, it is a violation for the Employer to regularly subcontract work of the kind, nature, or type currently or previously performed by the bargaining unit, rather than hiring additional employees over and above the existing complement to perform the regularly subcontracted work. Subject to employee availability (for example, inability to hire and/or absenteeism), work is subcontracted regularly in violation of Article 32 when there is a pattern of bargaining unit work being subcontracted on a daily or weekly basis. Nothing in this Memorandum of Understanding is intended to change the triggers for hiring in the applicable Supplemental Agreements.
C.Recognizing that shippers may consign freight within their control to/from Mexico at any point in the United States, Article 32 prohibits the Employer from subcontracting work under its control to be performed in the United States of the kind, nature, or type currently or previously performed by the bargaining unit to employees employed by Mexican companies.
D.It is a violation of Article 32 for the Employer to knowingly subcontract bargaining unit work to be performed by a subcontractor while any regular scheduled or regular unscheduled employees, including “shapes” or “percenters” are on lay off unless they have been offered and refused such work (or attempt to contact the employee is unsuccessful, which shall be verified). Subterfuge by any party is a serious offense and violates Article 32. Examples of subterfuge may include:
a.Tendering an amount of freight to a vendor on a given day that exceeds the capacity of that vendor; and
b.Tendering freight to a subcontractor that knowingly will not be attempted for delivery on the day subcontracted.
- 128 -
Article 32, Section 7
Section 7. National Subcontracting Review Committee
The parties shall establish a National Subcontracting Review Committee composed of two (2) Union representatives appointed by the Union Chairman of the National Grievance Committee and two (2) Employer representatives appointed by the Employer Chairman of the National Grievance Committee. The National Subcontracting Review Committee shall have the authority to review and adjudicate alleged violations of the work preservation, diversion of work and subcontracting provisions of Article 32, including practices by an Employer that are an alleged subterfuge to avoid the requirements of Article 32.
All other grievances arising under this Article shall be processed on an expedited basis pursuant to the procedures contained in Article 8, Section 1(a).
ARTICLE 33. WAGES, CASUAL RATES, PREMIUMS AND COST-OF-LIVING (COLA)
1.General Wage Adjustments: All Regular Employees
All regular employees subject to this Agreement will receive the following general wage adjustments:
a. Effective July 1, 2023: |
| +$$3.50 per hour on all hourly rates |
| | +08.75 cents per mile on all mileage rates |
| | |
b. Effective July 1, 2024: | | +$0.75 per hour on all hourly rates |
| | +01.875 cents per mile on all mileage rates |
| | |
c. Effective July 1, 2025: | | +$0.75 per hour on all hourly rates |
| | +01.875 cents per mile on all mileage rates |
| | |
d. Effective July 1, 2026: | | +$0.75 per hour on all hourly rates |
| | +01.875 cents per mile on all mileage rates |
- 129 -
Article 33
e. Effective July 1, 2027: | | +$0.75 per hour on all hourly rates |
| | +01.875 cents per mile on all mileage rates |
No employee shall suffer a reduction in a wage rate as a result of this agreement.
All regular employees still in the New Hire Progression on the effective dates of this Agreement shall receive the appropriate percentage adjustment.
2.Casual Rates
(a)City and Combination CasualsHourly rates for city and combination casuals (CDL required) shall increase by 85% of the general wage increase for regular employees on the dates shown in Section 1 of this Article.
(b)Dock Only Casuals
Effective July 1, 2023, the hourly rate for dock only casuals will increase to $17.50.
Effective July 1, 2024, the hourly rate for dock only casuals will increase to $17.75.
Effective July 1, 2025, the hourly rate for dock only casuals will increase to $18.00.
Effective July 1, 2026, the hourly rate for dock only casuals will increase to $18.25.
Effective July 1, 2027, the hourly rate for dock only casuals will increase to $18.50.
3.Utility Employee and Sleeper Team Premiums
(a)Effective April 1, 2008 and in the event Employer subject to this Agreement utilizes the Utility Employee classification, each Utility Employee shall receive an hourly premium of $1.00 per hour over the highest rate the Employer pays to local cartage drivers under the Supplemental Agreement covering the Utility Employee’s home domicile. A Utility Employee in progression shall receive the
- 130 -
Article 33
hourly premium in addition to the Utility Employee’s progression rate.(b) Effective April 1, 2003, the Sleeper Team Premium will be a minimum of 2 cents per mile over and above the applicable single man rates in each Supplemental Agreement.
4.Cost of Living Adjustment Clause
All regular employees shall be covered by the provisions of a costof-living allowance as set forth in this Article.The amount of the cost-of-living allowance shall be determined as provided below on the basis of the Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers, CPI-W (Revised Series Using 1982-84 Expenditure Patterns). All Items published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department of Labor and referred to herein as the Index. Effective July 1, 2024, and every July 1 thereafter during the life of the Agreement, a cost-of-living allowance will be calculated on the basis of the difference between the Index for April 2023, (published May 2023) and the index for April 2024 (published May 2024) with a similar calculation for every year thereafter, as follows:
For every 0.2 point increase in the Index over and above the base (prior year’s) Index plus 3.5%, there will be a 1 cent increase in the hourly wage rates payable on July 1, 2024, and every July 1 thereafter. These increases shall only be payable if they equal a minimum of five cents ($.05) in a year. There shall be no cap on the COLA.
All cost-of-living allowances paid under this Agreement will become and remain a fixed part of the base wage rate for all job classifications. A decline in the Index shall not result in the reduction of classification base wage rates.
Mileage paid employees will receive cost-of-living allowances on the basis of .25 mills per mile for each 1 cent increase in hourly wages.In the event the appropriate Index figure is not issued before the effective date of the cost-of-living adjustment, the cost-of-living adjustment that is required will be made at the beginning of the first (1st) pay period after the receipt of the Index.In the event that the Index shall be revised or discontinued and in the event the Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department of Labor, does not issue information which would enable the Employer and the Union to
- 131 -
Article 33
know what the Index would have been had it not been revised or discontinued, then the Employer and the Union will meet, negotiate, and agree upon an appropriate substitute for the Index. Upon the failure of the parties to agree within sixty (60) days, thereafter, the issue of an appropriate substitute shall be submitted to an arbitrator for determination. The arbitrator’s decision shall be final and binding.
5.Education and Training
The Employer will pay each regular employee that completes CDL training and certification after April 1, 2018 the sum of three hundred dollars ($300.00).
ARTICLE 34. GARNISHMENTS
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
ARTICLE 35.
Section 1. Employee’s Bail
Employees will be bailed out of jail if accused of any offense in connection with the faithful discharge of their duties, and any employee forced to spend time in jail or in courts shall be compensated at his/her regular rate of pay. In addition, he/she shall be entitled to reimbursement for his/her meals, transportation, court costs, etc.; provided, however, that faithful discharge of duties shall in no case include compliance with any order involving commission of a felony. In case an employee shall be subpoenaed as a company witness, he/she shall be reimbursed for all time lost and expenses incurred.
Section 2. Suspension or Revocation of License
In the event an employee receives a traffic citation for a moving violation which would contribute to a suspension or revocation or suffers a suspension or revocation of his/her right to drive the company’s equipment for any reason, he/she must promptly notify the Employer in writing. Failure to comply will subject the employee to disciplinary action up to and including discharge. If such suspen-
- 132 -
Article 35, Section 2
sion or revocation comes as a result of his/her complying with the Employer’s instruction, which results in a succession of size and weight penalties or because the Employer’s instruction to drive company equipment which is in violation of DOT regulations relating to equipment or because the company equipment did not have either a speedometer or a tachometer in proper working order and if the employee has notified the Employer of the citation for such violation as above mentioned, the Employer shall provide employment to such employee at not less than his/her regular earnings at the time of such suspension for the entire period thereof.
When an employee in any job classification requiring driving has his/her operating privilege or license suspended or revoked for reasons other than those for which the employee can be discharged by the Employer, a leave of absence without loss of seniority, not to exceed three (3) years, shall be granted for such time as the employee’s operating license has been suspended or revoked. The employee will be given work opportunities ahead of casuals to perform non-CDL required job functions.
Section 3. Drug Testing
PREAMBLE
While abuse of alcohol and drugs among our members/employees is the exception rather than the rule, the Teamsters National Freight Industry Negotiating Committee and the Employers signatory to this Agreement share the concern expressed by many over the growth of substance abuse in American society.
The parties have agreed that the Drug and Alcohol Abuse Program will be modified in the event that further federal legislation or Department of Transportation regulations provide for revised testing methodologies or requirements. The parties have incorporated the appropriate changes required by the applicable DOT drug testing rules under 49 CFR Parts 40 and 382, and agree that if new federally mandated changes are brought about, they too will become part of this Agreement. The drug testing procedure, agreed to by labor and management, incorporates state-of-the-art employee protections during specimen collection and laboratory testing to protect
- 133 -
Article 35, Section 3
the innocent and ensures the Employer complies with all applicable DOT drug and alcohol testing regulations. In order to eliminate the safety risks which result from alcohol or drugs, the parties have agreed to the following procedures:
ABF NMFA UNIFORM TESTING PROCEDURE
A.Probable Suspicion Testing
In cases in which an employee is acting in an abnormal manner and at least one (1) supervisor, two (2) if available, have probable suspicion to believe that the employee is under the influence of controlled substances and/or alcohol, the Employer may require the employee (in the presence of a union shop steward, if possible) to undergo a urine specimen collection and a breath alcohol analysis as provided in Section 4B. The supervisor(s) must have received training in the signs of drug intoxication in a prescribed training program which is endorsed by the Employer. Probable suspicion means suspicion based on specific personal observations that the Employer representative(s) can describe concerning the appearance, behavior, speech or breath odor of the employee. The observations may include the indication of chronic and withdrawal effects of controlled substances. The supervisor(s) must make a written statement of these observations within twenty-four (24) hours. A copy must be provided to the shop steward or other union official after the employee is discharged. Suspicion is not probable and thus not a basis for testing if it is based solely on third (3rd) party observation and reports. The employee shall not be required to waive any claim or cause of action under the law. For all purposes herein, the parties agree that the terms “probable suspicion” and “reasonable cause” shall be synonymous.
The following collection procedures shall apply to all types of testing:
A refusal to provide a urine specimen or undertake a breath analysis will constitute a presumption of intoxication and the employee will be subject to discharge without receipt of a prior warning letter. If the employee is unable to produce 45mL of urine, he/she shall be offered up to forty ounces of fluid to drink and shall remain at the collection site under observation until able to produce a 45mL
- 134 -
Article 35, Section 3
specimen, for a period of up to three (3) hours from the first unsuccessful attempt to provide the urine specimen. If the employee is still unable to produce a 45mL specimen, the Employer shall direct the employee to undergo an evaluation which shall occur within five business days, by a licensed physician, acceptable to the MRO who has the expertise in the medical issues concerning the employee’s inability to provide an adequate amount of urine. If the physician and MRO conclude that there is no medical condition that would preclude the employee from providing an adequate amount of urine, the MRO will issue a ruling that the employee refused the test. If an employee is unable to provide sufficient breath sample for analysis, the procedures outlined in the DOT regulations shall be followed for all employees. Such employees shall be evaluated by a licensed physician, acceptable to the Employer, who has the expertise in the medical issues concerning the employee’s failure to provide an adequate amount of breath. Absent a medical condition, as determined by the licensed physician, said employee will be regarded as having refused to take the test. The Employer will adhere to DOT regulations for employees who are unable to provide a urine or breath specimen due to a permanent or long-term medical condition. Contractual time limits for disciplinary action, as set forth in the appropriate Supplemental Agreement, shall begin on the day on which specimens are taken. In the event the Employer alleges only that the employee is intoxicated on alcohol and not drugs, previously agreed-to procedures under the appropriate Supplemental Agreement for determining alcohol intoxication shall apply.
In the event the Employer is unable to determine whether the abnormal behavior is due to drugs or alcohol, the drug testing procedure contained herein and the breath alcohol testing procedure contained in Section 4B shall be used. If the laboratory results are not known prior to the expiration of the contractual time period for disciplinary action, the cause for disciplinary action shall specify that the basis for such disciplinary action is for “alcohol and/or drug intoxication”.
B.DOT Random Testing
It is agreed by the parties that random urine drug testing will be implemented only in accordance with the DOT rules under 49 CFR Part 382, Subpart C.
- 135 -
Article 35, Section 3
The method of selection for random urine drug testing will be neutral so that all employees subject to testing will have an equal chance to be randomly selected.
The term “employees subject to testing” under this agreement is meant to include any employee required to have a Commercial Drivers License (CDL) under the Department of Transportation regulations.
Employees out on long term injury or disability for any reason shall not be tested.
The provisions of Article 35, Section 3 F 3 (Split Sample Procedures), and Article 35, Section 3 J 1 (One-Time Rehabilitation), shall apply to random urine drug testing.
C.Non-Suspicion-Based Post-Accident Testing
Non-suspicion-based post-accident testing is defined as urine drug testing as a result of an accident which meets the definition of an accident as outlined in the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations. Urine drug testing will be required after accidents meeting the following conditions and drivers are required to remain readily available for testing for thirty-two (32) hours following the accident or until tested.
Employees subject to non-suspicion-based post-accident drug testing shall be limited to those employees subject to DOT drug testing, who are involved in an accident where there is:
(i)a fatality, or;
(ii)a citation under State or local law is issued to the driver for a moving traffic violation arising from the accident in which:
(a)bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident, or
- 136 -
Article 35, Section 3
(b)one or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage as a result of the accident, requires the vehicle(s) to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other vehicle.
The driver has the responsibility to make himself/herself available for urine drug testing within the thirty-two (32) hour period in accordance with the procedures outlined in this Subsection. The driver is responsible to notify the Employer upon receipt of a citation and to note receipt thereof on the accident report. Failure to so notify the Employer shall subject the driver to disciplinary action.
If a driver receives a citation for a moving violation more than thirty-two (32) hours after a reportable accident, he/she shall not be required to submit to post-accident urine drug testing.
The Employer shall make available a urine drug testing kit and an appropriate collection site for the driver to provide specimens.
The provisions of Article 35, Section 3 F 3 (Split Sample Procedures), and Article 35, Section 3 J 1 (One-Time Rehabilitation), shall apply to non-suspicion-based post-accident urine drug testing.
D.Chain of Custody Procedures
Any specimens collected for drug testing shall follow the DHHS/ DOT (Department of Health and Human Services/ Department of Transportation) specimen collection procedures. At the time specimens are collected for any drug testing, the employee shall be given a copy of the specimen collection procedures. In the presence of the employee, the specimens are to be sealed and labeled. As per DOT regulations, it is the employee’s responsibility to initial the seals on the specimen bottles, additionally ensuring that the specimens tested by the laboratory are those of the employee.
The required procedure follows:
When urine specimens are to be provided, at least 45 mL of specimen shall be collected. At least 30 mL shall be placed in one (1) self-sealing, screw-capped or snap-capped container. A urine
- 137 -
Article 35, Section 3
specimen of at least 15mL shall be placed in a second (2nd) such container. They shall be sealed and labeled by the collector, and initialed by the employee without the containers leaving the employee’s presence. The employee has the responsibility to identify each container and initial same. Following collection, the specimens shall be placed in the transportation container together with the appropriate copies of the chain of custody form. The transportation container shall then be sealed in the employee’s presence. The container shall be sent to the designated testing laboratory at the earliest possible time by the fastest available means.
In this urine collection procedure, the donor shall urinate into a collection container capable of holding at least 55 mL, which shall remain in full view of the employee until transferred to tamper resistant urine bottles, and sealed and labeled, and the employee has initialed the bottles.
It is recognized that the Specimen Collector is required to check for sufficiency of specimen, acceptable temperature range, and signs of tampering, provided that the employee’s right to privacy is guaranteed and in no circumstances may observation take place while the employee is producing the urine specimens, unless required by DOT regulations. If it is established that the employee’s specimen is outside of the acceptable temperature range or has been intentionally tampered with or substituted by the employee, the employee will be required to immediately submit an additional specimen under direct observation. Also, if it is established that the employee’s specimen has been intentionally tampered with or substituted by the employee, the employee is subject to discipline as if the specimen tested positive. In order to deter adulteration of the urine specimen during the collection process, physiologic determinations for creatinine, specific gravity, pH, and any substances that may be used to adulterate the specimen shall be performed by the laboratory. If the laboratory suspects the presence of an interfering substance/ adulterant that could make a test result invalid, but the initial laboratory is unable to identify it, the specimen must be sent to another HHS certified laboratory that has the capability of doing so.
- 138 -
Article 35, Section 3
Any findings by the laboratory that indicate that a specimen is adulterated as a result of the fact that it contains a substance that is not expected to be present in human urine; a substance that is expected to be present is identified at a concentration so high that it is not consistent with human urine; or has physical characteristics which are outside the normal expected range for human urine shall be immediately reported to the Company’s Medical Review Officer (MRO). The parties recognize that the key to chain of custody integrity is the immediate sealing and labeling of the specimen bottles in the presence of the tested employee. If each container is received undamaged at the laboratory properly sealed, labeled and initialed, consistent with DOT regulations as certified by the laboratory, the Employer may take disciplinary action based upon the MRO’s ruling.
E.Urine Collection Kits and Forms
The contents of the urine collection kit shall be as follows:
1.The kit shall include a specimen collection container capable of holding at least fifty-five (55) mL of urine and contains a temperature reading device capable of registering the urine temperature specified in the DOT regulations.
2.Two (2) plastic bottles that are capable of holding at least thirty-five (35) mL, have screw-on or snap-on caps, and markings clearly indicating the appropriate levels for the primary (30 mL) and split (15 mL) specimens.
3.A uniquely numbered (i.e. Specimen Identification Number) DOT approved chain of custody form with similarly numbered Bottle Custody Seals, and a transportation kit seal (e.g., Box Seal) shall be utilized during the urine collection process and completed by the collection site person. In the case of probable suspicion or other contractually required testing, a Non-DOT chain of custody form will be used for the testing of Non-DOT employees. The appropriate laboratory copies are to be placed into the transportation container with the urine specimens. The exterior of the transportation
- 139 -
Article 35, Section 3
kit shall then be secured, e.g., by placing the tamper-proof Box Seal over the outlined area.
4.Shrink-wrapped or similarly protected kits shall be used in all instances.
F.Laboratory Requirements
1.Urine Testing
In testing urine samples, the testing laboratory shall test specifically for those drugs and classes of drugs and adulterants employing the test methodologies and cutoff levels covered in the DOT Regulations 49 CFR, Part 40.
2.Specimen Retention
All specimens deemed positive, adulterated, substituted, or invalid by the laboratory, according to the prescribed guidelines, must be retained at the laboratory for a period of one (1) year.
3.Split Sample Procedure
The split sample procedure is required for all employees selected for urine drug testing. When any test kit is received by the laboratory, the “primary” sealed urine specimen bottle shall be immediately removed for testing, and the remaining “split” sealed specimen bottle shall be placed in secured storage. Such specimen shall be placed in refrigerated storage if it is to be tested outside of the DOT mandated period of time.
The employee will be given a shrink-wrapped or similarly protected urine collection kit. After receiving the specimen, the collector shall pour at least 30 mL of urine into the specimen bottle and at least 15 mL into the second split specimen bottle. Both bottles shall be sealed in the employee’s presence, initialed by the employee, then forwarded to an accredited laboratory for testing. If the employee is advised by the MRO that the first (1st) urine sample tested positive, adulterated, or substituted, in a random, return to duty, follow-up, probable suspicion or post accident urine drug test, the employee may, within seventy-two (72) hours of receipt of the actual notice, request from the MRO that the second (2nd) urine
- 140 -
Article 35, Section 3
specimen be forwarded by the first laboratory to another independent and unrelated accredited laboratory of the parties’ choice for GC/ MS confirmatory testing for the presence of the drug, or other confirmatory testing for adulterants, or to confirm that the specimen has been substituted as defined in 49 CFR Part 40. If the employee chooses to have the second (2nd) sample analyzed, he/she shall at that time execute a special check-off authorization form to ensure payment by the employee. Split specimen testing will conform to the regulations as defined in 49 CFR Part 40. If the employee chooses the optional split sample procedure, and so notifies his Employer, disciplinary action can only take place after the MRO reports a positive, adulterated, or substituted result on the primary test and the MRO reports that the testing of the split specimen confirmed the result. However, the employee may be taken out of service once the MRO reports a positive, adulterated, or substituted result based on the testing of the primary specimen while the testing of the split specimen is being performed. If the second (2nd) test confirms the findings of the first laboratory and the employee wishes to use the rehabilitation options of this Section, the employee shall reimburse the Employer for the cost of the second (2nd) sample’s analysis before entering the rehabilitation program. If the second (2nd) laboratory report is negative, for drugs, adulterants, or substitution, the employee will be reimbursed for the cost of the second (2nd) test and for all lost time. It is also understood that if an employee opts for the split sample procedure, contractual time limits on disciplinary action in the Supplements are waived.
4.Laboratory Accreditation
All laboratories used to perform urine drug testing pursuant to this Agreement must be certified by Health and Human Services under the National Laboratory Certification Program (NLCP).
G.Laboratory Testing Methodology
1.Urine Testing
The initial testing shall be by immunoassay which meets the requirements of the Food and Drug Administration for commercial distribution. The initial cutoff levels used when screening urine specimens to determine whether they are negative or positive for
- 141 -
Article 35, Section 3
various classes of drugs shall be those contained in the Scientific and Technical Guidelines for Federal Drug Testing Programs (subject to revision in accordance with subsequent amendments to the HHS Guidelines).
All specimens identified as positive on the initial test shall be confirmed using gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/ MS) techniques. Quantitative GC/MS confirmatory procedures for drugs and confirmatory procedures for specimens that are initially identified as being adulterated or substituted shall comply with the testing protocols mandated by the Scientific and Technical Guidelines for Federal Drug Testing Programs (subject to revision in accordance with subsequent amendments to the HHS Guidelines).
Validity testing shall be conducted on all specimens, pursuant to HHS requirements, to determine whether they have been adulterated or substituted. All specimens which test negative on either the initial test or the GC/MS confirmation test shall be reported only as negative, unless they are confirmed to be adulterated, substituted, or invalid. Only specimens which test positive on both the initial test and the GC/MS confirmation test shall be reported as positive. Specimens that are confirmed to be adulterated or substituted shall be reported as such.
When a grievance is filed as a result of a drug test that is ruled positive, adulterated, or substituted, the Employer shall provide a copy of the MRO ruling to the Union.
Where Schedule I and II drugs are detected, the laboratory is to report a positive test based on a forensically acceptable positive quantum of proof. All positive test results must be reviewed by the certifying scientist and certified as accurate.
2.Prescription and Non-prescription Medications
If an employee is taking a prescription or non-prescription medication in the appropriate described manner he/she will not be disciplined. Medications prescribed for another individual, not the employee, shall be considered to be illegally used and subject the employee to discipline.
- 142 -
Article 35, Section 3
3.Medical Review Officer (MRO)
The Medical Review Officer (MRO) shall be a licensed physician with the knowledge of substance abuse disorders, issues relating to adulterated and substituted specimens, possible medical causes of specimens having an invalid result, and applicable DOT agency regulations. In addition, the MRO shall keep current on applicable DOT agency regulations and comply with the DOT qualification training and continuing education requirements. The MRO shall review all urine drug test results from the laboratory and shall examine alternate medical explanations for tests reported as positive, adulterated, or substituted, as well as those results reported as invalid. Prior to the final decision to verify a urine drug test result, all employees shall have the opportunity to discuss the results with the MRO. If the employee declines to speak with the MRO, or the employee fails to contact the MRO within 72 hours of being notified to do so by the Employer, or if the MRO is unable to contact the employee within ten (10) days of the receipt of the drug test result being reported to him by the laboratory, then the MRO may report the result to the Employer.
4.Substance Abuse Professional (SAP)
The Substance Abuse Professional (SAP), as provided in the regulations, means a licensed physician (Medical Doctor or Doctor of Osteopathy), or a licensed or certified psychologist, social worker, or employee assistance professional, or a drug and alcohol counselor (certified by the National Association of Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Counselors Certification Commission or by the International Certification Reciprocity Consortium/Alcohol & Other Drug Abuse). All must have knowledge of and clinical experience in the diagnosis and treatment of alcohol and controlled substance-related disorders and be knowledgeable of the SAP function as it relates to Employer interest in safety-sensitive functions, and applicable DOT agency regulations. In addition, the SAP shall comply with the DOT qualification training and continuing education requirements.
H.Leave of Absence Prior to Testing
1.An employee shall be permitted to take leave of absence in accordance with the FMLA or applicable State leave laws for the
- 143 -
Article 35, Section 3
purpose of undergoing treatment pursuant to an approved program of alcoholism or drug use. The leave of absence must be requested prior to the commission of any act subject to disciplinary action.
2.Employees requesting to return to work from a voluntary leave of absence for drug use or alcoholism shall be required to submit to testing as provided for in Part J of this Section. Failure to do so will subject the employee to discipline including discharge without the receipt of a prior warning letter.
The provisions of this Section shall not apply to probationary employees.
I. Disciplinary Action Based on Positive Adulterated, or Substituted Test Results
Consistent with past practice under this Agreement, and notwithstanding any other language in any Supplement, the Employer may take disciplinary action based on the test results as follows:
1.If the MRO reports that a urine drug test is positive, adulterated, or substituted, the employee shall be subject to discharge except as provided in Part J.
2.The following actions shall apply in probable suspicion testing based on DOT and contractual mandates.
a.If the urine drug test is positive, adulterated, or substituted, according to the procedures described in Part G, the employee shall be subject to discharge.
b.If the breath alcohol test results show a blood alcohol concentration equal to or above the level previously determined by the appropriate Supplemental Agreement for alcohol intoxication, the employee shall be subject to discharge pursuant to the Supplemental Agreement.
- 144 -
Article 35, Section 3
c.If the breath alcohol test is negative and the urine drug test is negative, the employee shall be immediately returned to work and made whole for all lost earnings.
J. Return to Employment After a Positive Urine Drug Test
1.Any employee with a positive, adulterated, or substituted urine drug test result (other than under probable suspicion testing), thereby subjecting the employee to discipline, shall be granted reinstatement on a one (1)—time lifetime basis if the employee successfully completes a course of education and/or treatment program as recommended by the Substance Abuse Professional (SAP). The SAP will recommend a course of education and/or treatment with which the employee must demonstrate successful compliance prior to returning to DOT safety-sensitive duty. The SAP will refer him/her to a treatment program which has been approved by the applicable Health and Welfare Fund, where such is the practice. Any cost of evaluation, education and/or treatment over and above that paid for by the applicable Health and Welfare Fund, must be borne by the employee.
2.Employees electing the one-time lifetime evaluation and/or rehabilitation must notify the Company within ten (10) days of being notified by the Company of a positive, adulterated, or substituted urine drug test. The evaluation process and education and/or treatment program must take a minimum of ten (10) days. The employee must begin the evaluation process and education and/or treatment program within fifteen (15) days after notifying the Company. The employee must request reinstatement promptly after successful completion of the education and/or treatment program. After the minimum ten (10) day period and re-evaluation by the SAP, the employee may request reinstatement, but must first provide a negative return to duty urine drug test, to be conducted by a clinic and laboratory of the Employer’s choice, before the employee can be reinstated. Any employee choosing to protest the discharge must file a protest under the applicable Supplement. After the discharge is sustained, the employee must notify the Company within ten (10) days of the date of the decision, of the desire to enter the evaluation process and education and/or treatment program.
- 145 -
Article 35, Section 3
3.While undergoing treatment, the employee shall not receive any of the benefits provided by this Agreement or Supplements thereto except the continued accrual of seniority.
4.Before reinstatement after the minimum ten (10) day period, the employee must be re-evaluated by the Substance Abuse Professional to determine successful compliance with any recommended education and/or treatment program. The employee must then submit to the Employer’s return-to-duty urine drug test (and alcohol test if so prescribed by the SAP) with a negative result. The employee will be subject to at least six (6) unannounced follow-up urine drug tests in the first year, as determined by the SAP. If, at any time, the employee tests positive, provides an adulterated or substituted specimen, or refuses to submit to a test, the employee shall be subject to discharge.
(a)Return-to-duty drug test is a urine drug test which an employee must complete with a negative result, after having been reevaluated by a SAP to determine successful compliance with recommended education and/or treatment.
(b)Follow-up drug testing shall mean those unannounced urine drug tests required (minimum of six (6) in a twelve (12) month period) when an employee tests positive, provides an adulterated or substituted specimen, or refused to be tested and has been evaluated by the SAP, completed education and/or treatment, been re-evaluated by SAP and returned to work. The requirements of follow-up testing follow the employee through breaks in service (i.e. layoff, on-the-job injury, personal illness/injury, leave of absence, etc.). In addition, the requirements of follow-up testing follow the employee to subsequent employers. The SAP has the authority to order any number of follow-up urine drug and/or alcohol tests and to extend the twelve (12) month period up to sixty (60) months.
K. Special Grievance Procedure
1.The parties shall together create a Special Region Joint Area Committee consisting of an equal number of employer and union representatives to hear drug-related discipline disputes. All such
- 146 -
Article 35, Section 3
disputes arising after the establishment of the Special Region Joint Area Committee shall be taken up between the Employer and Local Union involved. Failing adjustment by these parties, the dispute shall be heard by the Special Region Joint Area Committee within ninety (90) days of the Committee’s receipt of the dispute. Where the Special Region Joint Area Committee, by majority vote, settles a dispute, such decision shall be final and binding on both parties with no further appeal. Where the Special Region Joint Area Committee is unable to agree on or come to a decision on a dispute, the dispute will be referred to the National Grievance Committee.
2.The procedures set forth herein may be invoked only by the authorized Union Representative or the Employer.
L. Paid-for Time
1.Training
Employees undergoing substance abuse training as required by the DOT will be paid for such time and the training will be scheduled in connection with the employee’s normal work shift, where possible.
2.Testing
Employees subject to testing and selected by the random selection process for urine drug testing shall be compensated at the regular straight time hourly rate of pay in the following manner provided that the test is negative:
a.Random Drug Tests
(1)for all time at the collection site.
(2)(a) for travel time one way if the collection site is reasonably en route between the employee’s home and the terminal, and the employee is going to or from work; or
- 147 -
Article 35, Section 3
(b)for travel time both ways between the terminal and the collection site, only if the collection site is not reasonably en route between the employee’s home and the terminal.
(3)When an employee is on the clock and a random drug test is taken any time during the employee’s shift, and the shift ends after eight (8) hours, the employee is paid time and one-half for all time past the eight (8) hours.
(4)The Employer will not require the city employee to go for urine drug testing before the city employee’s shift, provided the collection site is open during or immediately following the employee’s shift.
(5)During an employee’s shift, an employee will not be required to use his/her personal vehicle from the terminal to and from the collection site to take a random drug test.
(6)If a road driver is called at home to take a random drug test at a time when the road driver is not en route to or from work, the driver shall be paid, in addition to all time at the collection site, travel time both ways between the driver’s home and the collection site with no minimum guarantee.
b.Non-Suspicion-Based Post-Accident Testing
(1)In the event of a non-suspicion-based post-accident testing situation, where the employee has advised the Employer of the issuance of a citation for a moving violation, but the Employer does not direct the employee to be tested immediately, but sends the employee for testing at some later time [during the thirty-two (32) hour period], the employee shall be paid for all time involved in testing, from the time the employee leaves home until the employee returns home after the test.
(2)When the Employer takes a road driver out of service and directs the employee to be tested immediately, the Employer will make arrangements for the road driver to return to his/her home terminal in accordance with the Supplemental Agreement.
- 148 -
Article 35, Section 4
Section 4. Alcohol Testing
The parties agree that in the event of further federal legislation or DOT regulations providing for revised methodologies or requirements, those revisions shall, to the extent they impact this Agreement, unless mandated, be subject to mutual agreement by the parties.
A. | Employees Who Must be Tested |
There shall be random, non-suspicion-based post-accident and probable suspicion alcohol testing of all employees subject to DOT mandated alcohol testing. This includes all employees who, as a condition of their employment, are required to have a DOT physical, a CDL and are subject to testing for drugs under Article 35, Section 3 B.
Employees covered by this Collective Bargaining Agreement who are not subject to DOT-mandated alcohol testing are only subject to probable suspicion testing as provided in Article 35, Section 3 of the ABF NMFA or the appropriate article of the applicable Supplemental Agreement. The alcohol breath testing methodology outlined in this Section will be utilized for all employees required to undergo probable suspicion testing. (For test results and discipline, refer to ABF NMFA, Article 35, Section 3 I 2.)
B. | Alcohol Testing Procedure |
All alcohol testing under this Section will be conducted in accordance with applicable DOT/FMCSA regulations. All equipment used for alcohol testing must be on the NHTSA Conforming Products List and be used and maintained in compliance with DOT requirements. Breath samples will be collected by a Breath Alcohol Technician (BAT) who has successfully completed the necessary training course that is the equivalent of the DOT model course and who is knowledgeable of the alcohol testing procedures set forth in 49 CFR Part 40 and any current DOT Guidance. Law enforcement officers who have been certified by state or local governments to conduct breath alcohol testing are deemed to be qualified as Breath Alcohol Technicians. The training shall be specific to the type of Evidential Breath Testing (EBT) device being used for testing. The
- 149 -
Article 35, Section 4
Employer shall provide the employees with material containing the information required by Section 382.601 of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations.
1.Screening Test
The initial screening test uses an Evidential Breath Testing (EBT) device, unless other testing methodologies or devices are mandated or agreed upon, to determine levels of alcohol. The following initial cutoff levels shall be used when screening breath samples to determine whether they are negative or positive for alcohol.
Breath Alcohol Levels:
Less than 0.02% BAC—Negative
0.02% BAC and above—Positive (Requires Confirmation Test)
2.Confirmatory Test
All samples identified as positive on the initial screening test, indicating an alcohol concentration of 0.02% BAC or higher, shall be confirmed using an EBT device that is capable of providing a printed result in triplicate; is capable of assigning a unique number to each test; and is capable of printing out, on each copy of the printed test result, the manufacturer’s name for the device, the device’s serial number and the time of the test unless other testing methodologies or devices are mandated or mutually agreed upon.
A confirmation test must be performed a minimum of fifteen (15) minutes after the screening test, but not more than thirty (30) minutes, unless otherwise provided by conditions set forth and defined in 49 CFR Part 40.
The following cutoff levels shall be used to confirm a positive test for alcohol:
Breath Alcohol Levels:
- 150 -
Article 35, Section 4
Less than 0.02% BAC—Negative
0.02% BAC to 0.039% BAC—Positive*
0.04% BAC and above—Positive*
*Refer to Section 4 L for Discipline Based on a Positive Test
All employees subject to DOT-mandated random alcohol testing will be notified of testing by the Employer, in person or by direct phone contact.
Section has been deleted
The method used to randomly select employees for alcohol testing shall be neutral, scientifically valid and in compliance with DOT regulations.
The annual random testing rate for alcohol use shall be the rate established by the Administrator of the FMCSA.
In the event of a grievance or litigation, the Employer shall, upon written request from the employee, release to the employee and the Union (in its capacity as representative of the grievant and as a decision maker in the grievance process), information required to be maintained under the DOT alcohol testing regulations and arising from the results of an alcohol test which is subject to release under the regulations.
The parties agree that no effort will be made to cause the system and method of selection to be anything but a true random selection procedure ensuring that all affected employees are treated fairly and equally.
- 151 -
Article 35, Section 4
Employees subject to random alcohol testing shall be tested within one (1) hour prior to starting the tour of duty, during the tour of duty, or immediately after completing the tour of duty.
Employees who are on long-term illness or injury leave of absence, disability or vacation shall not be subject to testing during the period of time they are away from work.
Employees subject to non-suspicion-based post-accident alcohol testing shall be limited to those employees subject to DOT alcohol testing, who are involved in an accident where there is:
(i)a fatality, or;
(ii)a citation under State or local law is issued to the driver for a moving traffic violation arising from the accident in which:
(a)bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident, or
(b)one or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage as a result of the accident, requires the vehicle(s) to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other vehicle.
Alcohol testing will be required under the above conditions and employees are required to submit to such testing as soon as practicable. Under no circumstances shall this type of testing be conducted after eight (8) hours from the time of the accident.
It shall be the responsibility of the driver to remain readily available for testing after the occurrence of a commercial motor vehicle accident. It is also the responsibility of the employee to not use alcohol for eight (8) hours or until a DOT post-accident alcohol test is performed, whichever occurs first. It is not the intention of this language to require the delay of necessary medical attention or to prohibit the driver from leaving the scene of an accident for the
- 152 -
Article 35, Section 4
period necessary to obtain assistance in responding to the accident or necessary medical attention.
Prior to the effective date of the DOT alcohol testing regulations, the Employer agrees to give each employee subject to DOT non-suspicion based post-accident testing written notification of the procedures required by the DOT regulations in the event of an accident as defined by the DOT.
G.Substance Abuse Professional (SAP)
1.The Substance Abuse Professional (SAP), as provided in the regulations, means a licensed physician (Medical Doctor or Doctor of Osteopathy), or a licensed or certified psychologist, social worker, or employee assistance professional, or a drug and alcohol counselor (certified by the National Association of Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Counselors Certification Commission or by the International Certification Reciprocity Consortium/Alcohol & Other Drug Abuse). All must have knowledge of and clinical experience in the diagnosis and treatment of alcohol and controlled substance-related disorders, be knowledgeable of the SAP function as it relates to Employer interest in safety-sensitive functions, and applicable DOT agency regulations. In addition, the SAP shall comply with the DOT qualification training and continuing education requirements.
2.The Employer will provide the employee with a list of resources available to the driver in evaluating and resolving problems with the misuse of alcohol as soon as practicable but no later than thirty-six
(36) hours after the Employer’s receipt of notice from the BAT that the employee has a BAC of 0.04% or higher, exclusive of holidays and weekends. The SAP will be responsible for recommending the appropriate course of education and/or treatment required prior to the employee returning to work and is the only person responsible for determining, during the evaluation process, whether an employee will be directed to a rehabilitation program, and if so, for how long.
3.Follow-up and return-to-duty tests need not be confined to the substance involved in the violation. If the SAP determines that a driver needs assistance with an alcohol and drug abuse problem, the
- 153 -
Article 35, Section 4
SAP may require drug tests to be performed along with any required alcohol follow-up and/or return-to-duty tests, if it has been determined that a driver has violated the drug testing prohibition.
4.Any cost of evaluation by the SAP and/or rehabilitation recommended by the SAP associated with the abuse of alcohol while performing or available to perform safety-sensitive functions under this Agreement, over and above that paid for by the applicable Health and Welfare Fund, must be borne by the employee. The Employer will pay for random, non-suspicion-based post-accident and probable suspicion alcohol testing. Return-to-duty and follow-up alcohol testing that is prescribed by the SAP, will be paid for by the Employer, provided the employee tests negative.
Employees subject to DOT probable suspicion alcohol testing under this Section shall be tested in accordance with current, applicable DOT regulations.
For all purposes herein, the parties agree that the terms “probable suspicion” and “reasonable cause” shall be synonymous.
Probable suspicion is defined as an employee’s specific observable appearance, behavior, speech or body odor that clearly indicates the need for probable suspicion alcohol testing.
In the event the Employer is unable to determine whether the abnormal behavior or appearance is due to alcohol or drugs, the Employer shall specify that the basis for any disciplinary action or testing is for alcohol and/or drug intoxication. In such cases, the employee shall be tested in accordance with Article 35, Section 3 A, and applicable DOT alcohol testing regulations.
In cases where an employee has specific, observable, abnormal indicators regarding appearance, behavior, speech or body odor, and at least one (1) supervisor, two (2) if available, have probable suspicion to believe that the employee is under the influence of alcohol, the Employer may require the employee, in the presence of a union shop steward or other employee requested by the employee
- 154 -
Article 35, Section 4
under observation, to submit to a breath alcohol test. Suspicion is not probable and thus not a basis for testing if it is based solely on third party observation and reports.
The supervisor(s) must make a written statement of these observations within twenty-four (24) hours. Upon request, a copy must be provided to the shop steward or other union official after the employee is discharged or suspended or taken out of service.
All supervisors and Employer representatives designated to determine whether probable suspicion exists to require an employee to undergo alcohol testing shall receive specific training on the physical, behavioral, speech and performance indicators of how to detect probable suspicion alcohol misuse and use of controlled substances as required by DOT regulations.
In the event the Employer requires a probable suspicion test, the Employer shall provide transportation to and from the testing location.
All alcohol testing shall be conducted in conformity with the DOT alcohol regulations. Any alleged abuse by the Employer, such as proven harassment of any employee or deliberate violation of the regulations or the contract shall be subject to the grievance procedure to provide a reasonable remedy for the alleged violation.
Upon arrival at the testing site, an employee must provide the Breath Alcohol Technician (BAT) with proper identification. The employee shall not be required to waive any claim or cause of action under the law.
A standard DOT approved alcohol testing form will be used by all testing facilities. In the case of probable suspicion or other contractually required testing, a Non-DOT chain of custody form will be used for the testing of Non-DOT employees.
J.Specimen Testing Procedures
All procedures for alcohol testing will comply with Department of Transportation regulations.
- 155 -
Article 35, Section 4
No unauthorized personnel will be allowed in any area of the testing site. Only one alcohol testing procedure will be conducted by a BAT at the same time.
The employee will provide his or her breath sample in a location that allows for privacy. The Employer agrees to recognize all employees’ rights to privacy while being subjected to the testing process at all times and at all testing sites. Further, the Employer agrees that in all circumstances the employee’s dignity will be considered and all necessary steps will be taken to ensure that the entire process does nothing to demean, embarrass or offend the employee unnecessarily. Testing will be under the direct observation of a Breath Alcohol Technician (BAT). All procedures shall be conducted in a professional, discreet and objective manner. Direct observation will be necessary in all cases.
The employee shall provide an adequate amount of breath for the Evidential Breath Testing device. If the individual is unable to provide a sufficient amount of breath, the BAT shall direct the individual to again attempt to provide a complete sample.
If an employee is unsuccessful in providing the requisite amount of breath, the Employer then must have the employee obtain, within five (5) days, an evaluation from a licensed physician selected by the Employer and the Local Union and who has the expertise in the medical issues concerning the employee’s inability to provide an adequate amount of breath. If the physician is unable to determine that a medical condition has, or with a high degree of probability could have, precluded the employee from providing an adequate amount of breath, the employee’s failure to provide an adequate amount of breath will be regarded as a refusal to take the test and subject the employee to discharge.
K.Leave of Absence Prior to Testing
An employee shall be permitted to take leave of absence in accordance with the FMLA or applicable State leave laws for the purpose of undergoing treatment pursuant to an approved program of alcoholism or drug use. The leave of absence must be requested prior to
- 156 -
Article 35, Section 4
the commission of any act subject to disciplinary action. This provision does not alter or amend the disciplinary provision (Article 35, Section 4 L) of this Section.
Before returning to work from a voluntary leave of absence, the employee must have completed any recommended treatment and taken a return to duty test, with a result of less than 0.02% BAC, and further be subject to six (6) unannounced follow-up alcohol tests in the first twelve (12) months following the employee’s return to duty.
The Supplemental Agreements shall address the issue of an extra board driver who, while at his home terminal, has consumed alcohol, is then called for dispatch and requests additional time off. Requesting time off under this provision shall not be used as a subterfuge to avoid taking a random alcohol (and/or drug) test.
L.Disciplinary Action Based on Positive Test Results
1.First Positive Test
0.02% BAC-0.039% BAC
Out of Service for 24 hours
0.04% BAC-Less than State DWI/DUI Limit
Out of Service for the length of time determined by the SAP with a
minimum of twenty-four (24) hours
State DWI/DUI Limit and Above
Subject to discharge
2.Second Positive Test
0.02% BAC-0.039% BAC
Out of Service for a five (5) calendar day suspension
0.04% BAC-Less than State DWI/DUI Limit
Out of Service for the length of time determined by the SAP with a
minimum of a twenty (20) calendar day suspension
State DWI/DUI Limit and Above
Subject to discharge
3.Third Positive Test
0.02% BAC-0.039% BAC
Out of Service for a fifteen (15) calendar day suspension
0.04% BAC-Less than State DWI/DUI Limit
- 157 -
Article 35, Section 4
Out of Service for the length of time determined by the SAP with a
minimum of a thirty (30) calendar day suspension
State DWI/DUI Limit and Above
Subject to discharge
4.Fourth Positive Test
0.02% BAC-0.039% BAC
Subject to discharge
0.04% BAC-Less than State DWI/DUI Limit
Subject to discharge
State DWI/DUI Limit and Above
Subject to discharge
5.An employee who is tested positive in a non-suspicion-based post-accident alcohol testing situation shall be subject to the following discipline for the positive alcohol test or the vehicular accident, whichever is greater:
First Non-Suspicion-Based Post-Accident Positive Test—0.02% BAC—0.039% BAC—Thirty (30) calendar day suspension. 0.04% BAC and higher—Subject to discharge.
Second Non-Suspicion-Based Post-Accident Positive Test—0.02% BAC and higher—Subject to discharge.
6.An employee’s refusal to submit to any alcohol test will subject the employee to discharge.
M.Return to Duty After a Positive (Greater than .04 to the State Limit) Alcohol Test
Before returning to work the employee must be evaluated by a SAP, comply with any education and/or treatment recommended by the SAP, be re-evaluated by the SAP to determine compliance with recommended education and/or treatment, and take a return-to-duty alcohol test, showing a result of less than 0.02% BAC. The employee will be subject to at least six (6) unannounced follow-up alcohol
- 158 -
Article 35, Section 4
and/or drug tests as determined by the SAP. The requirements of follow-up testing follow the employee through breaks in service (i.e. layoff, on-the-job injury, personal illness/injury, leave of absence, etc.). In addition, the requirements of follow-up testing follow the employee to subsequent employers. The SAP has the authority to order any number of follow-up alcohol and/or urine drug tests and to extend the twelve (12) month period up to sixty (60) months.
N.Paid-for-time—Testing
Employees subject to testing and selected by the random selection process for alcohol testing shall be compensated at the regular straight time hourly rate of pay provided that the test is negative:
1.Random Alcohol Tests
a.Paid for all time at the collection site.
b.(1) for travel time one way if the collection site is reasonably en route between the employee’s home and the terminal, and the employee is going to or from work; or
(2)for travel time both ways between the terminal and the collection site, only if the collection site is not reasonably en route between the employee’s home and the terminal.
c.When an employee is on the clock and a random alcohol test is taken any time during the employee’s shift, and the shift ends after eight (8) hours, the employee is paid time and one-half for all time past the eight (8) hours.
d.The Employer will not require the city employee to go for alcohol testing before the city employee’s shift, provided the collection site is open during or immediately following the employee’s shift.
e.During an employee’s shift, an employee will not be required to use his/her personal vehicle from the terminal to and from the collection site to take a random alcohol test.
- 159 -
Article 35, Section 4
f.If a road driver is called to take a random alcohol test at a time when the road driver is not en route to or from work, the driver shall be paid, in addition to all time at the collection site, travel time both ways between the location of the driver when called and the collection site with no minimum guarantee.
2.Non-Suspicion-Based Post-Accident Testing
a.In the event of a non-suspicion-based post-accident testing situation, where the employee has advised the Employer of the issuance of a citation for a moving violation, but the Employer does not direct the employee to be tested immediately, but sends the employee for testing at some later time (during the eight (8) hour period), the employee shall be paid for all time involved in testing, from the time the employee leaves home until the employee returns home after the test.
b.When the Employer takes a driver out of service and directs the employee to be tested immediately, the Employer will make arrangements for the driver to return to his/her home terminal in accordance with the Supplemental Agreement.
O.Record Retention
The Employer shall maintain records in a secure manner so that disclosure of information to unauthorized persons does not occur.
Each Employer or its agent is required to maintain the following records for two years:
1.Records of the inspection and maintenance of each EBT used in employee testing;
2.Documentation of the Employer’s compliance with the Quality Assurance Program for each EBT it uses for alcohol testing; and
3.Records of the training and proficiency testing of each BAT used in employee testing.
- 160 -
Article 35, Section 4
The Employer must maintain for five years records pertaining to the calibration of each EBT used in alcohol testing, including records of the results of external calibration checks.
P.Special Grievance Procedure
1.The parties shall together create a Special Region Joint Area Committee consisting of an equal number of Employer and Union representatives to hear drug and alcohol related discipline disputes. All such disputes arising after the establishment of the Special Region Joint Area Committee shall be taken up between the Employer and Local Union involved. Failing adjustment by these parties, the dispute shall be heard by the Special Region Joint Area Committee within ninety (90) days of the Committee’s receipt of the dispute. When the Special Region Joint Area Committee, by majority vote, settles a dispute, such decision shall be final and binding on both parties with no further appeal. Where the Special Region Joint Area Committee is unable to agree or come to a decision on a dispute, the dispute will be referred to the National Grievance Committee.
2.The Procedures set forth herein may be invoked only by the authorized Union representative or the Employer.
ARTICLE 36. NEW ENTRY (NEW HIRE) RATES
Full-Time New Hire Wage Progression and Casual Rates
A.CDL Qualified Driver or Mechanics: Effective July 1, 2023, all regular employees hired on or after that date and employees who are in progression shall receive the following hourly and/or mileage rates of pay:
(a)Effective first (1st) day of employment—ninety percent (90%) of the top rate.
(b)Effective first (1st) day of employment plus one (1) year—one hundred percent (100%) of the top rate.
- 161 -
Article 36
B.Non-CDL Qualified Employees: Effective July 1, 2023, all non-CDL qualified employees (excluding mechanics) hired will be subject to the following new hire progression:
(a)Effective first (1st) day of employment—seventy percent (70%) of the top rate.
(b)Effective first (1st) day of employment plus one (1) year—seventy five percent (75%) of the top rate.
(c)Effective first (1st) day of employment plus two (2) years— eighty percent (80%) of the top rate.
(d)Effective first (1st) day of employment plus three (3) years— eighty-five percent (85%) of the top rate.
(e)Effective first (1st) day of employment plus four (4) years— ninety percent (90%) of the top rate.
(f)Effective first (1st) day of employment plus five (5) years—one hundred percent (100%) of the top rate.
All current (on seniority list June 30, 2023 or earlier) non-CDL regular employees subject to this agreement as of July 1, 2023 shall continue in progression as provided in the modified progression schedule below. Provided however, that no regular Non-CDL employee in progression shall be paid less than the new hire non-CDL rate provided for in (c) below.
C.Modified Progression Schedule for Non-CDL employees hired after June 30, 2023 or earlier:
First day of employment up to two (2) years—80% of top rate First day of employment plus three (3) years—90% of top rate First day of employment plus four (4) years—100% of top rate
The above rates shall not apply to casual employees. The term “top rate” is the applicable hourly and/or mileage rate of pay for the job classification payable under this Agreement.
- 162 -
Article 36
D.The parties agree that there are unique high cost of living areas within the Country that may require higher wage rates to attract, hire and retain employees. With the approval of TNFINC, the Employer shall have the ability to increase the applicable wage rate by classification at individual locations if the Employer determines in its discretion that doing so is necessary to attract and retain qualified employees. In the event the Employer decides to exercise this option, it shall provide advance notice to TNFINC in writing.
ARTICLE 37. NON-DISCRIMINATION
The Employer and the Union agree not to discriminate against any individual with respect to hiring, compensation, terms or conditions of employment because of such individuals race, color, religion, sex, age, or national origin nor will they limit, segregate or classify employees in any way to deprive any individual employee of employment opportunities because of race, color, religion, sex, age, or national origin or engage in any other discriminatory acts prohibited by law. This Article also covers employees with a qualified disability under the Americans with Disabilities Act, although whether the Employer has complied with the ADA’s statutory requirements shall not be subject to the grievance procedure.
ARTICLE 38.
Section 1. Sick Leave
Effective January 1, 2024 and thereafter, all Supplemental Agreements shall provide for a minimum of seven (7) days or fifty-six
(56) hours of sick leave per contract year. The Employer agrees to comply with all Federal, State or Local laws with regards to paid sick leave including exemptions for bargaining agreements.Sick leave not used by December 31 of any contract year will be paid no later than the third Friday of January at the applicable hourly rate in existence on that date. Each day of sick leave will be paid for on the basis of a minimum of eight (8) hours straight-time pay or whatever the normal daily work schedule is (e.g. 10 hours if the employee is on a 10 hour schedule up to a maximum of fifty-six (56) hours at the applicable hourly rate).Sick leave will be paid to eligible
- 163 -
Article 38, Section 1
employees beginning on the first (1st) working day of absence.The accrual and cash out dates for sick leave will be January 1 annually.
Section 2. Jury Duty
Effective July 1, 2023, all regular employees called for jury duty will receive the difference between eight (8) hours pay at the applicable hourly wage and actual payment received for jury service for each day of jury duty to a maximum of fifteen (15) days pay for each contract year.When such employees report for jury service on a scheduled workday, they will not unreasonably be required to report for work that particular day.Time spent on jury service will be considered time worked for purposes of Employer contributions to health & welfare and pension plans, vacation eligibility and payment, holidays and seniority, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Supplemental Agreements to a maximum of fifteen (15) days for each contract year.Employees, who have been selected to serve on a jury, including those selected as an alternate jury member and who are scheduled to work shifts beginning after 4:00 p.m., will be given the option of working either the day their jury duty begins or the day following the day their jury duty begins and thereafter shall not be required to work on any day in which the jury is in session.
Section 3. Family and Medical Leave Act
All employees who worked for the Employer for a minimum of twelve (12) months and worked at least 1250 hours during the past twelve (12) months are eligible for unpaid leave as set forth in the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (FMLA).
The Company shall construe the FMLA to apply to all work locations covered by this agreement regardless of the number of employees at such work locations even if the number of employees at any one work location falls below the threshold set forth in the FMLA.Eligible employees are entitled to up to a total of 12 weeks of unpaid leave during any twelve (12) month period for the following reasons:1. Birth or adoption of a child or the placement of a child for foster care;2. To care for a spouse, child or parent of the employee due to a serious health condition;3. A serious health condition of the employee.The employee’s seniority rights shall continue as if the employee had not taken leave under this Section, and
- 164 -
Article 38, Section 3
the Employer will maintain health insurance coverage during the period of the leave.The Employer may require the employee to substitute accrued paid vacation or other paid leave for part of the twelve (12) week leave period.The employee is required to provide the Employer with at least thirty (30) days advance notice before FMLA leave begins if the need for leave is foreseeable. If the leave is not foreseeable, the employee is required to give notice as soon as practicable. The Employer has the right to require medical certification of a need for leave under this Act. In addition, the Employer has the right to require a second (2nd) opinion at the Employer’s expense. If the second opinion conflicts with the initial certification, a third opinion from a health care provider selected by the first and second opinion health care providers, at the Employer’s expense may be sought, which shall be final and binding. Failure to provide certification shall cause any leave taken to be treated as an unexcused absence.As a condition of returning to work, an employee who has taken leave due to his/her own serious health condition must be medically qualified to perform the functions of his/her job. In cases where employees fail to return to work, the provisions of the applicable Supplemental Agreement will apply.It is specifically understood that an employee will not be required to repay any of the contributions for his/her health insurance during FMLA leave. No employee will be disciplined for requesting or taking FMLA leave under the contract absent fraud, misrepresentation, or dishonesty.Disputes arising under this provision shall be subject to the grievance procedure.The provisions of this Section are in response to the federal FMLA and shall not supersede any state or local law which provides for greater employee rights.The Employer may not force an employee to use pre-scheduled vacation time as FMLA leave, provided the vacation involved was prescheduled in accordance with the applicable supplemental agreement. The Employer may not force an employee to take the last unscheduled week of vacation as FMLA leave. The Employer may not force an employee who has taken separate hours of unpaid leave for medical reasons to substitute those hours as accrued leave under the FMLA.The Employer may not force an employee to substitute accrued leave for FMLA leave if the employee is receiving supplemental loss-oftime disability benefits from a benefit plan under the Agreement.
- 165 -
Article 39, Section 1
ARTICLE 39. DURATION
Section 1.
This Agreement shall be in full force and effect from July 1, 2023 to and including June 30, 2028, and shall continue from year to year thereafter unless written notice of desire to cancel or terminate this Agreement is served by either party upon the other at least sixty
(60) days prior to date of expiration.
When notice of cancellation or termination is given under this Section, the Employer and the Union shall continue to observe all terms of this Agreement until impasse is reached in negotiations, or until either the Employer or the Union exercise their rights under Section 3 of this Article.
Section 2.
Where no such cancellation or termination notice is served and the parties desire to continue said Agreement but also desire to negotiate changes or revisions in this Agreement, either party may serve upon the other a notice at least sixty (60) days prior to June 30, 2028 or June 30th of any subsequent contract year, advising that such party desires to revise or change terms or conditions of such Agreement.
Section 3.
The Teamsters National Freight Industry Negotiating Committee, as representative of the Local Unions or the signatory Employer or the authorizing Employer Associations, shall each have the right to unilaterally determine when to engage in economic recourse (strike or lockout) on or after July 1, 2028, unless agreed to the contrary.
Section 4.
Revisions agreed upon or ordered shall be effective as of June 30, 2028 or June 30th of any subsequent contract year.
- 166 -
Article 39, Section 5
Section 5.
In the event of an inadvertent failure by either party to give the notice set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article, such party may give such notice at any time prior to the termination or automatic renewal date of this Agreement. If a notice is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the expiration date of this Agreement shall be the sixty-first (61st) day following such notice.
Section 6.
In those circumstances where the Teamsters National Freight Industry Negotiating Committee, as representative of the Local Union, or the signatory Employer or the authorizing Employer Associations, shall have served a notice of reopening pursuant to this Article and have not been able to arrive at an agreement within six (6) months, then either side shall have the right on sixty (60) days’ written notice to terminate this Agreement.
- 167 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have set their hands and seals this day of , 2023 to be effective July 1, 2023, except as to those areas where it has been otherwise agreed between the parties.
TEAMSTERS NATIONAL ABF
NEGOTIATING COMMITTEE
Sean M. O’Brien, Chairman
John A. Murphy, Co-Chairman
Edgar Thompson, LU 776 | Ron Seamans, LU 63 |
Rick Laughton, LU 633 | Jeff Kendall, LU 222 |
Jeff Cartee, LU 509 | Dominic Chiovare, LU 70 |
Sal Abate, LU 443 | Alvin Mitchell, LU 542 |
Ron Hicks, LU 776 | Chris Porter, LU 174 |
Kevin McCaffrey, LU 707 | Tracy McCarty, LU 492 |
Kevin Drysdale, LU 449 | Lendon Grisham, LU 480 |
Bill Wedebrand, LU 120 | Johnny Gabriel, LU 728 |
Danny Avelyn, LU 554 | John Gale, LU 878 |
Mike Cales, LU 710 | Howard Boykin, LU 480 |
Ralph “Sam” Cook, LU 377 | Brent Taylor, LU 745 |
Greg Foster, LU 705 | Wayne Brown, LU 728 |
Mark Morell, LU 957 | David Deleon, P&D Driver, LU 63 |
Tony Jones, LU 413 | Wendel Green, Jr., P&D Driver, LU 651 |
Chris Richter, LU 179 | Keith Mello, P&D Driver, LU 653 |
Robert Warnock, LU 364 | Chalmer Edgin, Road Driver, LU 776 |
Jason Streit, LU 41 | Matt Craig, Dock Worker, LU 776 |
Phil Reams, LU 710 | Robert Precht, P&D Driver, LU 705 |
Mike Halvorson, LU 710 | Rich Gibson, Staff Attorney, IBT |
Larry Tinker, LU 600 | Sarah Cooner, Economics Dept., IBT |
Kent McCord, LU 100 | |
- 168 -
ABF NATIONAL
NEGOTIATING COMMITTEE
Tony Nations, Chairman
Mike Hansen, Co-Chairman
Steve Dusko | Kirby Clark |
Andy Upchurch | Matt Godfrey |
Jeff Slobodnik | Ed Myers |
Steven Little | Todd Foster |
Heath Arnold | Tommy Poole |
Don Davis | Gary Caldwell |
Matt Wolff | Cliff Willoughby |
Eric Bucheit | Mike Roberts |
Rusty Staab | Nick Ricke |
Derrick McElwaney | Matt Turrieta |
Pete Rokich | Jose Iglesia |
Brad O’Bryan | Lauren Augustyn |
- 169 -
ADDENDUM A
ADDENDUM A
Work Day/work week
The number of start times in effect today will remain except as agreed to between the Local Union and the Company.
ADDENDUM B
Break Time
All Breaks shall remain the same.
ADDENDUM C
Work Across Classifications
(a)Hostling Across Job Classifications: When someone bids or is assigned a hostling job, he/she will be required to do any type of hostling required at that location (for example, hook road units, city units and trailers to and from the dock). Seniority will prevail for work assignments among various hostler assignments (road, dock, city) and when the need exists to move employees within the hostler assignment, the junior employee will be moved first.
(b)Drop & Pick: Road drivers will be permitted to make one pickup or delivery en-route to his/her destination terminal and he/she is also able to make one pickup or delivery en-route on his/her return. A “drop & pick en-route” shall be defined as a drop or pickup between the start of a run and the end of the run (i.e., between points A and B) and shall not deviate 20 miles from the normal route. There shall be no fingerprinting of the freight. Furthermore, the Company shall not violate any “T rules” that exist in any Supplement (i.e., prohibiting stops beyond or before the destination or ending terminals), except as otherwise agreed to.
(c)Drop & Hook: At terminals with 75 or fewer local cartage employees, a road driver that comes into the terminal may be able to push or pull his/her power unit even though there are local cartage/ dock employees on duty. This provision shall not apply in a driver’s home domicile or at his/her lay down destination.
(d)Forklift only bids: There will be no forklift driver only positions.
- 170 -
ADDENDUM D
ADDENDUM D
(Excerpt from National Economic Settlement)
Health & Welfare and Pension Plans
a.The Company shall continue to contribute to the same Health and Welfare and Pension Funds it was contributing to as of June 30, 2023 and abide by each Fund’s rules and regulations. The Company shall execute all documents and participation agreements required by each Fund to maintain participation. The Company shall continue to contribute at the rates required as of June 30, 2023.
b.Health and Welfare Contribution Increases: Effective 2023 (on the date previously established by the parties for payment of increases for the applicable funds but no later than August 1 of each year) the company shall also contribute an additional $0.83 per hour to be split between the applicable health and welfare and pension funds as determined by the Union Supplemental negotiating committee. For 2024 the increase shall be $0.63 per hour; for 2025 the increase shall be $0.80 per hour; for 2026 the increase shall be $0.99 per hour and for 2027 the increase shall be $1.21per hour.
(c)Monthly, daily and/or hourly contributions shall be converted from the hourly contributions in accordance with past practice.
The trigger in all Supplements for qualifying for a week’s health and welfare contribution will remain the same as under the 2018-2023 Agreement. Those Supplements on an hourly contribution will continue with their respective practices. The trigger for the obligation to make health and welfare contributions in the Supplements that provide for a monthly based contribution shall remain the same.
The “one-punch” rule for pension contributions in the Chicago area pension funds shall continue to apply where such rule applied as of March 31, 2023.
If any Pension Fund rejects this agreement because of the Company’s level of contributions or otherwise refused to accept the contribution rate and terminates the Company’s participation in the Fund,
- 171 -
ADDENDUM D
the Company shall make contributions to the Teamsters National 401(k) Savings Plan in the amount of seven dollars and fifty cents ($7.50) per hour on behalf of the employees in the area covered by the Pension Fund.
Such amount shall be immediately 100% vested for the benefit of the employee. If a withdrawal event occurs for any other reason, Article 27’s reopener shall apply {including the right to take economic action).
The Company will not seek to withdraw from any Pension Fund to which it contributed to under the 2018-23 ABF NMFA.
ADDENDUM E
Non-CDL Driving Positions
TNFINC and ABF recognize that the recruitment and retention of CDL-qualified drivers continues to be challenging, even with recent pay rate increases and ongoing recruitment efforts. As a result, the Employer in connection with their local pick-up and delivery operations frequently must rely on local cartage companies and other third parties to pick up and deliver freight. This is the case even though the use of Employer employees to perform this work is strongly preferred.
Moreover, the non-union local cartage companies and other nonunion third-party carriers often do not use CDL-A drivers to perform portions of this work. The Employer and TNFINC realize that this is core bargaining unit work that, if possible, should be performed by bargaining unit personnel.
In recognition of these challenges and in an effort to recapture local pick-up and delivery work that currently is being performed by non-union third parties, the parties agree as follows:
1.The Employers may establish non-CDL Driver bids. Non-CDL Drivers may be assigned to operate box trucks (or straight trucks, vans, etc.) in the city operation that do not require the possession of
- 172 -
ADDENDUM E
aCDL license, as well as to work the dock and perform other duties as assigned.
2.Non-CDL Drivers will be paid per the applicable supplemental agreement wage scale, including progression rates as provided for in Article 36, Section B.
3.To the extent any non-CDL qualified employee bidding into a non-CDL Driver position is at a rate that is higher than the current non-CDL Driver rate, he or she shall maintain that higher rate. Existing CDL-qualified employees shall not be eligible to bid on non-CDL Driver positions, except as otherwise provided in this Section or as otherwise mutually agreed.
a.The earliest non-CDL driving bid shall start no earlier than the last peddle run at each service center.
4.Employees in or seeking to obtain a non-CDL Driver position shall be subject to the same motor vehicle record requirements as CDL-qualified drivers.
5.Non-CDL Drivers may not be used to substitute for or otherwise replace available CDL qualified City or P&D Drivers in the following manner:
a.The Employers may not utilize non-CDL Drivers at any location where there are CDL-qualified City or P&D Drivers on layoff, including daily layoff.
b.The Employers may not deny an available CDL-qualified City or P&D Driver work on a given day without first offering him or her the opportunity to perform work normally handled by non-CDL Drivers, including through the operation of equipment that does not require a CDL license. In the event this occurs, the CDL qualified City or P&D driver shall receive his or her normal rate of pay for the shift.
- 173 -
ADDENDUM E
c.The Employers may not use non-CDL Drivers to avoid filling vacant CDL qualified positions or to avoid utilizing CDL-qualified drivers in the city or P&D operations.
6.Employees in Non-CDL driving positions shall not be subject to random drug/alcohol testing unless required by applicable law.
MOU to ABF NMFA
Profit Sharing Bonus
ABF Published Annual Operating Ratio | Bonus Amount |
91.1 to 93.0 | 1% |
89.1 to 91.0 | 2% |
87.1 to 89.0 | 3% |
87.0 and below | 4% |
2.The profit-sharing bonus will be distributed to the employees by separate check within 60 days of the end of the calendar year. An employee must be on the ABF seniority list for the entire calendar year in question to be eligible for such a bonus. Any employee who resigns, retires or otherwise incurs a termination of employment, whether voluntary or involuntary, during the year in question shall not be eligible for a year-end bonus.
3.There shall be no inter-company charges initiated by the employer or changes in accounting assumptions or practices (GAAP), except as required to conform to governmental regulation, for the purpose of defeating the calculation of the annual operating ratio.
- 174 -
Letter of Understanding
Teamsters National Freight Industry Negotiating Committee
And
ABF Freight System, Inc.
The parties support technological advancement, recognizing that innovation is necessary to ensure an expanding economy, promote employer growth and competitiveness.
The Employer and TNFINC agree to establish a National Technology Committee to review potential technological changes in the freight industry and to discuss the potential impact of technology, training of bargaining unit employees to use new technology and new work opportunities derived from technological change.
The parties agree that for the term of the current bargaining agreement, July 1, 2023 to June 30, 2028, the Employer will not use robots, autonomous vehicles, or vehicles that transport freight without a bargaining unit driver or operator unless the parties mutually agree in writing otherwise and the use of such technology does not result in the layoff of bargaining unit employees or reduces the overall number of bargaining unit positions.
- 175 -
NATIONAL ECONOMIC SETTLEMENT
ABF National Master Freight Agreement
Article 33. Wages, Benefits and Cost of Living
1.General wage adjustments: All Regular Employees
(a)All regular employees subject to this Agreement will receive the following general wage adjustments.
Effective July 1, 2023: |
| $3.50 per hour on all hourly rates |
| | +08.75 cents per mile on all mileage rates |
| | |
Effective July 1, 2024: | | +$0.75 per hour on all hourly rates |
| | +01.875 cents per mile on all mileage rates |
| | |
Effective July 1, 2025: | | +$0.75 per hour on all hourly rates |
| | +01.875 cents per mile on all mileage rates |
| | |
Effective July 1, 2026: | | +$0.75 per hour on all hourly rates |
| | +01.875 cents per mile on all mileage rates |
| | |
Effective July 1, 2027: | | +$0.75 per hour on all hourly rates |
| | +01.875 cents per mile on all mileage rates |
All regular employees still in the New Hire Progression on the effective dates of this agreement shall receive the appropriate percentage adjustment.
2.Casual Wages
(a)City and Combination Casuals
Hourly rates for city and combination casuals (CDL required) shall increase by 85% of the general wage increase for regular employees on the dates shown in Section 1 of this article.
(b)Dock only Casuals
Effective July 1, 2023 the hourly rate for dock only casuals will increase to $17.50 hr. Effective July 1, 2024 the hourly rate for
- 176 -
dock only casuals will increase to $17.75 hr. Effective July 1, 2025 the hourly rate for dock only casuals will increase to $18.00 hr. Effective July 1, 2026 the hourly rate for dock only casuals will increase to $18.25 hr. Effective July 1, 2027 the hourly rate for dock only casuals will increase to $18.50 hr.
Article 33, Section 3. Utility Employees and Sleeper Team Premiums—No changes,
Article 33, Section 4. Cost of Living Adjustment Clause
All regular employees shall be covered by the provisions of a cost-of-living allowance as set forth in this Article.
The amount of the cost-of-living allowance shall be determined as provided below based on the Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers, CPI-W (Revised Series Using 1982-84 Expenditure Patterns). All Items published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department of Labor and referred to herein as the Index.
Effective July 1, 2024, and every July 1 thereafter during the life of the Agreement, a cost of-living allowance will be calculated based on the difference between the Index for April 2023, (published May 2023) and the index for April 2024 (published May 2024) with a similar calculation for every year thereafter, as follows:
For every 0.2-point increase in the Index over and above the base (prior year’s) Index plus 3.5%, there will be a 1 cent increase in the hourly wage rates payable on July 1, 2024, and every July 1 thereafter. These increases shall only be payable if they equal a minimum of five cents ($.05) in a year. There shall be no cap on the COLA.
All cost-of-living allowances paid under this Agreement will become and remain a fixed part of the base wage rate for all job classifications. A decline in the Index shall not result in the reduction of classification base wage rates.
- 177 -
Mileage paid employees will receive cost-of-living allowances based on .25 mills per mile for each 1 cent increase in hourly wages.
In the event the appropriate Index figure is not issued before the effective date of the cost-of-living adjustment, the cost-of-living adjustment that is required will be made at the beginning of the first {1st) pay period after the receipt of the Index. If the Index shall be revised or discontinued and in the event the Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department of Labor, does not issue information which would enable the Employer and the Union to know what the Index would have been had it not been revised or discontinued, then the Employer and the Union will meet, negotiate, and agree upon an appropriate substitute for the Index. Upon the failure of the parties to agree within sixty (60) days, thereafter, the issue of an appropriate substitute shall be submitted to an arbitrator for determination. The arbitrator’s decision shall be final and binding.
Article 33, Section 5. Education and Training— NO CHANGE
Article 36. New Entry (New Hire) Rates
Full-Time New Hire Wage Progression and Casual Rates
A.CDL Qualified Driver or Mechanics Effective July 1, 2023, all regular employees hired on or after that date and employees who are in progression shall receive the following hourly and/or mileage rates of pay:
(a)Effective first (1st) day of employment—ninety percent (90%) of the top rate.
(b)Effective first (1st) day of employment plus one (1) year—one hundred percent (100%) of the top rate.
B.Non-CDL Qualified Employees Effective, July 1, 2023, all non-CDL qualified employees (excluding mechanics) hired will be subject to the following new hire progression:
(a)Effective first (1st) day of employment—seventy percent {70%) of the top rate.
- 178 -
(b)Effective first (1st) day of employment plus one (1) year—seventy five percent (75%) of the top rate.
(c)Effective first (1st) day of employment plus two (2) years— eighty percent (80%) of the top rate.
(d)Effective first (1st) day of employment plus three (3) years— eighty-five percent (85%) of the top rate.
(e)Effective first (1st) day of employment plus four (4) years— ninety percent (90%) of the top rate.
(f)Effective first (1st) day of employment plus five (5) years—one hundred percent (100%) of the top rate.
All current (on seniority list June 30, 2023 or earlier) non-CDL regular employees subject to this agreement as of July 1, 2023 shall continue in progression as provided in the modified progression schedule below. Provided however, that no regular Non-CDL employee in progression shall be paid less than the new hire non-CDL rate provided for in (c) below.
C.Modified Progression Schedule for Non-CDL employees hired June 30, 2023 or earlier:
First day of employment up to two (2) years—80% of top rate
First day of employment plus three (3) years—90% of top rate
First day of employment plus four (4) years—100% of top rate
The above rates shall not apply to casual employees. The term “top rate” is the applicable hourly and/or mileage rate of pay for the job classification payable under this Agreement.
D.The parties agree that there are unique high cost of living areas within the Country that may require higher wage rates to attract, hire and retain employees. With the approval of TNFINC, the Employer shall have the ability to increase the applicable wage rate by classification at individual locations if the Employer determines in its discretion that doing so is necessary to attract and retain qualified employees. In the event the Employer decides to exercise this option, it shall provide advance notice to TNFINC in writing.
- 179 -
The above rates shall not apply to casual employees. The term “top rate” is the applicable hourly and/or mileage rate of pay for the job classification payable under this Agreement.
MOU to ABF NMFA
Profit-Sharing Bonus
1.If the Employer achieves a published, annual operating ratio of 93.0 or below for any full calendar year during this agreement (2024 through 2027), each employee will receive a bonus based on their individual W-2 earnings (excluding any profit sharing bonuses) for the year in which the qualifying operating ratio was achieved according to the following schedule:
ABF Published Annual Operating Ratio | Bonus Amount |
91.1 to 93.0 | 1% |
89.1 to 91.0 | 2% |
87.1 to 89.0 | 3% |
87.0 or below | 4% |
2.The profit-sharing bonus will be distributed to the employees by separate check within 60 days of the end of the calendar year. An employee must be on the ABF seniority list for the entire calendar year in question to be eligible for such a bonus. Any employee who resigns, retires or otherwise incurs a termination of employment, whether voluntary or involuntary, during the year in question shall not be eligible for a year-end bonus.
3.There shall be no inter-company charges initiated by the employer or changes in accounting assumptions or practices (GAAP}, except as required to conform to governmental regulation, for the purpose of defeating the calculation of the annual operating ratio.
Health & Welfare and Pension Plans (ADDENDUM)
b)The Company shall continue to contribute to the same Health and Welfare and Pension Funds it was contributing to as of June 30,
- 180 -
2023 and abide by each Fund’s rules and regulations. The Company shall execute all documents and participation agreements required by each Fund to maintain participation. The Company shall continue to contribute at the rates in effect as of June 30, 2023.
c)Effective 2023 (on the date previously established by the parties for payment of increases for the applicable funds but no later than August 1 of each year) the company shall also contribute an additional $0.83 per hour to be split between the applicable health and welfare and pension funds as determined by the Union Supplemental negotiating committee. For 2024 the increase shall be $0.63 per hour; for 2025 the increase shall be $0.80 per hour; for 2026 the increase shall be $0.99 per hour and for 2027 the increase shall be $1.21per hour.
d)Monthly, daily and/or hourly contributions shall be converted from the hourly contributions in accordance with past practice.
The trigger in all Supplements for qualifying for a week’s health and welfare contribution will remain the same as under the 2018-2023 Agreement. Those Supplements on an hourly contribution will continue with their respective practices. The trigger for the obligation to make health and welfare contributions in the Supplements that provide for a monthly based contribution shall remain the same.
The “one-punch” rule for pension contributions in the Chicago area pension funds shall continue to apply where such rule applied as of March 31, 2023.
If any Pension Fund rejects this agreement because of the Company’s level of contributions or otherwise refused to accept the contribution rate and terminates the Company’s participation in the Fund, the Company shall make contributions to the Teamsters National 401(k) Savings Plan in the amount of seven dollars and fifty cents ($7.50) per hour on behalf of the employees in the area covered by the Pension Fund.
Such amount shall be immediately 100% vested for the benefit of the employee. If a withdrawal event occurs for any other reason,
- 181 -
Article 27’s reopener shall apply {including the right to take economic action).
The Company will not seek to withdraw from any Pension Fund to which it contributed to under the 2018-23 ABF NMFA.
ADDITIONAL HOLIDAYS—The Company accepts the union proposal to add MLK day as an additional paid holiday in all supplements.
- 182 -
EXHIBIT 19
ARCBEST CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
INSIDER TRADING POLICY
Revised February 20, 2025
1. | Purpose. |
Federal and state securities laws prohibit any person who is aware of material, non-public information about a company from trading in securities of that company, which is commonly known as “insider trading.” These laws also prohibit a person from disclosing material, non-public information to other persons who may trade on the basis of that information, which is commonly known as “tipping.” This Insider Trading Policy (this “Policy”) and the procedures detailed below are intended to: educate the employees, officers and members of the Board of Directors (“Directors”) of ArcBest Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) on these laws; promote compliance with these laws; and protect the Company and its employees, officers and Directors from the liabilities, penalties and reputational harm that can result from violations of these laws. Some aspects of this Policy may be more restrictive than applicable law in order to establish standards of conduct that will help avoid even the appearance of impropriety. Higher standards are not intended to result in civil or criminal liability that would not otherwise exist in the absence of this Policy.
2. | General Prohibition. |
The Company prohibits illegal or improper “insider trading” and “tipping” by the Company’s employees, officers and Directors (either through their own or Related Accounts). If you are aware of any material, non-public information regarding the Company, you are required to abstain from trading Company securities until such information is made public.
3. | Persons Subject to this Policy. |
This Policy applies to every Director, officer and employee of the Company, as well as a) their family members and others living in the same household, b) entities that are controlled or subject to the influence of such person, his or her family members, or others in his or her household, and c) accounts for which such persons act as a fiduciary, such as a trustee.
For the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions contained in this Policy also apply to your family members and others living in your household. Their trades will be attributed to you as if they were your own.
4. | Definitions. |
The term “Restricted Persons” means the Company’s Directors, Section 16 Officers and any additional person(s) that the Chief Legal Officer may from time to time designate as a Restricted Person because of their position with the Company and access to material non-public information. For the avoidance of doubt, the Chief Executive Officer or President of any subsidiary is a Restricted Person for purposes of this Policy. Each Restricted Person is required to sign an acknowledgement of this Policy.
The term “Section 16 Officers” means the Company’s officers who have been identified by the Company’s Chief Legal Officer and/or designated by the Board of Directors as having to file Forms
3, 4 and 5 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
In general, information is “material” if it could reasonably be expected to affect the price of the Company’s securities or if a reasonable investor would consider such information important in deciding whether to purchase, hold or sell such securities. Material information can be positive or negative and is not limited to information that is financial in nature; material information can relate to virtually any aspect of the Company’s business. Some common examples of material information include, but are not limited to, the following: projections of future revenues or earnings; earnings announcements; introductions of new products or services; the gain or loss of a substantial customer; a proposed merger, acquisition or joint venture; sales of significant assets; proposed financing transactions; changes in Section 16 Officers; impending financial or operational problems or the resolution of such problems; or major lawsuits or claims. The foregoing list is provided only for illustrative purposes. Whether information qualifies as “material” depends on the facts of the situation. Consult the Chief Legal Officer if there is any question as to the materiality of any information.
Information is “non-public” when it is not available to investors generally. Information is generally considered to be “non-public” until (i) it has been effectively disclosed in a manner that ensures its availability to the investing public, and (ii) the market has had time to absorb the previously non-public information (generally at least two (2) business days after the information is made public by the Company). Information learned from a source outside of the Company may still constitute non-public information if it has not been publicly disclosed. In addition, even if there are widespread and correct rumors about the Company (whether such rumors are discussed inside or outside of the Company), the information that is the subject of the rumors may still be non-public if that information has not been publicly disclosed by the Company.
The term “Related Account” means any account maintained by (i) family members of Restricted Persons and others living in the same household, and (ii) accounts that are controlled or subject to the influence of the Restricted Person, his or her family members, or others in his or her household; or accounts for which such persons act as a fiduciary, such as a trustee.
The term “Rule 10b5-1 plan” means a written plan for trading securities of the Company that is designed in accordance with Rule 10b5-1(c) of the Exchange Act.
The term “security” is defined broadly under the applicable securities laws to include not only stocks, but also any bond, note, convertible note, option, warrant, or other right to purchase or sell any such security, or any other instrument commonly known as a security.
The term “subsidiary” is defined to mean any entity of which ArcBest Corporation owns fifty percent (50%) or more of its voting equity.
The term “trade” or “trading” is defined broadly to include buying, selling or gifting securities. In addition, for purposes of this Policy, the term “trading” includes (i) adopting a Rule 10b5-1 Plan, (ii) enrolling in or making changes in designations (including dividend reinvestment elections) related to any stock purchase program that may be sponsored by the Company from time to time or (iii) requesting a 401(k) loan, fund switch, hardship withdrawal or other distribution from the 401(k) if such request will result in a liquidation of some or all of such participant’s Company securities held pursuant to the ArcBest 401(k) and DC Retirement Plan. Sales made pursuant to a Company mandated “sell to cover” tax withholding treatment in connection with the vesting of an employee’s restricted stock, restricted stock units or shares subject to a stock option will not be considered “trades” for purposes of this Policy. Dividend reinvestments (whether automatic or manual) shall be considered trades for purposes of this Policy,
2
however, Company securities acquired through an automatic dividend reinvestment plan pursuant to a prior election shall not be subject to this Policy so long as the initial election to participate in any dividend reinvestment plan and any changes to the level of participation therein is only made during a Trading Window while not in possession of any material, non-public information and should only be made in accordance with this Policy, including obtaining pre-clearance, as applicable.
The term “Trading Window” means the period (i) beginning at the opening of trading on the third (3) business day after the Company publicly announces its quarterly results of operations (or full year results with respect to the fourth quarter), and (ii) ending on the fifteenth day of March, June, September and December. By way of example, if the Company announces its full year results on Friday, January 22, the Trading Window will open on Wednesday, January 27 (third business day) and close again on March 15.
In order to avoid even the appearance of impropriety, Restricted Persons are prohibited from trading in the Company’s securities except during the Trading Windows each year or pursuant to a valid Rule 10b5-1 plan that has been entered into in accordance with this Policy. In addition to limiting trading to Trading Windows, Directors and Section 16 Officers must also obtain Pre-Clearance as provided in Section 6 below.
There may be times when the Company’s Chief Legal Officer or his or her designee may designate a special blackout period, during which Restricted Persons may not trade in Company Securities. The Company’s Chief Legal Officer may designate a special blackout period with the prior consent of the Chief Executive Officer. Persons subject to a special blackout period may not disclose to any outside party that a special blackout period has been designated.
In addition to limiting trading to Trading Windows, Directors and Section 16 Officers must provide reasonable advance notice and obtain pre-clearance approval from the Company’s Chief Legal Officer or his designee(s) before trading in the Company’s securities. Approval is only for the particular trade for which clearance is sought and granted and must be executed by the end of the period as specified by the Company’s Chief Legal Officer (or if no such period was approved, by the end of the second business day after the pre-approval was granted). If such person comes into possession of material non-public information after the Company’s Chief Legal Officer provides approval, but before execution of the trade, such person must notify the Company’s Chief Legal Officer and may not trade until receiving a new approval from the Company’s Chief Legal Officer. If clearance is denied, the fact of such denial must be kept confidential by the person requesting such clearance.
Even if not required to seek pre-clearance for trading, any employee or officer who is uncertain about whether they are in the possession of material, non-public information or whether it is otherwise permissible to trade should check with the Chief Legal Officer or his designee before making a trade to minimize the risk of any accusation that the person was in possession of material, non-public information at the time of the trade.
Directors and Section 16 Officers are prohibited by law from receiving “short-swing” profits with respect to the Company’s equity securities. Short-swing profits generally include any profit that results from the purchase and subsequent sale or the sale and subsequent purchase of the Company’s equity securities (or any security convertible into an equity security) occurring within a six (6) month
3
period. Generally, purchases of stock directly from the Company pursuant to a stock option plan, shares acquired upon the vesting of an equity grant or shares withheld to cover taxes related to a stock vesting are not “purchases” for purposes of the “short-swing” rules. The rules relating to short-swing profits are complicated, and Directors and Section 16 Officers should consult with Chief Legal Officer concerning these rules prior to effecting any purchase or sale of the Company’s securities.
Directors and Section 16 Officers also may not purchase Company securities on margin, borrow against any account in which Company securities are held, or pledge Company securities as collateral for a loan.
The Company considers it inappropriate for any Restricted Person to purchase any financial instrument (through their own or any Related Accounts) that is designed to hedge or offset any decrease in the market value of the Company’s securities. This Policy prohibits the purchase or sale of puts, calls, options, or other derivative securities based on the Company’s securities by any Restricted Person. This prohibition also includes monetization transactions, such as forward sale contracts, in which the stockholder continues to own the underlying security without all the risks or rewards of ownership, as well as any other hedging transaction involving the Company’s securities.
The Company also considers it inappropriate for any Restricted Person to engage in any “short sale” of the Company’s securities (including short sales “against the box”). “Short sales” are sales of a security by an investor who does not own the security at the time of sale, but who borrows the securities, typically from a broker, with the promise to later deliver purchased securities in replacement of the borrowed ones. This Policy prohibits Restricted Persons from engaging in any “short sales.” In addition to being prohibited by Company policy, Directors and Section 16 Officers are prohibited by law from engaging in any “short sales.”
Stock Options.Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Policy’s trading restrictions generally do not apply to the exercise of an employee, officer or Director stock option in accordance with the terms of the Company’s equity plans. The trading restrictions do apply, however, to any sale of stock acquired upon the exercise of an option, including as part of a broker-assisted cashless exercise of an option (as this entails selling a portion of the underlying stock) or any other market sale for the purpose of generating the cash needed to pay the exercise price of an option.
401(k) and DC Retirement Plan. Company securities may from time to time be included as an investment option for the ArcBest 401(k) and DC Retirement Plan salary deferrals. Either purchases or sales in Company securities or changes in plan elections (including payroll contribution amounts or dividend reinvestment elections) in the ArcBest 401(k) and DC Retirement Plan by Restricted Persons shall only be made in accordance with this Policy, including being limited to the four Trading Windows and obtaining pre-clearance, as applicable. This restriction also applies to “fund switches” in and out of Company securities. A fund switch is a request made by a plan participant to the plan administrator to buy Company securities with money obtained from switching the participant’s savings out of another fund, or to sell Company securities and move the proceeds into another fund within the plan.
Employee Stock Purchase Programs. Enrollment by Restricted Persons in any stock purchase program to acquire Company securities (each an “ESPP”) and, once enrolled, changes to ESPP elections (including payroll contributions or dividend reinvestment elections) thereunder shall only be made in accordance with this Policy, including being limited to the four Trading Windows and obtaining pre-
4
clearance, as applicable. The sale of any stock purchased through the ESPP is subject to this Policy, since the timing of the sale is controlled by the participant; therefore, sales should only be made during open Trading Windows when a Restricted Person is personally unaware of any material, non-public information about the Company.
Rule 10b5-1 Plans. At least 15 days prior to entering into a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a Restricted Person shall provide a copy of the proposed plan to the Company’s Chief Legal Officer for review and approval. In addition to complying with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c), such 10b5-1 plan may only be adopted during a Trading Window. The Company shall not be bound by or obligated to take or refrain from taking any actions or required to give any notice under a Rule 10b5-1 plan unless the Company agrees to such in writing. The Company is not required to approve any Rule 10b5-1 plan presented to it, and the Company’s approval of a Rule 10b5-1 plan shall not be deemed to be evidence of the Company’s agreement that such plan satisfies the requirements of Section 10b5-1(c) of the Exchange Act. Restricted Persons are strongly encouraged to obtain the advice of their own legal, accounting and financial advisors prior to entering into a Rule 10b5-1 plan.
All Company employees, officers and Directors should be aware that any trade effected on the basis of material, non-public information may result in criminal liability or civil liability to themselves or third parties. Employees, officers and Directors should also be aware that the disclosure of material, non-public information, even when there is no trading transaction by the person making the disclosure, still may result in criminal or civil liability for “tipping.”
The penalties for such violations are severe and could result in substantial liability and embarrassment to the Company, as well as criminal and civil liability for the violator, including fines of up to $1 million and ten (10) years in prison. Because of the seriousness of the consequences that could result from violations of this Policy, violations of this Policy may be grounds for disciplinary action, including termination or suspension of employment.
All Company employees, officers and Directors must strictly observe the provisions of this Policy. Any questions or concerns regarding this Policy should be referred promptly to the Chief Legal Officer. Any person who acquires information that gives them reason to believe that any other person is engaged in conduct prohibited by this Policy should promptly report such information to the Chief Legal Officer.
Although this policy provides educational and compliance information, it does not excuse company employees, officers or directors from compliance with laws not addressed in this policy or from otherwise educating themselves as to their obligations under applicable laws. ANYONE IN DOUBT ABOUT THE APPLICATION OF THIS POLICY SHOULD CONSULT WITH THE COMPANY’S CHIEF LEGAL OFFICER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY TRANSACTION INVOLVING THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES OR BEFORE DISCLOSING MATERIAL, NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION TO ANY THIRD PARTY.
5
EXHIBIT 21
LIST OF SUBSIDIARY CORPORATIONS
ARCBEST CORPORATION
Certain subsidiaries which do not qualify as significant in accordance with the applicable rules have not been listed.
| | Jurisdiction of | | % of Voting | |
Name | | Incorporation | | Securities Owned | |
| | | | | |
ABF Cartage, Inc. | | Delaware | | 100 | |
ABF Freight System (B.C.) ULC | | British Columbia | | 100 | |
ABF Freight System Canada ULC | | Alberta, Canada | | 100 | |
ABF Freight System, Inc. | | Arkansas | | 100 | |
ABF, Inc. d/b/a Transport Realty, Inc. | | Arkansas | | 100 | |
Albert Companies, Inc. | | Delaware | | 100 | |
ArcBest Enterprise Solutions, Inc. | | Arkansas | | 100 | |
ArcBest Funding LLC | | Delaware | | 100 | |
ArcBest Holdings, Inc. | | Arkansas | | 100 | |
ArcBest II, Inc. d/b/a ArcBest and d/b/a U-Pack | | Arkansas | | 100 | |
ArcBest International, Inc. | | Delaware | | 100 | |
ArcBest Property Management, LLC | | Arkansas | | 100 | |
ArcBest Technologies, Inc. | | Arkansas | | 100 | |
Arkansas Best Corporation | | Delaware | | 100 | |
Innovative Logistics, LLC d/b/a ArcBest IntraLogistics | | Arkansas | | 100 | |
Land-Marine Cargo, Inc. | | Puerto Rico | | 100 | |
Logistics Holdings, Inc. | | Arkansas | | 100 | |
MoLo Solutions, LLC d/b/a ArcBest Logistics | | Illinois | | 100 | |
Motor Carrier Insurance, Inc. | | Arkansas | | 100 | |
Moving Solutions, Inc. | | Arkansas | | 100 | |
Panther II Transportation, Inc. d/b/a Panther Premium Logistics | | Arkansas | | 100 | |
Panther Premium Logistics, Inc. | | Arkansas | | 100 | |
EXHIBIT 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
(1) | Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-258555) pertaining to the ArcBest Corporation Ownership Incentive Plan, |
(2) | Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-231245) pertaining to the ArcBest Corporation Ownership Incentive Plan, previously known as the Arkansas Best Corporation 2005 Ownership Incentive Plan, |
(3) | Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-174637) pertaining to the Arkansas Best Corporation 2005 Ownership Incentive Plan, |
(4) | Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-127055) pertaining to the Arkansas Best Corporation 2005 Ownership Incentive Plan, and |
(5) | Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 033-52877) pertaining to the Arkansas Best Corporation Employees’ Investment Plan; |
of our reports dated March 3, 2025, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of ArcBest Corporation and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of ArcBest Corporation included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of ArcBest Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2024.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Rogers, AR
March 3, 2025
EXHIBIT 31.1
Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Judy R. McReynolds, certify that:
1. | I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ArcBest Corporation; |
2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
4. | The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. | The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: | March 3, 2025 | /s/ Judy R. McReynolds |
| | Judy R. McReynolds |
| | Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
| | (Principal Executive Officer) |
EXHIBIT 31.2
Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, J. Matthew Beasley, certify that:
1. | I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ArcBest Corporation; |
2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
4. | The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. | The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: | March 3, 2025 | /s/ J. Matthew Beasley |
| | J. Matthew Beasley |
| | Chief Financial Officer |
| | (Principal Financial Officer) |
EXHIBIT 32
Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the filing of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 (the “Report”) by ArcBest Corporation (the “Registrant”), each of the undersigned hereby certifies that:
1. | The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and |
2. | The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant. |
| ARCBEST CORPORATION |
| (Registrant) |
| |
Date: March 3, 2025 | /s/ Judy R. McReynolds |
| Judy R. McReynolds |
| Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
| (Principal Executive Officer) |
| ARCBEST CORPORATION |
| (Registrant) |
| |
Date: March 3, 2025 | /s/ J. Matthew Beasley |
| J. Matthew Beasley |
| Chief Financial Officer |
| (Principal Financial Officer) |